[RSArchive Icon]
 Version 2.5.4
 Table of Contents | Search ]
Rudolf Steiner Archive Home


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures (Alphabetically)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: hat
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of the deeper forces of world-historical evolution, that is,
    • gatherings as ours today. For he who speaks from that standpoint about
    • problems of the time knows that he is opposed not only by the casual,
    • subjective opinions of those to whom he speaks. He knows too that a
    • growing stronger and stronger. To explain what I mean by this, I must
    • also find in some of my lecture-courses, you know that we have to
    • indicated this so that you may remember where, in human evolution as a
    • Now you know that at the close of the first third of the Greco-Latin
    • aspects we have characterized what really came about for human
    • anthroposophical sources, you will know that the further we go back in
    • the whole evolution of humanity. You know, further, that certain
    • has been shown that this widespread wisdom-teaching of ancient times
    • that was possessed by the old Hebrew people and bore a completely
    • You can already gather from these external facts something that I beg
    • you to bear in mind, namely, that it was essential in humanity's
    • Clairvoyant vision finds in looking back that an incarnation of a
    • had taken place in the man Jesus of Nazareth. The incarnation that
    • brilliance, having an incisive effect. What it gave to humanity, in
    • Viewed externally, one can say that it was a wisdom penetrating deep
    • going back to that incarnation which took place over in Asia at the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of the deeper forces of world-historical evolution, that is,
    • gatherings as ours today. For he who speaks from that standpoint about
    • problems of the time knows that he is opposed not only by the casual,
    • subjective opinions of those to whom he speaks. He knows too that a
    • growing stronger and stronger. To explain what I mean by this, I must
    • also find in some of my lecture-courses, you know that we have to
    • indicated this so that you may remember where, in human evolution as a
    • Now you know that at the close of the first third of the Greco-Latin
    • aspects we have characterized what really came about for human
    • anthroposophical sources, you will know that the further we go back in
    • the whole evolution of humanity. You know, further, that certain
    • has been shown that this widespread wisdom-teaching of ancient times
    • that was possessed by the old Hebrew people and bore a completely
    • You can already gather from these external facts something that I beg
    • you to bear in mind, namely, that it was essential in humanity's
    • Clairvoyant vision finds in looking back that an incarnation of a
    • had taken place in the man Jesus of Nazareth. The incarnation that
    • brilliance, having an incisive effect. What it gave to humanity, in
    • Viewed externally, one can say that it was a wisdom penetrating deep
    • going back to that incarnation which took place over in Asia at the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • “Nothing has ever been said that is not in utmost degree the purest
    • printed material can take it in the fullest sense as containing what
    • be necessary, however, to put up with the fact that erroneous matter
    • is included in the lecture reports that I have not revised.
    • material can naturally be conceded only to one who knows what is taken
    • extent that their nature is set forth in Anthroposophy, and of what crisis
    • present period of his evolution — taking this period so widely that
    • it encompasses not only what is historical but also in part the
    • pre-historical — we must conclude that speech is a preeminent
    • is speech that elevates Man above the other kingdoms of nature.
    • In the lectures last week, I mentioned that in the course of mankind's
    • something that Man formed out of himself as his most primal ability;
    • the transition from the Greek culture to the Roman-Latin culture, that
    • to what is Roman-Latin — men of culture became estranged from the
    • brought prose and jurisprudence into the culture of later years. What
    • It might be said that all poetry has in it something which makes it
    • the breath of life’. What at that time was done with the breath, to
    • relates to the cosmos. In short, what would be expressed by speaking
    • talked about, there is no recognition that it is actually contained in the
    • sentence that comprises the names of the alphabet. Thus we can look
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • “Nothing has ever been said that is not in utmost degree the purest
    • printed material can take it in the fullest sense as containing what
    • be necessary, however, to put up with the fact that erroneous matter
    • is included in the lecture reports that I have not revised.
    • material can naturally be conceded only to one who knows what is taken
    • extent that their nature is set forth in Anthroposophy, and of what crisis
    • present period of his evolution — taking this period so widely that
    • it encompasses not only what is historical but also in part the
    • pre-historical — we must conclude that speech is a preeminent
    • is speech that elevates Man above the other kingdoms of nature.
    • In the lectures last week, I mentioned that in the course of mankind's
    • something that Man formed out of himself as his most primal ability;
    • the transition from the Greek culture to the Roman-Latin culture, that
    • to what is Roman-Latin — men of culture became estranged from the
    • brought prose and jurisprudence into the culture of later years. What
    • It might be said that all poetry has in it something which makes it
    • the breath of life’. What at that time was done with the breath, to
    • relates to the cosmos. In short, what would be expressed by speaking
    • talked about, there is no recognition that it is actually contained in the
    • sentence that comprises the names of the alphabet. Thus we can look
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • this week have assured me that it would be all right to speak to you
    • significance of what is meant by spiritual science, about the point of
    • Now that we have mentioned the trust the spiritual scientist has in
    • that research which is the basis for this spiritual science.
    • certainly be clear that since spiritual science covers an entirely
    • science in the sense that any unprejudiced person trained in natural
    • life. Granted, natural scientific logic must be applied to what most
    • concerns man but which is most difficult to investigate for that very
    • his own nature, making use of the only tool that he has at his
    • disposal — himself. The premise of spiritual science is that in
    • has to undergo a transformation that enables him to look into the
    • it down into hydrogen and oxygen. Well, what is he doing to the water?
    • the water, and hydrogen is a gas that burns. No one just looking at
    • water can tell that it contains hydrogen and oxygen, which have
    • aspects of what confronts him outwardly as a human being. He is
    • Nowadays it very often happens that as soon as one begins to say this
    • something that can actually happen does happen — for instance,
    • hospitals, but are processes that have to take place in the soul
    • and who we are. We would lose everything that makes us human. Our
    • precise research they find that, although sensory perception (if one
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • this week have assured me that it would be all right to speak to you
    • significance of what is meant by spiritual science, about the point of
    • Now that we have mentioned the trust the spiritual scientist has in
    • that research which is the basis for this spiritual science.
    • certainly be clear that since spiritual science covers an entirely
    • science in the sense that any unprejudiced person trained in natural
    • life. Granted, natural scientific logic must be applied to what most
    • concerns man but which is most difficult to investigate for that very
    • his own nature, making use of the only tool that he has at his
    • disposal — himself. The premise of spiritual science is that in
    • has to undergo a transformation that enables him to look into the
    • it down into hydrogen and oxygen. Well, what is he doing to the water?
    • the water, and hydrogen is a gas that burns. No one just looking at
    • water can tell that it contains hydrogen and oxygen, which have
    • aspects of what confronts him outwardly as a human being. He is
    • Nowadays it very often happens that as soon as one begins to say this
    • something that can actually happen does happen — for instance,
    • hospitals, but are processes that have to take place in the soul
    • and who we are. We would lose everything that makes us human. Our
    • precise research they find that, although sensory perception (if one
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture I: The uniform plan of World History. The Confluence of three spiritual streams in the Bhagavad Gita.
    Matching lines:
    • and significance of our cause. It is true that what the
    • in principle differentiate it from that which we have always carried
    • is with this point in view that I have chosen the title of this course
    • day, is to be found, on the one hand, that which appertains to the
    • what it was even a comparatively short time ago, but it is just that
    • very difference that makes a spiritual movement such as Anthroposophy
    • of Christianity. What might such a man have said only a short time ago
    • individuals do not stand out from that which underlies those streams.
    • Let us just glance back at what we reckon in not too restricted a
    • Personality, as such, begins to be marked. That is the
    • the fact that separate individuals now feel the need of taking part in
    • personality to another, we got no really clear understanding of what
    • occurred what is connected with the great Being, Christ Jesus. During
    • the first thousand years that which we owe to Greece is predominant,
    • beginning of them stand the Mysteries. That which flowed forth from
    • such understanding in that which flowed out of the Mysteries. If we
    • towering figure as that of Heraclitus. You may read of him in my book,
    • a way that the powerful Christ-impulse united itself with all that
    • cultivation of the personality. We may say that we can see in the
    • compelled to unite what flowed out from Christian philosophy with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture II: The basis of knowledge of the Gita, the Veda, Sankhya, Yoga.
    Matching lines:
    • this poem by considering what underlies it, the mighty thoughts and
    • important, because it is certain that all the essentials of this poem,
    • us from a pre-Buddhistic stage of knowledge, so that we may say: The
    • emphasised that the thought contained in the Gita is a combined
    • another, but moving and living within one another, so that they meet
    • us in the Gita as one whole. What we there meet with as a united
    • knowledge so vast that the modern man who has not yet studied
    • one can but look upon that here spoken of as a beautiful dream which
    • will stand amazed at the depths of the Gita and must admit that in
    • the primeval insight that existed in those past ages. We can admire it
    • its truth, we then confess how wonderful it really is that in those
    • heights! We know, to be sure, that in those old days mankind was
    • specially favoured, in that the remains of the old clairvoyance was
    • still alive in human souls, and that not only through a spiritual
    • spiritual worlds, but also that the science of those days could
    • that today we recognise, for quite other reasons, the correctness of
    • what is there communicated to us, but we must understand that in those
    • arrived at by other means; ingenious conceptions were drawn from that
    • that in many respects, if we simply alter the expressions we use today
    • that our sort of Spiritual Science represents that which the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture III: The union of the three streams in the Christ Impulse, the Teaching of Krishna.
    Matching lines:
    • philosophy one may connect all that a man can attain to in knowledge,
    • life of the soul expresses itself. If we describe that which at the
    • in a scientific form, if we describe that which stands at a lower
    • level spiritually than Sankhya philosophy we may say that even in our
    • philosopher. How does such a man stand as regards the world? What does
    • he feel in his soul? Well, that is a question which can really only be
    • answered by experience. One must know what takes place in a soul that
    • understanding of all the forces that express themselves in the world
    • experience the world-phenomena that, whether illuminated by
    • whole soul life. According to the temperament of that soul, we shall
    • find that it took on more or less the character of ironical
    • and general dissatisfaction with the knowledge that strides on from
    • one phenomenon to another. All that so many souls of our time feel
    • soul would feel devastated, uncertain of itself. It might say: What
    • science in the world and yet to be empty within; that, my dear
    • human soul in abstract words, yet we can feel that it all comes from
    • the head, that his heart has no part in it — his soul is empty.
    • disdaining to know anything about the external world. “What good
    • may perhaps feel an inward glow, may often appear to us somewhat
    • self-contained, and self-satisfied. That may be; but in the long run
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture IV: The nature of the Bhagavad Gita and the significance of the Epistles of St. Paul. How the Christ Impulse surpasses the Krishna Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • that which holds sway in the Epistles of St. Paul. In many respects
    • artistically rounded way, that one could not well imagine a greater
    • often find what one might call an awkwardness of expression, so that
    • nevertheless true that that which relates to Christianity in the
    • Christianity as to the Resurrection, the significance of what is
    • other things; we find all these presented in such a way that any
    • the Gita, to the union with Krishna. All that has just been described
    • and wisdom, higher than the Epistles of St. Paul. But what is a person
    • the plant with its beautiful, fully-developed blossom, I see that it
    • Yet it might be that out of that seed lying beside the plant with the
    • prophetically before us what it will some day become, when thousands
    • and that which is planted as a germ in the Pauline Epistles shall have
    • proper comparison. It then also becomes clear that that which is some
    • must first inquire: What is the chief point in question? The point in
    • question is that in all we are able to survey historically of the two
    • views of life, what we are chiefly concerned with is the drawing down
    • ego through the evolution of mankind, we can say that in the
    • character only became possible when into that ego was thrown, as it
    • were, the impulse which we describe as the Christ-Impulse. That which
    • me,” that could not formerly be within it. But in the ages when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture V: The spiritual nature of Maya. Krishna - the Light-Halo of Christ. The Risen One.
    Matching lines:
    • what impulses had to flow into the evolution of mankind in order that
    • St. Paul, might come into existence. What it is important for us to
    • and that of the Epistles of St. Paul. As we have already said: —
    • in the Gita we have the teachings that Krishna was able to give to his
    • given to one person individually, for they are in reality exactly what
    • hand, it may be said that they are now within the reach of anyone,
    • is in a certain sense public. Not that there is no longer any occult
    • have a very simple method of remaining secret doctrine, in that they
    • are written in such a way that most people do not understand them, and
    • fall asleep if they read the first pages. In that way the subject
    • For let no one think that he has really made what is in the Gita his
    • itself what is contained in it, but which may itself be far removed
    • many respects a protection against its becoming common. What is
    • certain is that the teachings which are poetically worked out in the
    • Gita are such that each one must follow, must experience them for
    • view. There we see that all is for the community, all is matter
    • core of the essence of the Krishna-teaching we must say: What one
    • mankind. That which Krishna can give must be given to each individual.
    • evolution, and realise that what happened at Golgotha was for all men.
    • all that has already been characterised, must be quite different from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • somewhat remote, but it will be of importance for the further
    • the being is taken into consideration. No account whatever is taken of
    • the fact that in addition to his physical body, man also has higher
    • that is more or less recognized in science and has also made its way
    • It is, of course, acknowledged that the fluid and the aeriform
    • The warmth within man which is greater than that of his environment is
    • member of his constitution. We shall presently see what I mean by
    • saying this. I have already drawn attention to the fact that when we
    • general idea is that man, as a physical structure, consists of the
    • that in addition to this solid structure they should also see the
    • (yellow). More exact study shows that just as the solid or solid-fluid
    • the air that is within us, in regard to its organization and its
    • fluid organism which fills the same space that is occupied by the
    • solid organism, we realize immediately that we cannot speak of this
    • differentiation. It is permeated by the forces of the Ego. — That
    • in the blood there is also present what is generally called the warmth
    • condition. But that ‘organism’ is by no means identical with the
    • of the human organism that the warmth cannot be identified with the
    • Directly we reflect about man in this way we find that it is
    • the skin from what is outside it. Even this, however, is only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • of man, and at the end it was possible to show that a really
    • man's external constitution and what it unfolds, through
    • current today. It became clear to us that in order to build this
    • that the solid or solid fluid organism — which is the sole object
    • the real sense — we saw that this must be regarded as only one of
    • the organisms in the human constitution; that the existence of a fluid
    • physical body. But it is paramountly the etheric body that takes hold
    • of the fluid body, of everything that is fluid in the human organism;
    • consciousness too, we know from ordinary life that in addition to the
    • yesterday that dreams are essentially pictures or symbols of inner
    • in our dreams it comes to expression in pictures. I said that we may
    • it were, an experience of nullity, of the void. But I explained that
    • this experience of the void is necessary in order that man shall feel
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • really nothing to do with our own essential being beyond the fact that
    • that it leads us to the body. And our conception of the bodily
    • world that can really satisfy us.
    • that is astir with life, and finally man himself came out of the
    • bridge can possibly be built, and what is worse, modern science
    • The root of all this is that the only kind of anatomy in existence is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • responds, on the one side, to what is presented to his observation; on
    • accompanied by impulses of feeling, and we shall see that feeling
    • deed, of action. Only through the fact that we are thinking beings are
    • we Man in the truest sense. Consider too, how everything that
    • the fact that we can inwardly picture the world around us; we live in
    • this world and can contemplate it. To imagine that we cannot
    • us; in so far as we are doers, that is to say, social beings,
    • it ever so, that things can simply be thought of intellectually side
    • by side with one another; the truth is that whatever is an active
    • inconceivable that anything should proceed from us in the way of
    • what thus takes place. In everything that is of the nature of will,
    • the element of thought is contained; and in everything that is of the
    • about what is involved here if we seriously want to build the bridge
    • Imagine that you are living for a time purely in reflection as usually
    • understood, that you are engaging in no kind of outward activity at
    • that in this life of thought, will is also active; will is then
    • realize that the will is radiating all the time into his thoughts,
    • every case that they are linked with something in our environment,
    • something that we ourselves have experienced. Between birth and death
    • there is something that is inherently our own; what is inherently our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • that was later to be installed in the Goetheanum.. As the work on the
    • that the Christ figure in the sculptured group would have to be
    • and Ahriman and that this being was symbol of, and model for, man's
    • in World War I. He implies that Germany's and Austria's militarism and
    • The fundamental polarization of East and West that Rudolf Steiner saw
    • most historians today concede that World War II was in part caused by
    • Steiner's statement from his Linz lecture that World War I was
    • concretely, that it was unavoidable. If the war could not have been
    • suggests that only one question has relevancy: “Who could have
    • Steiner's statement that World War I was destined by the European
    • what Steiner meant.
    • In suggesting that the Russian government and possibly
    • possibilities outside the realm of what had to happen according to
    • for it was Russia that, in 1914, mobilized its armed forces without
    • leadership, it was not surprising that the German Kaiser and his
    • that even from this vantage point Steiner was correct in maintaining
    • that war was unavoidable.
    • that France regretted the Russian action, but there seems little doubt
    • that France was more interested in presenting herself as the innocent
    • belief that the fatherland was in peril and that Germany herself was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • that was later to be installed in the Goetheanum.. As the work on the
    • that the Christ figure in the sculptured group would have to be
    • and Ahriman and that this being was symbol of, and model for, man's
    • in World War I. He implies that Germany's and Austria's militarism and
    • The fundamental polarization of East and West that Rudolf Steiner saw
    • most historians today concede that World War II was in part caused by
    • Steiner's statement from his Linz lecture that World War I was
    • concretely, that it was unavoidable. If the war could not have been
    • suggests that only one question has relevancy: “Who could have
    • Steiner's statement that World War I was destined by the European
    • what Steiner meant.
    • In suggesting that the Russian government and possibly
    • possibilities outside the realm of what had to happen according to
    • for it was Russia that, in 1914, mobilized its armed forces without
    • leadership, it was not surprising that the German Kaiser and his
    • that even from this vantage point Steiner was correct in maintaining
    • that war was unavoidable.
    • that France regretted the Russian action, but there seems little doubt
    • that France was more interested in presenting herself as the innocent
    • belief that the fatherland was in peril and that Germany herself was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Introductory Lecture. Winter Session, 1911-1912
    Matching lines:
    • Now that we are together again after a rather lengthy summer interval,
    • a few words may be said about what has been happening in our Movement
    • without significance for our work in Middle Europe. You know that from
    • somewhat hazardous enterprise, but thanks to the ready self-sacrifice
    • order that they may have the due humility and strength — that they are
    • Art. Our aim, of course, is that the spiritual life shall be carried
    • important to bring this spiritual life into Art is that Spiritual
    • strikingly evident in these Munich performances that it is not the aim
    • cleverness, but that its very life can pour vigour into that of Art.
    • themselves into the work. It is also evident from the fact that in the
    • Probation will indicate to you that occult observations, just as
    • What is particularly striking in these Munich gatherings is the steady
    • result that we are becoming acutely conscious of the lack of space,
    • Lecture-Course, this lack of space was such that the heat of the hall
    • help being astounded that such a thing has been thought possible ...
    • suitable, but not a vast stadium. I must confess that the size of the
    • Spiritual Science that they may not be understood today, but it will
    • Now in connection with our activities in Munich ... if through what
    • achieved ... we have, come, inevitably, to the conclusion that we must
    • space. That something is really achieved by building our own premises
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Evidences of Bygone Ages In Modern Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • second. The big man ate this just as ravenously and then said that to
    • that he could well dispense with his company. The big man, however,
    • assured the little man of his friendship, saying that man now felt a
    • had no notion of what this meant. Then it happened that they must
    • if only it were possible to know what is going on up there!”
    • man realised that he was able to act as do the Spirits of the Air,
    • ”Owing to what has happened now, I can reach a particular stage
    • of this child was that in the dark he shone like a star, so that
    • Councillor warned him that he would probably never come out alive, and
    • that at any rate terrible things happened to everyone in the house.
    • subject of the “Unreality of Spirits,” proving that they do
    • about such matters is in the least afraid of what may happen in such a
    • he discovered that the spirit-beings could not read but would like to
    • be able to do so. And so it came about that he established a kind of
    • he had imbibed so much knowledge that he was hopeful of passing, but
    • the intrigues of an enemy caused the rumour that he had cheated in his
    • written papers. As in that country the rules about such matters were
    • spirits,” his spirit-friend was now such a reality to him that he
    • resolved to marry her! She answered, however, that situated as she
    • that if he would go to a certain priest-magician and ask his advice,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: 'Chance' and Present-day Consciousness. An Easter Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • WE will begin the lecture today by thinking of what is implied by the
    • word “chance.” We say that certain happenings in the world
    • “natural laws.” Of other happenings it is said that they
    • of “mere chance,” of something, that is to say, in regard to
    • out of his own thoughts — whatever they may be — ascribe any
    • event. It looks as though reason must simply let it go at that,
    • in his intellect and reason. Thus it may well happen that in his life
    • what his reason and intellect call “pure chance.” We will
    • But he says to himself: “To be quite certain that I have got it
    • through it all again.” So he makes up his mind that after supper
    • asks him what solution he has reached. They compare results and find
    • that they agree. In this way the boy is spared from an additional
    • can go to bed at once. Now if the father is what is called an
    • to the length of believing that an Angel brought this school friend to
    • from that of his reason and intellect. The father will certainly not
    • be inclined to accept the idea that an Angel from Heaven sent the
    • friend to his son, yet he too will feel glad about what happened.
    • That is what I mean when I say that when feeling rises out of hidden
    • course of the Earth's mission, to develop in such a way that they are
    • the error of believing that in what presents itself to them as chance,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Forces of the Human Soul and Their Inspirers. Kalewala: The Epic
    Matching lines:
    • expressed the wish that I should speak to them about the venerable
    • relationship to them, and ask: How are we to understand what is
    • contained in the many folk-traditions that have been preserved through
    • Although their language differs from that in which they have to be
    • that in and from those same worlds to which we aspire along the path
    • We may well feel that the venerable Finnish epic,
    • It has been emphasised repeatedly that human consciousness and the
    • mode of thinking; before that time, vestiges and remains of the old
    • that consciousness as it is at present, developed only by very gradual
    • first beginnings of “modern” consciousness that the
    • The materialist says that man's life of soul has unfolded, by degrees,
    • however, makes it clear that the elements of “soul-life” as
    • that it is far more a matter of this inner trinity of the three
    • soul in that super-sensible world with which, in primeval times, human
    • We know that the moment our consciousness rises into the spiritual
    • something superhuman about them and at the same time something that
    • closely, and with occult means, it becomes apparent that these three
    • original, ancient clairvoyance, what is rediscovered by modern
    • We must picture to ourselves that there was a time in the process of
    • existence, when all that was present was a kind of undifferentiated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Idea of Reincarnation and Its Introduction Into Western Culture
    Matching lines:
    • investigated by Spiritual Science, it becomes clear that the human
    • progress in that he passes through the successive epochs and
    • preserve everything that his soul has assimilated in ancient and more
    • remains, in order again to take part in what Earth-existence has later
    • perceived. But many of our studies will remind us that this progress
    • is not so straightforward a matter that it could be said to begin with
    • the contrary, it will be found that progress — indeed the whole
    • catastrophe was that of ancient India. Its sublimity and power of
    • Shades.” This indicates that in an epoch of golden prime on the
    • physical plane. Since that time the intensity of the union between the
    • the noblest fruits of that union; on the other hand, however, mankind
    • certainly does not imply that lesser value is to be attached to other
    • again of all that Christianity has brought into the world, we know
    • that its impulse is only beginning and that the spiritual heights
    • thought or suggestion that in bringing forward the merits of one
    • others. In this sense I ask you to pay attention to a difference that
    • said from the outset that they return again and again and that the
    • Earth-lives, or what becomes of him in later lives. It is the same
    • difference. The matter may be summed up by saying that the whole trend
    • The course of evolution is such that certain outworn fragments must be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • question, for although we know that investigation of the spiritual
    • sense, we also realise that it is not possible to speak forthwith
    • “What, then, do we know, if knowledge of the meaning and purpose
    • An analogy that is entirely in line with the attitude of Spiritual
    • Science and indicates what is permissible or not permissible in regard
    • sent off with the assurance that once there, further help will be
    • in other words, about the goal of the Earth. We realise that it would
    • have recognised that “evolution” is a reality in the life of
    • man. It must therefore never be forgotten that at the present stage of
    • phases of evolution and that a higher vantage-point must be
    • so we ask about the goal lying immediately ahead, realising that by
    • development. At that stage it will be legitimate to ask about the
    • “next” goal, and so on. Thus if it were ever suggested that Spiritual
    • words: What is it that man adds, essentially, to the fruits of the
    • definite ideas with what may be called the “meaning and purpose
    • namely, that all philosophy, all deeper contemplation upon the secrets
    • the ancient Graeco-Latin epoch. What, in reality, does it signify in
    • he is acquainted. It is a known fact that many such people, in their
    • and wonder by what they saw here? It was because they were looking at
    • unknown to them. They knew that things move forward, but whatever they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Signature of Human Evolution The Advancing Individuality
    Matching lines:
    • heard that sheaths will weave themselves as it were around the Christ
    • into an Ether-Body; the power of Conscience into what corresponds to a
    • Physical Body. Thereby that Ideal Being Whose “ I ” —
    • necessary to turn our eyes to Palestine in order to realise that
    • something of the highest importance was taking place at that time in
    • not really belong to it, they do not belong inside it. For what, in
    • living, invisible God who has come down to the physical plane. That is
    • the Shades!” ... that is to say, in the world lying on the
    • mysterious and deeply symbolical buildings indicate in themselves that
    • beings within it! All its forms seem to convey that they are there to
    • can discern what these things mean, realises from the course taken by
    • Temple, to the Gothic Cathedral, that the impulse leading to the
    • philosophical or theological thought declares that acceptance of such
    • rest upon any historical record whatever, but simply and solely upon a
    • matter where we look, we see that development follows the same course
    • as that revealed in Architecture. The Initiate who alone was capable
    • — the Third Post-Atlantean epoch — knew that he must raise
    • the Fourth Post-Atlantean epoch knew that in the physical world he was
    • with what the Greeks called the World of Shades, because by that time
    • connection with that other world.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Consciousness, Memory, Karma
    Matching lines:
    • order that the next lecture may contribute to an understanding of the
    • the Earth. You know, of course, that the human being, as we see him,
    • is not the creation of the Earth alone, but that his origin must be
    • writings and lectures you know that through spiritual-scientific
    • “whole” being do not proceed merely from processes that have
    • nature can be understood only when we know that the first foundations
    • Today, however, we will think of what man is as a creation of the
    • Earth, living out his existence on the Earth; we will think of what is
    • Earth. It is, of all principles, the one that is most immediately
    • purpose of everything that has come to pass in the process of the
    • sleep and must make use of the senses, that is to say, of the
    • instruments of the body. That he must also make use of instruments
    • this it is easy to realise that the consciousness into which the human
    • that when he thinks, feels or wills in this ordinary consciousness, he
    • instead of using the word “decay,” to say that it is given
    • In reality, a great and mighty process underlies what is called the
    • “dissolution” or “decay” of the human body. Whatever in man
    • him; so that in speaking of man as a being of the Earth, we can only
    • say that the instrument of his everyday consciousness falls away from
    • be kept separate and distinct from what is known as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Form-creating Forces
    Matching lines:
    • the forces deriving actually from the Earth, that have made the
    • the physical-, ether- and astral-bodies in that man was endowed
    • with the “ I.” We said that the forces of the “ I ”
    • are sent outwards, towards the outer spiritual world, and that
    • forces. In that these forces of selfless thought detach themselves as
    • thoughts and feelings, that as they go forth from the “ I,”
    • way that he has little power to give expression to his own
    • individuality. We must therefore ask: What is the principle underlying
    • Everything that is “form” on the Earth derives from the
    • that has form, shape, life — everything that takes on shape
    • Personality” to that of “Spirits of Form; the
    • “Archangeloi” to that of “Spirits of Personality”
    • understand that something quite definite will come about during the
    • Spirits of Form. What the Spirits of Form stamped into human beings
    • for the next planetary condition of the Earth, in order that during
    • a planetary age it is always the case that the being of central
    • that the qualities with which he was originally endowed may pass more
    • the more do we find that the outer form of the child resembles that of
    • means that in one and the same family (even now it is very frequently
    • human figure, for the reason that the forms will no longer be the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • yet to come. We understand why this had to be, what failings will be
    • forgiven, what demands made of us. A great and impressive tableau of
    • travelling: Berlin and Dornach. The lectures were given in order that
    • that seemed to them so remote from reality in that it spoke of
    • bequeathed to us, demonstrating through their very existence that the
    • The Light — of which Rudolf Steiner says that it is the Christ
    • consciousness into which it can flow; it will bring to men that
    • necessary that the knowledge of repeated earth-lives should, to begin
    • What the new age needs is not a return to the past through a revival
    • true form has nothing whatever to do with the charlatanry that has
    • it came about that with the passage of the centuries, these truths
    • world. The lectures leading to the request that he should become the
    • widening the ideas and giving them life so that they might conform to
    • Not only from the point of view of their content, but also from that
    • educational value that they are of lasting significance.
    • compelled to take against the attempts that were clouding objective
    • fear that the influence of Dr. Steiner's words might be too strong.
    • In the lectures that year, many references had to be made to this
    • It had become necessary to make it clear that methods so grievously
    • his one great wish — that the Society led by him might not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • If we ask ourselves what spiritual science should be for men, then
    • presumably, out of all sorts of reactions and feelings that we have
    • a path to the higher development of our humanity, of all that is human
    • for every thinking and feeling person, a life-aim that includes the
    • what lies within him, and to this question the most diverse answers
    • have been given. Perhaps none can be found that is terser or more
    • “From the power that binds all beings
    • That man frees himself who overcomes himself.”
    • pregnantly what lies at the heart of all evolution. This is that man
    • lift ourselves, so to speak, above ourselves. The soul that overcomes
    • itself finds the path that leads beyond itself to the highest
    • borne in mind when we undertake to treat such a theme as the one that
    • our own day. We will have to pass millennia in review, and what we
    • concerns of our souls, something that grips our innermost soul-life.
    • from the troubles of the day, from what his routine brings to him, and
    • peoples. Then for the first time he finds what is most sacred for his
    • soul. It may seem strange to suggest that connections, intimate
    • first seem remarkable that one should understand his own time better
    • science, it will not seem strange that one should look for a
    • basic convictions that the human soul continually returns, that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • that it occupies an exceptional position in that it experiences no
    • after the time of the Atlantis that perished through powerful
    • water-catastrophes. This age that follows Atlantis will perish in
    • will be catastrophes that will work in a way similar to those at the
    • interesting connections that are indicated in certain repetitions, and
    • far into the evolution of our earth, and we will see that these wide
    • of such repetitions, saying that the first cultural epoch repeats
    • a certain gift for combinations get the upper hand, so that we try to
    • believe that we can do this, and many books on theosophy actually
    • strong warning that such combinations are not controlling, but only
    • combinations must be warned against. What we can read in the spiritual
    • earth, we can say that our earth has not always appeared as it does
    • today; men had no bony system. All that was formed later. The farther
    • wherein was contained all that went into the formation of the earth,
    • points, it would not have seen what the clairvoyant would have seen or
    • what he actually sees now when he looks back. Let us make this clear
    • What does one see who observes this? He sees a body that is very
    • imagine that a rose could grow from it. He would never derive this
    • It would stand before his clairvoyant view, a real form, but one that
    • could be seen only in the spirit. This form is the archetype of what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • that when the Atlantean catastrophe had altered the face of the earth,
    • showed something like a mirror-picture of the events that, in the
    • beginning of the, earth's evolution, took place in that remote past
    • when sun, moon, and earth were still united. What the eye of the
    • spirit beheld at that time was nothing but a spiritually conceived
    • form of what actually existed when our earth stood at the beginning of
    • what took place when earth, sun, and moon had become three bodies. We
    • also pointed out that the trinity of Osiris, Isis, and Horus reflected
    • Hera, or Athena, all were a memory of the spirit-forms of that old
    • we must bear in mind that, the most important parts of the population
    • the Atlantean time. Furthermore, it was by no means the case that the
    • catastrophe; on the contrary, what remained was gradually carried over
    • persons and, in accordance with the whole nature of evolution at that
    • time, we can understand that the least advanced were those who were
    • during their waking hours saw objects with sharper contours. That
    • just this handful, being composed of the most advanced men of that
    • great leader led this group farthest into Asia, so that they could
    • current from this center. It has already been pointed out that these
    • is done today; they colonized in a different way. They knew that they
    • that were to be colonized. The emissaries did not impose what they had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • We attempted to bring before our souls an impression that the seeker
    • picture that stood before the meditating person at that time. This
    • picture worked so strongly that the neophytes could make their
    • It is important that the meditating neophyte had within him,
    • when earth, moon, and sun were not yet divided. At that time the earth
    • see the picture that now arises before me. This picture was already
    • mineral, plant, or animal forms. At that time the earth consisted only
    • It is true that the first beginnings of the animals were created
    • animals already existed then.* But we know too that
    • earliest condition of the earth. What lives in the earth, the ideal
    • human picture or form, tells me that the Godhead works from eternity
    • what happened to the animals, plants, and other beings.
    • the huge primeval forests that once flourished and are now coal. The
    • self. When the Indian pupil had this picture before him, he felt that
    • everything had sprung from it, that what appeared in this picture as
    • itself; but then, also, what lights up in you as your innermost
    • within you is what you feel as a sort of extract, the
    • echoes of what the pupils had felt in ancient times, they experienced
    • the following: When the pupil contemplates what is spread out in the
    • name of Vach** to what lives as the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • clairvoyantly-perceived pictures, the relationships and events that
    • contained in it. We also saw what a high stage of initiation such a
    • world-conception, which appears as a recapitulation of what occurred
    • in the remotest past. We also saw what the Greeks thought when, in the
    • campaigns of Alexander, they became acquainted with what was
    • picture of the divine-spiritual creative force that began to express
    • an inner recapitulation of the facts that actually occurred in the
    • It was also emphasized that the succeeding evolutionary periods of the
    • earth were reflected in the Persian and Egyptian cultures. What
    • appeared in pictures to the Persian initiates. All that happened as
    • little more narrowly just what happened to our earth during the
    • disregard the great cosmic events and direct our attention to what
    • that the animal and plant germs were laid down on the old Sun and the
    • old Moon, and that they were already contained in the earliest
    • slumbering, so that one could not perceive that they would really be
    • withdraw that the germs that later became animals first became capable
    • germs that later became plants. The mineral germs formed themselves
    • the hypothesis that it is what one would have seen had one been able
    • at that time to observe from a point in universal space.
    • that primeval condition, the earth was merely a vaporous mist that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • MANY of you, in reflecting upon what we have said in the last few days
    • man, will have encountered what seems to you a curious contradiction
    • yourselves, “Yesterday we heard that the worst forces in
    • evolution were connected with the moon, that when the moon separated
    • from the earth the worst forces went out with it, and that only
    • pursue his evolution. When we hear all this, what about the romantic
    • aspect of the moon, what about all the poetry that speaks with such
    • before our souls. It is certainly true that if we examined the
    • physical mass of the moon we would find that it was not fitted to
    • support life as we know it here on earth. We must also say that
    • everything of an etheric nature that is connected with the moon and
    • — we would be convinced that the worst and basest feelings that
    • we have on earth are as nothing compared to what is found on the moon.
    • the moon, we may speak of beings, of elements, that had to be expelled
    • so that our earth could pursue its way, free from injurious
    • But now we must recognize another fact. We must not forget that we
    • cannot simply stop with what is base or evil, for everything that
    • long as this is at all possible, everything that has sunk deep down
    • beings, must be raised up and purged, so that it may again be used in
    • especially base beings congregate, we may be sure that with these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • the things mentioned here, as well as those that will be brought out
    • anything believes that it is without
    • people, but it was much more. What was contained in the Isis myth was
    • Scorpion. Then it was that Typhon, or Set, killed his brother Osiris
    • what the pupil saw as a real event in the holy secrets of the mystery
    • schools, we must now turn our attention to what we began yesterday and
    • try to gain a clearer understanding of what was produced in man
    • that the moon requires to return to its first form. We have probed the
    • precisely as possible, what the Egyptian pupil learned about human
    • infected by modern anatomy will say that this description is pure
    • they should be aware that this is the doctrine that the Egyptian
    • Let us recall what was said in the last lectures about how the earth,
    • All that later grew out of this human germ could be seen clairvoyantly
    • at that time. But one could also look back on those parts of man that
    • first arose out of the germ. The first that arose out of this germ,
    • to shine into cosmic space. If at that time one had been able to see
    • clear picture of what existed at that time. This would only be
    • not all that existed. At about the same time a sort of gas-body took
    • substances in the human and animal bodies. At that time, however, they
    • of the common earth-mass, germs that were the first indications of our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • nature at that time has been preserved by myth, religion, and art in
    • the centaur. The various parts of the body, the members that gradually
    • of our earth at that time. These animal forms, however, remained stuck
    • type that stood at the level of our present fish. When we say that the
    • connection with fish, what does this mean? It means that the feet were
    • the only part of man that was physically perceptible at the time when
    • form. What we have described as the chalice or blossom form, the
    • like the fish that had remained behind.
    • along that he had given his lower half, his lower nature, a physical
    • taking hold, from the moon, that influence of the moonlight which the
    • upper body, i.e., the nerves that bring about the present upper body,
    • spine, formed the upper body. At first, through the tones that
    • comes into form. All that had to remain stuck at this point, beyond
    • the sun, which is the reason for the feeling that every healthy person
    • stand higher than the fish. The forms of that time appear in their
    • upper body assumed solid form, that by use of this he transformed the
    • lower. We may say that the fish reflects the form that man possessed
    • realize that up to this time man was united with this Being who, as
    • felt that through the form of the fish one could characterize the time
    • the form that he owed to the sun spirits. As he progressed further,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • developed in the period of evolution that stretches approximately from
    • the spiritual life, for we must not forget that what is really to be
    • Therefore it is necessary that we be entirely clear about how
    • Let us again recall what was described as the working of the sun and
    • that this occurred in the remote past, that our earth as yet had
    • scarcely crystallized out of the water-earth, and that a great part of
    • what was described actually took place in the water-earth. Man at that
    • time was in a condition that we should bring clearly before our minds
    • so that we may form a clear conception of how things looked to human
    • remember what has been said so often: all this would have been visible
    • region had been formed. Thus we may say that man already had the lower
    • seen the body. At that time man could not see himself. Only at the
    • nature. At that time man could not yet see physical things. Human
    • Then man passed over to that condition of consciousness in which
    • sleeping and waking alternated. When he was awake man saw darkly what
    • and after the moon's exit from the earth, we find that man then had a
    • clairvoyant consciousness in which he had no inkling of what we today
    • call death. For if, at that time, man withdrew from his physical body,
    • or, “I am falling into unconsciousness” — that did
    • him all that we describe here today were obvious facts.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • THERE are many myths and sagas of the ancient Egyptians that were
    • Greece, for most of the Greek legends that do not relate to Zeus and
    • ourselves today with all sorts of mythical things that we can put to
    • good use, despite the assertion of modern cultural history that Greek
    • spiritual side? All that we see on the physical plane always remains
    • spirit, we are interested not only in what lives on the physical
    • plane, but also in all that occurs in the spiritual worlds. From what
    • we have heard in our lectures we know what happens to man between
    • death and a new birth. We need only recall that in death man enters
    • the condition of consciousness that we call kamaloka, in which,
    • the physical world, when he suffers from the fact that he is no longer
    • Devachan, let us consider two examples. We know that as soon as he has
    • died, man does not lose his cravings and desires. Let us assume that
    • physical, and after death the person feels a real lust for what
    • sloughed off all the cravings that he had cultivated through the
    • begins the time when he no longer makes demands of the type that can
    • In the same proportion that man ceases to be fettered to the physical
    • man feels in his Devachanic consciousness that he is a limb of the
    • When we thus describe what man experiences between death and a new
    • birth, we must not imagine that the events of the Devachanic world are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • the facts of post-Atlantean evolution, and we have indicated that in
    • experiences that mankind went through during the Egypto-Chaldean
    • culture. It has been stated that the Indian period will repeat itself
    • time, and that the fourth, the Greco-Latin, stands by itself, so to
    • We have seen that in the spiritual worlds there exist mysterious
    • It was also pointed out that not only the external evolutionary
    • relationships on the physical plane had changed, but that also the
    • seen that not only does this occur, but that also for the period
    • place a sort of progress or transformation, so that the soul does not
    • world so that the soul always experiences something different there.
    • It is primarily from the standpoint of this “beyond” that
    • our earth. We shall approach in a much deeper way the question, What
    • significance has the advent of the Christ on our earth? What
    • purpose we must explore many different things that affected souls in
    • derive that the Egypto-Chaldean period furnishes a mirroring in
    • knowledge and experience of what happened in the Lemurian time, of
    • what happened on the earth during and after the departure of the moon.
    • What men experienced then, they experienced again as a memory in what
    • experienced during his initiation events that man otherwise
    • few words. This initiation is essentially different from that of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • IN order to complete the task that we have envisioned, we must now
    • Greco-Latin, we have seen that in a certain connection man at that
    • time worked his way into the physical plane and that this working into
    • could dwell, and that man could say, “I have brought matter so
    • far that for me it can be an expression of the spirit, so that in
    • that among us in Middle Europe the great Goethe, in his Faust
    • same direction, what would have been the result? We can make this
    • descended to his lowest point, but in such a way that in no piece of
    • have been that man should descend below this level, plunging down
    • below matter so that the spirit would become the slave of matter. We
    • see that, on one side, this has actually happened. The expression of
    • needs. We need only consider with what primitive means the gigantic
    • the Egyptians, their pictures of the gods were images of what took
    • place in the cosmos and on earth in the remote past. One who, at that
    • that became invisible in the Atlantean time but was a fact of
    • read the innumerable eulogies that our contemporaries write about the
    • heights that were surveyed at that time. They have no inkling of what
    • through the science of the spirit can an idea be formed of what the
    • ancient Chaldean-Egyptian initiates saw. For example, what we are
    • significance. Thus we find that in ancient times man had little power
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • also be remembered that certain premises were taken for granted when
    • what may be called ‘anthroposophical history’, told as an
    • spectacle presented to him, and we are aware that inwardly he is
    • picturing his environment. That is one situation. Another is the
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • manifestation of impulses of will, and it is easy to imagine that if
    • — that of sleeping and waking. From the elementary concepts of
    • Anthroposophy we know that in waking life the four members of a man's
    • are organically and actively interwoven, but that in sleep the
    • of view. We might ask: what is there to be said about ideation,
    • that in his present physical existence man is, in a certain sense,
    • purely external way, for we know that we can wake in the occult sense
    • during the day, that is to say, one can become clairvoyant and see
    • asleep to what is then and there happening and we can rightly speak of
    • we realise that in the ordinary waking condition of physical life, man
    • at the door and you say “Come in!”, that cannot be called
    • yourself at a table, that cannot be called a decision made by the
    • Why is this the case? Occultism shows us that in respect of his will
    • man actually sleeps by day, that is to say he is not in the real sense
    • strengthened in the morning because what has penetrated into our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • also be remembered that certain premises were taken for granted when
    • what may be called ‘anthroposophical history’, told as an
    • spectacle presented to him, and we are aware that inwardly he is
    • picturing his environment. That is one situation. Another is the
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • manifestation of impulses of will, and it is easy to imagine that if
    • — that of sleeping and waking. From the elementary concepts of
    • Anthroposophy we know that in waking life the four members of a man's
    • are organically and actively interwoven, but that in sleep the
    • of view. We might ask: what is there to be said about ideation,
    • that in his present physical existence man is, in a certain sense,
    • purely external way, for we know that we can wake in the occult sense
    • during the day, that is to say, one can become clairvoyant and see
    • asleep to what is then and there happening and we can rightly speak of
    • we realise that in the ordinary waking condition of physical life, man
    • at the door and you say “Come in!”, that cannot be called
    • yourself at a table, that cannot be called a decision made by the
    • Why is this the case? Occultism shows us that in respect of his will
    • man actually sleeps by day, that is to say he is not in the real sense
    • strengthened in the morning because what has penetrated into our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • that in the past certain hints or indications of the mystery of evil,
    • and of that other mystery which is connected with it — the mystery of
    • important events of the present time. What I said then had also a
    • deeper motive, for anyone who has knowledge will be well aware what
    • will to understand will come in time, and we must see that it does
    • come. In every possible way we must see that it does come.
    • Even what I lately said about the configuration of philosophical
    • all that I bring forward here is intended not as mere criticism, but
    • as a simple characterisation, so that human beings may see what kind
    • view, they were after all inevitable. One could even prove that it
    • As I said again only the other day, that which calls itself Science
    • ourselves: These forces which are active in the great Universe — what
    • is their function, apart from the fact that they bring death to man?
    • It would be altogether wrong to imagine that the forces which bring
    • death to man exist in the Universe for that express purpose. In
    • say that the purpose of the engine is to wear out the rails!
    • course be talking nonsense, though it cannot he disputed that the
    • It would be just as wrong for anyone to say that those forces in the
    • What then is the proper task of the forces that bring death to man? It
    • the fifth Post-Atlantean age, and how important it is that in this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • that in the past certain hints or indications of the mystery of evil,
    • and of that other mystery which is connected with it — the mystery of
    • important events of the present time. What I said then had also a
    • deeper motive, for anyone who has knowledge will be well aware what
    • will to understand will come in time, and we must see that it does
    • come. In every possible way we must see that it does come.
    • Even what I lately said about the configuration of philosophical
    • all that I bring forward here is intended not as mere criticism, but
    • as a simple characterisation, so that human beings may see what kind
    • view, they were after all inevitable. One could even prove that it
    • As I said again only the other day, that which calls itself Science
    • ourselves: These forces which are active in the great Universe — what
    • is their function, apart from the fact that they bring death to man?
    • It would be altogether wrong to imagine that the forces which bring
    • death to man exist in the Universe for that express purpose. In
    • say that the purpose of the engine is to wear out the rails!
    • course be talking nonsense, though it cannot he disputed that the
    • It would be just as wrong for anyone to say that those forces in the
    • What then is the proper task of the forces that bring death to man? It
    • the fifth Post-Atlantean age, and how important it is that in this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • upon us of the science of the spirit. Much, however, that today bears the
    • must come to be realized that a school of unselfishness is needed in our
    • deeper understanding of selflessness than that offered by Christ's
    • human development that fall gently into our souls, warming and
    • was lost to an extent that will be fully realized only in the distant future.
    • whole soul-being, an education in selflessness. We may say that what
    • of selflessness, and what He may become for the conscious development
    • spiritual world, and we have in a sense, three Mysteries of Golgotha that
    • the other senses. Let us assume that our eyes were self-seeking. What
    • should be painfully conscious that we have eyes. Today, however,
    • released that acted within human evolution upon earth. Its effect was a
    • quieting and harmonizing of our senses so that today we can use them
    • the world order, we shall say, looking back to these ancient times, that
    • what makes it possible for us as sensory beings to enjoy without pain all
    • the selfish senses in man. That was the first step leading to the Mystery of
    • when he looks up at the starry heavens and at all that the sun illumines in
    • the animal, mineral and vegetable kingdoms. He will learn to say, “That
    • I am so placed in the world that I can look at it around me, my senses being
    • realize that it is not ourselves, but Christ within our senses Who enables
    • of the human organism; that is, the vital organs. With this in mind, let us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • upon us of the science of the spirit. Much, however, that today bears the
    • must come to be realized that a school of unselfishness is needed in our
    • deeper understanding of selflessness than that offered by Christ's
    • human development that fall gently into our souls, warming and
    • was lost to an extent that will be fully realized only in the distant future.
    • whole soul-being, an education in selflessness. We may say that what
    • of selflessness, and what He may become for the conscious development
    • spiritual world, and we have in a sense, three Mysteries of Golgotha that
    • the other senses. Let us assume that our eyes were self-seeking. What
    • should be painfully conscious that we have eyes. Today, however,
    • released that acted within human evolution upon earth. Its effect was a
    • quieting and harmonizing of our senses so that today we can use them
    • the world order, we shall say, looking back to these ancient times, that
    • what makes it possible for us as sensory beings to enjoy without pain all
    • the selfish senses in man. That was the first step leading to the Mystery of
    • when he looks up at the starry heavens and at all that the sun illumines in
    • the animal, mineral and vegetable kingdoms. He will learn to say, “That
    • I am so placed in the world that I can look at it around me, my senses being
    • realize that it is not ourselves, but Christ within our senses Who enables
    • of the human organism; that is, the vital organs. With this in mind, let us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • instinctively — and intensively — he experiences all that is going
    • on in his environment. Later on it is only in the sense organs that
    • we have a process imitating in a certain sense what is going on in the
    • outer world — reproducing it, just as the camera reproduces whatever
    • is there in front of the lens. The human being becomes aware of what
    • nature of ideas. The child begins to take as his guideline what we say
    • to him. Previously he has taken as his guideline all that we did in
    • his environment; now he begins to grasp what we say. Authority thus
    • The child will quite naturally follow and be guided by what is said to
    • him. Language itself he will of course learn by imitation, but that
    • that I want to speak today.
    • the birth of the astral body to the time of puberty. However, that
    • all of us, before we descended to unite with what was prepared for us,
    • spirit. What we were, and what we experienced there, is very different
    • from what we experience between birth and death here on earth. Hence
    • ideas on his earthly experiences, and it is to these ideas that we
    • characterized by all that we see with the senses and understand with
    • earthly intellect. But there is nothing in this world that is not
    • his own etheric body. But to say that man clothes himself with his
    • and in its lower portion something that appears more or less as an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • instinctively — and intensively — he experiences all that is going
    • on in his environment. Later on it is only in the sense organs that
    • we have a process imitating in a certain sense what is going on in the
    • outer world — reproducing it, just as the camera reproduces whatever
    • is there in front of the lens. The human being becomes aware of what
    • nature of ideas. The child begins to take as his guideline what we say
    • to him. Previously he has taken as his guideline all that we did in
    • his environment; now he begins to grasp what we say. Authority thus
    • The child will quite naturally follow and be guided by what is said to
    • him. Language itself he will of course learn by imitation, but that
    • that I want to speak today.
    • the birth of the astral body to the time of puberty. However, that
    • all of us, before we descended to unite with what was prepared for us,
    • spirit. What we were, and what we experienced there, is very different
    • from what we experience between birth and death here on earth. Hence
    • ideas on his earthly experiences, and it is to these ideas that we
    • characterized by all that we see with the senses and understand with
    • earthly intellect. But there is nothing in this world that is not
    • his own etheric body. But to say that man clothes himself with his
    • and in its lower portion something that appears more or less as an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • first considering what Spiritual Science asserts, and then attacking it, but
    • they consist in setting up a caricature of what Spiritual Science is supposed
    • to say, and then attacking that. In this way we are frequently assailed, not
    • no serious intention of really learning to understand what it condemns. In
    • is no more intended to be what is ordinarily meant by the word
    • They may believe that a few people, with little to do in their daily lives,
    • when compared to that of a not very distant past! If we envisage human life
    • one presented by that vanished era. Such a survey would show us the life
    • He cannot be content with what he sees through his senses or what he must
    • the voice of the in-dwelling soul, and the individual is led to ask: what
    • justifiable answer can be made, viz: that the world really satisfies all human
    • life. In this way the eternal meaning is disclosed of what occurs in the
    • opinion concerning contemporary human life, fails to take into account that
    • present. It is of the essence of the historical progress of mankind that
    • and that not until after such change has reached a certain stage does the
    • Consequently it is not until the present time that the human soul is beset
    • that natural science would be able to solve the great riddles of human
    • increasingly aware that, so far as the ultimate problems of human existence
    • that this progress must be followed by progress in another realm, if the
    • We might of course imagine that we could make ourselves insensitive to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • first considering what Spiritual Science asserts, and then attacking it, but
    • they consist in setting up a caricature of what Spiritual Science is supposed
    • to say, and then attacking that. In this way we are frequently assailed, not
    • no serious intention of really learning to understand what it condemns. In
    • is no more intended to be what is ordinarily meant by the word
    • They may believe that a few people, with little to do in their daily lives,
    • when compared to that of a not very distant past! If we envisage human life
    • one presented by that vanished era. Such a survey would show us the life
    • He cannot be content with what he sees through his senses or what he must
    • the voice of the in-dwelling soul, and the individual is led to ask: what
    • justifiable answer can be made, viz: that the world really satisfies all human
    • life. In this way the eternal meaning is disclosed of what occurs in the
    • opinion concerning contemporary human life, fails to take into account that
    • present. It is of the essence of the historical progress of mankind that
    • and that not until after such change has reached a certain stage does the
    • Consequently it is not until the present time that the human soul is beset
    • that natural science would be able to solve the great riddles of human
    • increasingly aware that, so far as the ultimate problems of human existence
    • that this progress must be followed by progress in another realm, if the
    • We might of course imagine that we could make ourselves insensitive to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • world outlook. It must be kept in mind that there is a great
    • and spirit that enables a person to attain to such cognition and
    • extent that indications pertaining to such actual clairvoyance can be
    • Only a few mere hints can be given here since the training that the
    • The information that can be related here is but a scant outline of
    • what would be conveyed in personal instructions. Thus it must initially
    • be noted that most people require the aid of a personal teacher in
    • this field. Some might be of the opinion that a person can develop in
    • own attempts, and it might seem unfortunate that in this vital area of
    • guidance, however, gives sufficient guaranty that no person comes by
    • suggest. It is left entirely to the judgment of the individual to what
    • the individual what task he sets before his soul and spirit; the
    • teacher to do more than advise and guide. Everything that can be
    • Another important point is that the main part of this schooling does
    • worlds. It cannot be emphasized enough that nobody devoting himself to
    • any respect whatever, nor neglect his daily duties in any sense, nor
    • that a special amount of time must be spent on his inner training and
    • of human society, will soon discover that by these means least is
    • inner tranquility. I must stress at this point that no “extra-special”
    • experience can ever be attained. That is endurance. He who has no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • world outlook. It must be kept in mind that there is a great
    • and spirit that enables a person to attain to such cognition and
    • extent that indications pertaining to such actual clairvoyance can be
    • Only a few mere hints can be given here since the training that the
    • The information that can be related here is but a scant outline of
    • what would be conveyed in personal instructions. Thus it must initially
    • be noted that most people require the aid of a personal teacher in
    • this field. Some might be of the opinion that a person can develop in
    • own attempts, and it might seem unfortunate that in this vital area of
    • guidance, however, gives sufficient guaranty that no person comes by
    • suggest. It is left entirely to the judgment of the individual to what
    • the individual what task he sets before his soul and spirit; the
    • teacher to do more than advise and guide. Everything that can be
    • Another important point is that the main part of this schooling does
    • worlds. It cannot be emphasized enough that nobody devoting himself to
    • any respect whatever, nor neglect his daily duties in any sense, nor
    • that a special amount of time must be spent on his inner training and
    • of human society, will soon discover that by these means least is
    • inner tranquility. I must stress at this point that no “extra-special”
    • experience can ever be attained. That is endurance. He who has no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • being, two beings can be clearly distinguished. You will recall that
    • membranes that envelop the human embryo during its development
    • everything, in other words, that is cast away as physical
    • entire life. It is somewhat different in character, however, from the
    • earthly life. And this is what I would like to speak about today.
    • becomes a body of forces that is active in us but does not come to
    • we can say that this invisible man also contains the ego, the astral
    • embryo, what we call here the physical organization of the invisible
    • that we encounter after birth. I will sketch this visible human being
    • and also in the inner forces of movement that carry ingested food
    • however, there is a direct intervention of forces that enter the
    • us, a stream that flows directly from the ego into the nerve-sense
    • this stream in such a way that it spreads out over the skin-senses,
    • we have one organization that flows up from below, proceeding from
    • then to the ego. We have another stream that enters the physical
    • at the insight that this unmediated stream, which enters the physical
    • visible sign of these outspreading streams that enter the entire
    • directly a destructive process occurs, so that along the nerve
    • encounter him here on earth, we can say that the ego flows in the
    • blood. But the ego flows in such a way that it first ensouls its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • being, two beings can be clearly distinguished. You will recall that
    • membranes that envelop the human embryo during its development
    • everything, in other words, that is cast away as physical
    • entire life. It is somewhat different in character, however, from the
    • earthly life. And this is what I would like to speak about today.
    • becomes a body of forces that is active in us but does not come to
    • we can say that this invisible man also contains the ego, the astral
    • embryo, what we call here the physical organization of the invisible
    • that we encounter after birth. I will sketch this visible human being
    • and also in the inner forces of movement that carry ingested food
    • however, there is a direct intervention of forces that enter the
    • us, a stream that flows directly from the ego into the nerve-sense
    • this stream in such a way that it spreads out over the skin-senses,
    • we have one organization that flows up from below, proceeding from
    • then to the ego. We have another stream that enters the physical
    • at the insight that this unmediated stream, which enters the physical
    • visible sign of these outspreading streams that enter the entire
    • directly a destructive process occurs, so that along the nerve
    • encounter him here on earth, we can say that the ego flows in the
    • blood. But the ego flows in such a way that it first ensouls its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • unless it be assumed that the audience keep in mind various things
    • widespread that anthroposophy might undermine this or that religious
    • creed, thereby interfering with what someone may hold precious. Anyone
    • willing to go into anthroposophy in any depth sees that this opinion
    • further the way of thinking that entered human evolution through
    • humanity pertains to the subject of today's lecture, that is, Christ
    • To ensure that we shall understand each other at least to some extent,
    • from natural science is tied up with a problem that more or less
    • judge on the basis of what can ordinarily be observed in the soul
    • easily conclude that human knowledge can go so far and no farther. It
    • is commonly said, “This fact can be known; that other cannot.”
    • Here I can only indicate what in earlier lectures and in such books as
    • I have already explained, namely, that the soul can
    • What the spiritual investigator thereby learns of Christ Jesus calls
    • however, must convey what he has experienced in spiritual vision.
    • Thus, what follows in way of explanation of certain processes in man's
    • In natural science it is admitted that a mere descriptive enumeration
    • of single events in nature is inadequate. It is recognized that the
    • intend to write on that theme, the mystical life of the Christian,
    • either. What I sought to show was that the Christ impulse, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • unless it be assumed that the audience keep in mind various things
    • widespread that anthroposophy might undermine this or that religious
    • creed, thereby interfering with what someone may hold precious. Anyone
    • willing to go into anthroposophy in any depth sees that this opinion
    • further the way of thinking that entered human evolution through
    • humanity pertains to the subject of today's lecture, that is, Christ
    • To ensure that we shall understand each other at least to some extent,
    • from natural science is tied up with a problem that more or less
    • judge on the basis of what can ordinarily be observed in the soul
    • easily conclude that human knowledge can go so far and no farther. It
    • is commonly said, “This fact can be known; that other cannot.”
    • Here I can only indicate what in earlier lectures and in such books as
    • I have already explained, namely, that the soul can
    • What the spiritual investigator thereby learns of Christ Jesus calls
    • however, must convey what he has experienced in spiritual vision.
    • Thus, what follows in way of explanation of certain processes in man's
    • In natural science it is admitted that a mere descriptive enumeration
    • of single events in nature is inadequate. It is recognized that the
    • intend to write on that theme, the mystical life of the Christian,
    • either. What I sought to show was that the Christ impulse, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • also be remembered that certain premises were taken for granted when
    • what may be called ‘anthroposophical history’, told as an
    • I may remind you first of what I said in former lectures here
    • contemplate what surrounds us here in this physical existence upon
    • Earth, including that which we ourselves contribute to if, we shall of
    • Yet as I said in those earlier lectures, that which goes on for man
    • his whole existence — even for what he is and does in earthly life.
    • might easily say that he knows nothing of what goes on during sleep.
    • our life; in a sense, we only supplement them by what accrues to us
    • what came about through us, as our own concern.
    • We may believe we have no memory at all of what transpires during
    • sleep, but even that is not quite true. When we look back in memory,
    • of sleep, the fact is that we see a void, a nothing, in the intervals
    • these darknesses of life that you say ‘I.’ If you did not see the
    • ability to say ‘I’ to yourself, not to the fact that you were
    • active every day from morning until night, but to the fact that you were
    • life truly, we shall not say that we owe our consciousness of self to the
    • day but rather that we owe it to the night. This is the truth. It is
    • spiritual world, and what is here of us on Earth is but a picture — an
    • image of our true being.’ It is entirely true if we regard what is here
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • also be remembered that certain premises were taken for granted when
    • what may be called ‘anthroposophical history’, told as an
    • I may remind you first of what I said in former lectures here
    • contemplate what surrounds us here in this physical existence upon
    • Earth, including that which we ourselves contribute to if, we shall of
    • Yet as I said in those earlier lectures, that which goes on for man
    • his whole existence — even for what he is and does in earthly life.
    • might easily say that he knows nothing of what goes on during sleep.
    • our life; in a sense, we only supplement them by what accrues to us
    • what came about through us, as our own concern.
    • We may believe we have no memory at all of what transpires during
    • sleep, but even that is not quite true. When we look back in memory,
    • of sleep, the fact is that we see a void, a nothing, in the intervals
    • these darknesses of life that you say ‘I.’ If you did not see the
    • ability to say ‘I’ to yourself, not to the fact that you were
    • active every day from morning until night, but to the fact that you were
    • life truly, we shall not say that we owe our consciousness of self to the
    • day but rather that we owe it to the night. This is the truth. It is
    • spiritual world, and what is here of us on Earth is but a picture — an
    • image of our true being.’ It is entirely true if we regard what is here
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • impair that simple joy, so full of love, that filled many hundreds of
    • was performed for them. It really seems as if that simple, loving joy could
    • be impaired by our teachings concerning Jesus Christ that encompass such a
    • wealth of things and that are apparently so complicated. Yet, we must
    • strength that had once entered the evolution of mankind, and that had saved
    • Nevertheless, it is an illusion to think that our more complicated way of
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • Actually, today we face another world, a world that will become
    • complicated age needs another kind of soul impulse that will enable us to
    • until the time had come for his birth as that exceptional human being, the
    • earthly body, and soon after birth addressed his mother in a language that
    • childhood. We must bear this in mind if we wish to understand what simple
    • What appeals to us most of all in this play is the Child's divine innocence
    • of the human soul with all that lives in it as the eternally divine. So now
    • observed the swinging lamp that led him to discover the laws without which
    • covered with paintings that expressed this, and the earth had been brought
    • Among the paintings in the Campo Santo is one that was mentioned for the
    • that it was known as "Purgatory." Undoubtedly, a heaven and hell are to be
    • but it is still possible to distinguish what this unknown painter wished
    • aware of what their rank on earth implies. The procession emerging from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • impair that simple joy, so full of love, that filled many hundreds of
    • was performed for them. It really seems as if that simple, loving joy could
    • be impaired by our teachings concerning Jesus Christ that encompass such a
    • wealth of things and that are apparently so complicated. Yet, we must
    • strength that had once entered the evolution of mankind, and that had saved
    • Nevertheless, it is an illusion to think that our more complicated way of
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • Actually, today we face another world, a world that will become
    • complicated age needs another kind of soul impulse that will enable us to
    • until the time had come for his birth as that exceptional human being, the
    • earthly body, and soon after birth addressed his mother in a language that
    • childhood. We must bear this in mind if we wish to understand what simple
    • What appeals to us most of all in this play is the Child's divine innocence
    • of the human soul with all that lives in it as the eternally divine. So now
    • observed the swinging lamp that led him to discover the laws without which
    • covered with paintings that expressed this, and the earth had been brought
    • Among the paintings in the Campo Santo is one that was mentioned for the
    • that it was known as "Purgatory." Undoubtedly, a heaven and hell are to be
    • but it is still possible to distinguish what this unknown painter wished
    • aware of what their rank on earth implies. The procession emerging from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • a little more than what we are able to see through the generally accepted
    • and to show us what man was like upon Atlantis; then it also seeks to point
    • particular point: What can we discover if the things which we have learned
    • before our soul's eye — what can we discover if we then cast our gaze upon
    • We know that only at the
    • this connection, we know that the human bodies of the Atlantean epoch were
    • that during the Atlantean epoch the
    • human body was soft, pliable and plastic, so that the souls that came down
    • completely. At that time, it would therefore not have been incorrect to
    • say: That man resembles a cat. If he was a hypocrite, he really resembled
    • a cat, or a hyaena. In that remote past, man's countenance and his outward
    • was at that time able to transform his outward form and he possessed this
    • possessed it. Their physical body was far more hardened than that of man
    • and hard. The animal forms are however quite hardened, so that their
    • is still mobile to some extent, so that the etheric body still assumes
    • reality — that outwardly his face may only have a slight resemblance with
    • We shall then be meeting someone and we shall know what his moral
    • whatever during the sixth epoch, our bodily form will then obtain its
    • is a good person and that is an evil one. Just as to-day we know that
    • this is an Italian and that a Frenchman etc., so we shall know in future
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • a little more than what we are able to see through the generally accepted
    • and to show us what man was like upon Atlantis; then it also seeks to point
    • particular point: What can we discover if the things which we have learned
    • before our soul's eye — what can we discover if we then cast our gaze upon
    • We know that only at the
    • this connection, we know that the human bodies of the Atlantean epoch were
    • that during the Atlantean epoch the
    • human body was soft, pliable and plastic, so that the souls that came down
    • completely. At that time, it would therefore not have been incorrect to
    • say: That man resembles a cat. If he was a hypocrite, he really resembled
    • a cat, or a hyaena. In that remote past, man's countenance and his outward
    • was at that time able to transform his outward form and he possessed this
    • possessed it. Their physical body was far more hardened than that of man
    • and hard. The animal forms are however quite hardened, so that their
    • is still mobile to some extent, so that the etheric body still assumes
    • reality — that outwardly his face may only have a slight resemblance with
    • We shall then be meeting someone and we shall know what his moral
    • whatever during the sixth epoch, our bodily form will then obtain its
    • is a good person and that is an evil one. Just as to-day we know that
    • this is an Italian and that a Frenchman etc., so we shall know in future
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • let us try to add something to what is already familiar to us. What I
    • have to say may be useful to some of you in that it will lead to a more
    • These skeptics often say that perhaps one who has developed hidden soul
    • however, that life itself, if one is attentive to it, confirms what spiritual
    • Now let's consider nervousness. It is well-known today that there are
    • many people who complain of nervousness and all that this implies, and
    • we are hardly surprised when the statement is made that there is none
    • perhaps when a person becomes an emotional fidgety-gibbet, that is to
    • form of nervousness. Another is one in which people do not know what
    • that may finally be expressed in various forms of disease that simulate
    • alcoholism” that has pervaded the important events of public life. This
    • If people remain as they are, we need not doubt but that there will be no
    • that pass like an epidemic from person to person and thus those who are
    • It is extremely harmful for our time that many of the men who hold high
    • today. There are whole branches of learning that are taught in such a way
    • that throughout the entire school year the student will be unable to spend
    • his time and energy really thinking through what he has heard from his
    • real connection of interest of the soul with the subject matter that the
    • student often is one of wanting to forget as soon as possible what he has
    • What are the consequences of these educational methods? In some
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • let us try to add something to what is already familiar to us. What I
    • have to say may be useful to some of you in that it will lead to a more
    • These skeptics often say that perhaps one who has developed hidden soul
    • however, that life itself, if one is attentive to it, confirms what spiritual
    • Now let's consider nervousness. It is well-known today that there are
    • many people who complain of nervousness and all that this implies, and
    • we are hardly surprised when the statement is made that there is none
    • perhaps when a person becomes an emotional fidgety-gibbet, that is to
    • form of nervousness. Another is one in which people do not know what
    • that may finally be expressed in various forms of disease that simulate
    • alcoholism” that has pervaded the important events of public life. This
    • If people remain as they are, we need not doubt but that there will be no
    • that pass like an epidemic from person to person and thus those who are
    • It is extremely harmful for our time that many of the men who hold high
    • today. There are whole branches of learning that are taught in such a way
    • that throughout the entire school year the student will be unable to spend
    • his time and energy really thinking through what he has heard from his
    • real connection of interest of the soul with the subject matter that the
    • student often is one of wanting to forget as soon as possible what he has
    • What are the consequences of these educational methods? In some
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • ideas of what is important. In addition, certain deliberations must be
    • undertaken in such an attempt which are quite removed from what people
    • The fact that within our anthroposophical movement there is also a
    • speak, into everything. That is absolutely not the case; but as the
    • science in turn believes itself to be moving with certainty only with what
    • contemporary natural science actually excludes from its realm what
    • what proceeds as intrinsically human in the physical body is attributed
    • in that organism.
    • It could indeed be said that the greatest progress imaginable in medicine
    • become conscious of all this). The reason for this confusion is that the
    • — it is also possible that anthroposophy can yield knowledge
    • boundary in medicine if we ask only for the actual nature of illness. What
    • scientific knowledge. For, what, according to these natural scientific
    • what are the processes which take place during illness in the liver, kidney,
    • head, heart, wherever? What kind of processes are these? These are also
    • One can get the impression that, if one doesn't know anything, there
    • What is actually going on when customary natural science is applied in
    • is sampled and then various abstractions are made about what kind of
    • What must provide the basis there I actually dared to express only a few
    • years ago. Although it is generally imagined that it is easy for spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • ideas of what is important. In addition, certain deliberations must be
    • undertaken in such an attempt which are quite removed from what people
    • The fact that within our anthroposophical movement there is also a
    • speak, into everything. That is absolutely not the case; but as the
    • science in turn believes itself to be moving with certainty only with what
    • contemporary natural science actually excludes from its realm what
    • what proceeds as intrinsically human in the physical body is attributed
    • in that organism.
    • It could indeed be said that the greatest progress imaginable in medicine
    • become conscious of all this). The reason for this confusion is that the
    • — it is also possible that anthroposophy can yield knowledge
    • boundary in medicine if we ask only for the actual nature of illness. What
    • scientific knowledge. For, what, according to these natural scientific
    • what are the processes which take place during illness in the liver, kidney,
    • head, heart, wherever? What kind of processes are these? These are also
    • One can get the impression that, if one doesn't know anything, there
    • What is actually going on when customary natural science is applied in
    • is sampled and then various abstractions are made about what kind of
    • What must provide the basis there I actually dared to express only a few
    • years ago. Although it is generally imagined that it is easy for spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • IN our age it has become of ever increasing importance that those
    • Science, should acquire a deep understanding of that which we call
    • that it had a spiritual pre-history and that it was, as it were, the
    • conclusion of a series of events. It was also explained that at that
    • Christ-Being with the body of Jesus of Nazareth, and that thereby a
    • It is important for the whole future of human evolution that through a
    • reverence and loving and true heartfelt devotion for what occurred
    • through that event for the evolution of mankind.
    • It has been said repeatedly, and is well known to you, that in
    • the child of the line of Solomon, and from that time until his
    • into the spiritual Earth-sphere, so that mankind may become more and
    • more able to participate in that which, proceeding from the Mystery of
    • Atlantean, and once again at the end of Atlantean times. That is,
    • beginning of our own era. That which we know as the Mystery of
    • three of these preparatory events that same Being was present who was
    • that the Jesus-Being who grew up as the Nathan boy was permeated by
    • It may be said, therefore, that there were three Archangel-lives in
    • the spiritual world, and that the Being who lived those lives was the
    • permeated with the Christ-Impulse, so it may be said that three times
    • previously we have an Angel permeated with that Impulse. And as that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • IN our age it has become of ever increasing importance that those
    • Science, should acquire a deep understanding of that which we call
    • that it had a spiritual pre-history and that it was, as it were, the
    • conclusion of a series of events. It was also explained that at that
    • Christ-Being with the body of Jesus of Nazareth, and that thereby a
    • It is important for the whole future of human evolution that through a
    • reverence and loving and true heartfelt devotion for what occurred
    • through that event for the evolution of mankind.
    • It has been said repeatedly, and is well known to you, that in
    • the child of the line of Solomon, and from that time until his
    • into the spiritual Earth-sphere, so that mankind may become more and
    • more able to participate in that which, proceeding from the Mystery of
    • Atlantean, and once again at the end of Atlantean times. That is,
    • beginning of our own era. That which we know as the Mystery of
    • three of these preparatory events that same Being was present who was
    • that the Jesus-Being who grew up as the Nathan boy was permeated by
    • It may be said, therefore, that there were three Archangel-lives in
    • the spiritual world, and that the Being who lived those lives was the
    • permeated with the Christ-Impulse, so it may be said that three times
    • previously we have an Angel permeated with that Impulse. And as that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • life of the present and future in the way that is customary in our
    • question is to be answered truly, we must realize that we make a
    • consciousness of the attitude of soul that is part and parcel of
    • spiritual science. It is not without meaning that among us there are
    • the fact that we can speak quite differently among ourselves, knowing
    • that we are speaking to souls consciously associated with us —
    • conception that we hold of our Movement if we understand its inmost
    • nature. We must all be conscious that our Movement is significant not
    • only for the existence known to the senses and for the existence that
    • is grasped by the outward turned mind of man, but that through this
    • say to ourselves that by the cultivation of spiritual science we
    • transfer our souls as it were into spheres that are peopled not only
    • the beings of the invisible worlds. We must realize that our work is
    • of significance for these invisible worlds, that we are actually
    • more or less appropriate but we need not go into that now. Then came
    • a preparatory stage, what is to come in the ensuing period of
    • the womb, as it were, of the ancient Indian epoch, that of ancient
    • Persia was prepared; within the ancient Persian culture, that of the
    • prepare what will constitute the content, the specific external work
    • of the astral body, the Egypto-Chaldean with that of the sentient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • life of the present and future in the way that is customary in our
    • question is to be answered truly, we must realize that we make a
    • consciousness of the attitude of soul that is part and parcel of
    • spiritual science. It is not without meaning that among us there are
    • the fact that we can speak quite differently among ourselves, knowing
    • that we are speaking to souls consciously associated with us —
    • conception that we hold of our Movement if we understand its inmost
    • nature. We must all be conscious that our Movement is significant not
    • only for the existence known to the senses and for the existence that
    • is grasped by the outward turned mind of man, but that through this
    • say to ourselves that by the cultivation of spiritual science we
    • transfer our souls as it were into spheres that are peopled not only
    • the beings of the invisible worlds. We must realize that our work is
    • of significance for these invisible worlds, that we are actually
    • more or less appropriate but we need not go into that now. Then came
    • a preparatory stage, what is to come in the ensuing period of
    • the womb, as it were, of the ancient Indian epoch, that of ancient
    • Persia was prepared; within the ancient Persian culture, that of the
    • prepare what will constitute the content, the specific external work
    • of the astral body, the Egypto-Chaldean with that of the sentient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • In spite of the fact that a notable portion of
    • has been said recently that it is no longer possible to be a
    • in marketing, that a healthy person cannot possibly be sustained
    • It is in contrast to this approach that Dr.
    • that vegetarianism can be a more practical diet for those engaged
    • important as that problem may be. It is rather one in which an
    • be seen, however, that particularly in our age spiritual science
    • has something to say even concerning questions that directly affect
    • consists in the statement that anthroposophists are entirely too
    • concerned with, and talk too much about, questions of what they
    • called idealists in that they believe they view the common aspects
    • particularly by taking a stand that can be expressed in the
    • following way. “What man eats and drinks is unimportant. It
    • does not matter what food one takes, rather must one rise above the
    • what spiritual science has to say about them.
    • Feuerbach, to whom the phrase, “A man is what he eats,”
    • Feuerbach that what man produces is basically the result of foods
    • to believe that man is indeed physically nothing more than what he
    • must be confident that when a person has perceived the truth of
    • what he says, he will then proceed to do the right thing. What I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • In spite of the fact that a notable portion of
    • has been said recently that it is no longer possible to be a
    • in marketing, that a healthy person cannot possibly be sustained
    • It is in contrast to this approach that Dr.
    • that vegetarianism can be a more practical diet for those engaged
    • important as that problem may be. It is rather one in which an
    • be seen, however, that particularly in our age spiritual science
    • has something to say even concerning questions that directly affect
    • consists in the statement that anthroposophists are entirely too
    • concerned with, and talk too much about, questions of what they
    • called idealists in that they believe they view the common aspects
    • particularly by taking a stand that can be expressed in the
    • following way. “What man eats and drinks is unimportant. It
    • does not matter what food one takes, rather must one rise above the
    • what spiritual science has to say about them.
    • Feuerbach, to whom the phrase, “A man is what he eats,”
    • Feuerbach that what man produces is basically the result of foods
    • to believe that man is indeed physically nothing more than what he
    • must be confident that when a person has perceived the truth of
    • what he says, he will then proceed to do the right thing. What I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • IN THE FESTIVAL of Christmas something is given to Christendom that
    • Regard the evolution of history from whatever point of view you will, take
    • the Mystery of Golgotha, as the thought that is contained in the festival
    • follow it through the thousands of years that preceded the Mystery of
    • Golgotha, we find that, although the achievements of the peoples in all the
    • step toward what took place for the sake of humankind at the Mystery of
    • Golgotha. Furthermore, we find we can only understand what has happened
    • since the Mystery of Golgotha when we remember that the Christ who went
    • superstition, for example the kind of superstition that believes that
    • involvement, and that such aid should come just where human beings consider
    • it necessary — if we leave aside such views, we find that even the most
    • and meaning that the evolution of the earth has acquired through the fact
    • that Christ went through the Mystery of Golgotha. It is appropriate for us
    • of earthly humanity. We know how intimate the connection is between what takes
    • place in the moral-spiritual sphere of human evolution and what takes place
    • Christ Jesus to that being whose outer reflection appears in the sun. The
    • such references to the fact that the outwardly visible stars and their
    • context, if we wish to understand what should concern us most of all in
    • your attention to the fact that the Greco-Latin, the fourth epoch of
    • post-AtIantean humanity, stands, as it were, in the middle, and that there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • IN THE FESTIVAL of Christmas something is given to Christendom that
    • Regard the evolution of history from whatever point of view you will, take
    • the Mystery of Golgotha, as the thought that is contained in the festival
    • follow it through the thousands of years that preceded the Mystery of
    • Golgotha, we find that, although the achievements of the peoples in all the
    • step toward what took place for the sake of humankind at the Mystery of
    • Golgotha. Furthermore, we find we can only understand what has happened
    • since the Mystery of Golgotha when we remember that the Christ who went
    • superstition, for example the kind of superstition that believes that
    • involvement, and that such aid should come just where human beings consider
    • it necessary — if we leave aside such views, we find that even the most
    • and meaning that the evolution of the earth has acquired through the fact
    • that Christ went through the Mystery of Golgotha. It is appropriate for us
    • of earthly humanity. We know how intimate the connection is between what takes
    • place in the moral-spiritual sphere of human evolution and what takes place
    • Christ Jesus to that being whose outer reflection appears in the sun. The
    • such references to the fact that the outwardly visible stars and their
    • context, if we wish to understand what should concern us most of all in
    • your attention to the fact that the Greco-Latin, the fourth epoch of
    • post-AtIantean humanity, stands, as it were, in the middle, and that there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • Suppose that we observe an animal during the course of a year. We will find
    • that its life follows the cycle of the seasons. Take for example an insect:
    • — we find that they too experienced, more or less instinctively, the
    • died out. Among more advanced humanity, therefore, we will not find that
    • spontaneous harmony — a harmony between what arises from the human side
    • and the immediate setting or natural surroundings. That has to do with the
    • fact that humanity itself is undergoing a development, which constitutes its
    • are revealed most clearly, we find that its experience spans a comparatively
    • the developing Consciousness Soul. It is that time when man will step fully
    • What would happen nowadays if a man were to give himself up entirely to
    • or that he did not tell himself at a certain moment: ‘This is how you
    • should orientate yourself’ — suppose that he were not to arrive at
    • We may say, therefore, that the insect has a certain direction in its life
    • that of the animals, but still instinctive. His life has taken on a newer,
    • more conscious form. Yet we find that man, in spite of his higher soul-life
    • forward, towering above the animals, one must still concede that he has
    • human race, of this or that century. And just as, for a lower form of life,
    • this or that century take its place in the whole development of our planet.
    • able to say to himself: ‘I live in this or that epoch. I am not man
    • account of what the historical development of humanity asks from my
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • Suppose that we observe an animal during the course of a year. We will find
    • that its life follows the cycle of the seasons. Take for example an insect:
    • — we find that they too experienced, more or less instinctively, the
    • died out. Among more advanced humanity, therefore, we will not find that
    • spontaneous harmony — a harmony between what arises from the human side
    • and the immediate setting or natural surroundings. That has to do with the
    • fact that humanity itself is undergoing a development, which constitutes its
    • are revealed most clearly, we find that its experience spans a comparatively
    • the developing Consciousness Soul. It is that time when man will step fully
    • What would happen nowadays if a man were to give himself up entirely to
    • or that he did not tell himself at a certain moment: ‘This is how you
    • should orientate yourself’ — suppose that he were not to arrive at
    • We may say, therefore, that the insect has a certain direction in its life
    • that of the animals, but still instinctive. His life has taken on a newer,
    • more conscious form. Yet we find that man, in spite of his higher soul-life
    • forward, towering above the animals, one must still concede that he has
    • human race, of this or that century. And just as, for a lower form of life,
    • this or that century take its place in the whole development of our planet.
    • able to say to himself: ‘I live in this or that epoch. I am not man
    • account of what the historical development of humanity asks from my
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophical truths in particular that I would like to develop for you.
    • We shall then see what a great impact on a person's everyday life these
    • particular truths have, and that is what we will talk about tomorrow.
    • this question merely by saying that there is a possibility of acquiring
    • super-sensible knowledge by means of certain forces in man. But what the
    • usually ask. That is why so little importance is attached to making
    • be said that super-sensible knowledge is becoming more and more
    • essential to man, just in our time. In that case it is vital to understand
    • what its connection is with ordinary everyday life.
    • As you know, the first of the capacities that leads man into super-sensible
    • capacities have any part to play in the rest of man's life? You will see that
    • regard man purely superficially, you will be struck by the fact that the
    • often mentioned, is connected with the development of forces that are not
    • It is obvious that the forces doing this work of developing the physical
    • Intuition. For the forces that are applied in the acquisition of intuitive
    • knowledge are the same forces that you grow with at the time of life
    • forces that are active within the human body until the seventh year are the
    • Now the forces that are active from the seventh year to the fourteenth
    • and form the power of Inspiration. And the forces that in bygone times
    • twenty-first year — it would be too much of an assertion to say that this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophical truths in particular that I would like to develop for you.
    • We shall then see what a great impact on a person's everyday life these
    • particular truths have, and that is what we will talk about tomorrow.
    • this question merely by saying that there is a possibility of acquiring
    • super-sensible knowledge by means of certain forces in man. But what the
    • usually ask. That is why so little importance is attached to making
    • be said that super-sensible knowledge is becoming more and more
    • essential to man, just in our time. In that case it is vital to understand
    • what its connection is with ordinary everyday life.
    • As you know, the first of the capacities that leads man into super-sensible
    • capacities have any part to play in the rest of man's life? You will see that
    • regard man purely superficially, you will be struck by the fact that the
    • often mentioned, is connected with the development of forces that are not
    • It is obvious that the forces doing this work of developing the physical
    • Intuition. For the forces that are applied in the acquisition of intuitive
    • knowledge are the same forces that you grow with at the time of life
    • forces that are active within the human body until the seventh year are the
    • Now the forces that are active from the seventh year to the fourteenth
    • and form the power of Inspiration. And the forces that in bygone times
    • twenty-first year — it would be too much of an assertion to say that this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • The times themselves speak clearly enough, demanding that we should
    • way, especially in what we have to say today. In many if our basic
    • fact of human evolution, from the fact that this evolution is
    • we will particularly look at what is a peculiarity of our age — this
    • humanity in this age of the Spiritual Soul — will be that of laying
    • himself, of lifting into the full light of consciousness much of that
    • Many present difficulties and much that is chaotic around us in our
    • era, become quite explicable when one knows that the task of our era
    • is to raise that which is instinctive to the plane of consciousness.
    • What is instinctive in us happens to a certain degree by itself, but
    • that there is more thinking nowadays than in the past. But this is an
    • then will that gradually emerge which seeks to emerge in the Fifth
    • Post-Atlantean Period, the period of the Spiritual Soul. That which
    • Spiritual Science will easily perceive that the essential impulse in
    • not) must come from that which human beings can develop out of
    • impulses, social drives; but we must keep in mind that they should not
    • of social instincts today, we must take into account that we live in
    • the age of the Consciousness Soul and that these drives seek to press
    • that they need only spread certain ideas or need only appeal to a
    • for in so doing one forgets that if social forces are working, then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • The times themselves speak clearly enough, demanding that we should
    • way, especially in what we have to say today. In many if our basic
    • fact of human evolution, from the fact that this evolution is
    • we will particularly look at what is a peculiarity of our age — this
    • humanity in this age of the Spiritual Soul — will be that of laying
    • himself, of lifting into the full light of consciousness much of that
    • Many present difficulties and much that is chaotic around us in our
    • era, become quite explicable when one knows that the task of our era
    • is to raise that which is instinctive to the plane of consciousness.
    • What is instinctive in us happens to a certain degree by itself, but
    • that there is more thinking nowadays than in the past. But this is an
    • then will that gradually emerge which seeks to emerge in the Fifth
    • Post-Atlantean Period, the period of the Spiritual Soul. That which
    • Spiritual Science will easily perceive that the essential impulse in
    • not) must come from that which human beings can develop out of
    • impulses, social drives; but we must keep in mind that they should not
    • of social instincts today, we must take into account that we live in
    • the age of the Consciousness Soul and that these drives seek to press
    • that they need only spread certain ideas or need only appeal to a
    • for in so doing one forgets that if social forces are working, then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • ROM the two preceding lectures you will have realised that in finding
    • what may be called the civic social order, but that this civic social
    • culminating in the terrible death-throes of social life that have come
    • soul-life of the widespread middle-class, and that of the descendants
    • that time. I spoke of this in the lecture yesterday.
    • We will now consider in rather greater detail why it was that the
    • Walter von der Vogelweide until that of Goetheanism, and then abruptly
    • any thoughts which could have been fruitful in that sphere. Even
    • — concerning which one may venture to say that even he was not quite
    • clear about them — as to what must come into being as a new social
    • strange phenomenon. I said that Hermann Grimm — for whom I have
    • in which I spoke from my own point of view about many things that need
    • always stressed the fact that Hermann Grimm's only response to such
    • hand, indicating that this was a realm he was not willing to enter. A
    • made at that moment. It was true inasmuch as Hermann Grimm, for all
    • human concern, had not the faintest inkling of what ‘spirit’ must
    • simply did not know what spirit really is from the standpoint of a man
    • of mankind, he would have believed that he too could speak about the
    • spirit; he would have believed that by reiterating Spirit, spirit,
    • spirit! something is expressed that has been nurtured in one's own
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • ROM the two preceding lectures you will have realised that in finding
    • what may be called the civic social order, but that this civic social
    • culminating in the terrible death-throes of social life that have come
    • soul-life of the widespread middle-class, and that of the descendants
    • that time. I spoke of this in the lecture yesterday.
    • We will now consider in rather greater detail why it was that the
    • Walter von der Vogelweide until that of Goetheanism, and then abruptly
    • any thoughts which could have been fruitful in that sphere. Even
    • — concerning which one may venture to say that even he was not quite
    • clear about them — as to what must come into being as a new social
    • strange phenomenon. I said that Hermann Grimm — for whom I have
    • in which I spoke from my own point of view about many things that need
    • always stressed the fact that Hermann Grimm's only response to such
    • hand, indicating that this was a realm he was not willing to enter. A
    • made at that moment. It was true inasmuch as Hermann Grimm, for all
    • human concern, had not the faintest inkling of what ‘spirit’ must
    • simply did not know what spirit really is from the standpoint of a man
    • of mankind, he would have believed that he too could speak about the
    • spirit; he would have believed that by reiterating Spirit, spirit,
    • spirit! something is expressed that has been nurtured in one's own
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • presented in recent lectures may be summarized in somewhat the
    • is obvious that aberrations, inclinations that often run counter to
    • The reason why the will is so mysterious and secret is that in many
    • being able to claim that any conscious impulses are racing effect. In
    • operations of the will, it has again and again been emphasized that
    • as the experiences of deep, dreamless sleep; so that in this respect
    • But when we think of man's spiritual nature we cannot conceive that
    • his conscious mental life; the fact is that this spirituality is at
    • work in him during sleep too, within that part of his being where his
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • conscious of its effects. That is one aspect of the will.
    • The other aspect is that the will is also active in us while we sleep;
    • for then inner processes are taking place, processes that are also
    • upwards in waves. But just because we must admit that the will is at
    • spirit, it follows that the will as such has to do with this organic
    • activity. The will that is working while we are asleep has to do with
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • processes of internal metabolism. So that here again we can point to
    • to expression in the form of feeling, surge upwards. We know that
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • presented in recent lectures may be summarized in somewhat the
    • is obvious that aberrations, inclinations that often run counter to
    • The reason why the will is so mysterious and secret is that in many
    • being able to claim that any conscious impulses are racing effect. In
    • operations of the will, it has again and again been emphasized that
    • as the experiences of deep, dreamless sleep; so that in this respect
    • But when we think of man's spiritual nature we cannot conceive that
    • his conscious mental life; the fact is that this spirituality is at
    • work in him during sleep too, within that part of his being where his
    • to activity from the time of waking until that of falling asleep.
    • conscious of its effects. That is one aspect of the will.
    • The other aspect is that the will is also active in us while we sleep;
    • for then inner processes are taking place, processes that are also
    • upwards in waves. But just because we must admit that the will is at
    • spirit, it follows that the will as such has to do with this organic
    • activity. The will that is working while we are asleep has to do with
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • processes of internal metabolism. So that here again we can point to
    • to expression in the form of feeling, surge upwards. We know that
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • T will be clear, I think, from what has been said on earlier
    • occasions that the Spiritual Science cultivated at the Goetheanum has
    • way as to throw light on what we consider to be the tasks of the
    • The subject before us is concerned with two ideas that man can never
    • In his knowledge man feels himself outside Nature. What would induce
    • ordinary life, of entering more deeply into the Nature that presents
    • after all, a fact of the life of soul, and one that becomes more and
    • knowledge, that man feels separated from the inner being of Nature.
    • his search. We have at the same time the feeling that whatever in the
    • also connected with what we may call the being of man's soul.
    • remind ourselves of conceptions that were intimately bound up, for the
    • will take us into fields somewhat remote from the ordinary
    • the path to knowledge; for on that path he would inevitably find
    • the path of knowledge as something that leads us away from.the natural
    • before. And one must admit that the knowledge offered to us in our
    • knowledge that the pupils of wisdom in early times had to tread.
    • They beheld a kind of abyss between what man is and can experience in
    • ordinary life, and what he becomes and is confronted with when he
    • from under his feet, so that only if he be strong enough not to
    • not see it. And that, they said, is for him a blessing. Man is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • T will be clear, I think, from what has been said on earlier
    • occasions that the Spiritual Science cultivated at the Goetheanum has
    • way as to throw light on what we consider to be the tasks of the
    • The subject before us is concerned with two ideas that man can never
    • In his knowledge man feels himself outside Nature. What would induce
    • ordinary life, of entering more deeply into the Nature that presents
    • after all, a fact of the life of soul, and one that becomes more and
    • knowledge, that man feels separated from the inner being of Nature.
    • his search. We have at the same time the feeling that whatever in the
    • also connected with what we may call the being of man's soul.
    • remind ourselves of conceptions that were intimately bound up, for the
    • will take us into fields somewhat remote from the ordinary
    • the path to knowledge; for on that path he would inevitably find
    • the path of knowledge as something that leads us away from.the natural
    • before. And one must admit that the knowledge offered to us in our
    • knowledge that the pupils of wisdom in early times had to tread.
    • They beheld a kind of abyss between what man is and can experience in
    • ordinary life, and what he becomes and is confronted with when he
    • from under his feet, so that only if he be strong enough not to
    • not see it. And that, they said, is for him a blessing. Man is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth, Beauty, and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner stated that the primary function of education is to
    • Rudolf Steiner stated that the primary function of education
    • that is elaborated, in a certain sense, by man himself in pre-earthly
    • does not know what this implies. We speak of Truth, little realizing
    • that a feeling for truth is connected with our consciousness of the
    • form an idea that harmonizes strictly with it and thus is true, or,
    • an idea that does not coincide with the fact. When he thinks the
    • forms an idea that is not in accordance with the fact, it is as if he
    • cut the thread that binds him to pre-earthly existence. Untruth severs
    • intellectual consciousness that is a characteristic quality in the
    • (see Note 1) does not realize that
    • such a severance takes place. And that is why man is subject to so
    • the threads that bind him with pre-earthly existence, this works right
    • into an inner uncertainty that makes itself felt even in the physical body.
    • For this purely spiritual sense of being that we find existing with
    • How often it is the case that a man would like to be a person of note
    • thus describes him. The essential thing, however, is that he shall be
    • What is it that can strengthen man in this sense of being? In earthly
    • existence we live in a world that is but a copy of true reality.
    • spiritual world. And this is only possible if the bond that links us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • Rudolf Steiner stated that the primary function of education is to
    • Rudolf Steiner stated that the primary function of education
    • that is elaborated, in a certain sense, by man himself in pre-earthly
    • does not know what this implies. We speak of Truth, little realizing
    • that a feeling for truth is connected with our consciousness of the
    • form an idea that harmonizes strictly with it and thus is true, or,
    • an idea that does not coincide with the fact. When he thinks the
    • forms an idea that is not in accordance with the fact, it is as if he
    • cut the thread that binds him to pre-earthly existence. Untruth severs
    • intellectual consciousness that is a characteristic quality in the
    • (see Note 1) does not realize that
    • such a severance takes place. And that is why man is subject to so
    • the threads that bind him with pre-earthly existence, this works right
    • into an inner uncertainty that makes itself felt even in the physical body.
    • For this purely spiritual sense of being that we find existing with
    • How often it is the case that a man would like to be a person of note
    • thus describes him. The essential thing, however, is that he shall be
    • What is it that can strengthen man in this sense of being? In earthly
    • existence we live in a world that is but a copy of true reality.
    • spiritual world. And this is only possible if the bond that links us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • say that, each in a different way, these three festivals bring man
    • into connection, into relationship, with that in which the Christian
    • large masses of humanity. The Easter festival, which requires that we
    • Thus what we may call the secret of Christianity is given form in
    • Three Kings, the Three Wisemen from the Orient. We are told that
    • Thus we are shown two ways by which this earlier humanity reached what
    • underwent many changes before it became that reasoning analytical
    • understand them, that this was the case. Such remnants were still
    • moment to what was present as the last remnant of an ancient stream of
    • wisdom in the Three Wisemen from the Orient. We are shown clearly that
    • different from that of to-day. Our astronomy is in a certain sense
    • soul-experience which was a reflection of what was going on out in
    • world was fostered in schools, in what may be described as Mystery
    • Of what nature were these preparations? These preparations for a
    • character that, even then, in the age of instinctive clairvoyance, the
    • strange thing was that the pupils of those ancient Mysteries existing
    • humanity; but he merely communicated it to humanity in general. What
    • nevertheless true, that what our children learn as arithmetic and
    • different way in which at that time they were taught. It is quite a
    • What the juice of the Soma is, modern books profess not to know.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • say that, each in a different way, these three festivals bring man
    • into connection, into relationship, with that in which the Christian
    • large masses of humanity. The Easter festival, which requires that we
    • Thus what we may call the secret of Christianity is given form in
    • Three Kings, the Three Wisemen from the Orient. We are told that
    • Thus we are shown two ways by which this earlier humanity reached what
    • underwent many changes before it became that reasoning analytical
    • understand them, that this was the case. Such remnants were still
    • moment to what was present as the last remnant of an ancient stream of
    • wisdom in the Three Wisemen from the Orient. We are shown clearly that
    • different from that of to-day. Our astronomy is in a certain sense
    • soul-experience which was a reflection of what was going on out in
    • world was fostered in schools, in what may be described as Mystery
    • Of what nature were these preparations? These preparations for a
    • character that, even then, in the age of instinctive clairvoyance, the
    • strange thing was that the pupils of those ancient Mysteries existing
    • humanity; but he merely communicated it to humanity in general. What
    • nevertheless true, that what our children learn as arithmetic and
    • different way in which at that time they were taught. It is quite a
    • What the juice of the Soma is, modern books profess not to know.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • strange that something like our theme today, which touches so
    • world-outlook, there is the view that Spiritual Science is something
    • that does not concern itself in any way with current questions, with
    • of its advantages — that Spiritual Science concerns itself only
    • with the great questions of Eternity, that it holds itself aloof from
    • is to fulfill a task, a mission, then it must take hold of what moves
    • could it be that questions which come so close to the human soul
    • today — how could it be that these, too, should not be judged
    • existence. And it is just this that is often and rightly said against
    • Spiritual Science; that it has not found the way to life as it is in
    • question regarding women. Of course, no one must imagine that
    • believe that what, in effect, is a sort of parochial politics is the
    • only thing that is practical. The individual who has always shown
    • practicality of which is doubted today by no one — came at that
    • following ingenious comment to make; One could not believe that this
    • life, but were that to be the case, the post office buildings would
    • with somewhat broader vision, see beyond into the future. These, the
    • disparaged idealists who do not remain attached to what has been the
    • Few will deny that the
    • certain views on the question of women, but the fact that this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • strange that something like our theme today, which touches so
    • world-outlook, there is the view that Spiritual Science is something
    • that does not concern itself in any way with current questions, with
    • of its advantages — that Spiritual Science concerns itself only
    • with the great questions of Eternity, that it holds itself aloof from
    • is to fulfill a task, a mission, then it must take hold of what moves
    • could it be that questions which come so close to the human soul
    • today — how could it be that these, too, should not be judged
    • existence. And it is just this that is often and rightly said against
    • Spiritual Science; that it has not found the way to life as it is in
    • question regarding women. Of course, no one must imagine that
    • believe that what, in effect, is a sort of parochial politics is the
    • only thing that is practical. The individual who has always shown
    • practicality of which is doubted today by no one — came at that
    • following ingenious comment to make; One could not believe that this
    • life, but were that to be the case, the post office buildings would
    • with somewhat broader vision, see beyond into the future. These, the
    • disparaged idealists who do not remain attached to what has been the
    • Few will deny that the
    • certain views on the question of women, but the fact that this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • “Nothing has ever been said that is not in utmost degree the purest
    • printed material can take it in the fullest sense as containing what
    • be necessary, however, to put up with the fact that erroneous matter
    • is included in the lecture reports that I have not revised.
    • material can naturally be conceded only to one who knows what is taken
    • extent that their nature is set forth in Anthroposophy, and of what crisis
    • mankind is recorded in documents that have been preserved as
    • that, in addition to these records that have influenced mankind
    • that gives a more exterior knowledge of things, and an esoteric
    • All that could be
    • esoteric Christianity. You know already that the Gospels contain very
    • But what the Gospels tell us concerning this intercourse of the risen
    • foreboding of something very special, that entered the evolution of
    • us that he was able to believe in Christ only from the moment in
    • gave him the sure knowledge that Christ had passed through death and
    • that, after his death, he was connected with the evolution of the
    • knowledge of the living Christ and we should bear in mind what this
    • at Damascus? We must bear in mind what it implied for Paul, initiated
    • to some extent in the Hebrew teachings — that the Being who
    • could not grasp that the old prophecies referred to a Being who had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • “Nothing has ever been said that is not in utmost degree the purest
    • printed material can take it in the fullest sense as containing what
    • be necessary, however, to put up with the fact that erroneous matter
    • is included in the lecture reports that I have not revised.
    • material can naturally be conceded only to one who knows what is taken
    • extent that their nature is set forth in Anthroposophy, and of what crisis
    • mankind is recorded in documents that have been preserved as
    • that, in addition to these records that have influenced mankind
    • that gives a more exterior knowledge of things, and an esoteric
    • All that could be
    • esoteric Christianity. You know already that the Gospels contain very
    • But what the Gospels tell us concerning this intercourse of the risen
    • foreboding of something very special, that entered the evolution of
    • us that he was able to believe in Christ only from the moment in
    • gave him the sure knowledge that Christ had passed through death and
    • that, after his death, he was connected with the evolution of the
    • knowledge of the living Christ and we should bear in mind what this
    • at Damascus? We must bear in mind what it implied for Paul, initiated
    • to some extent in the Hebrew teachings — that the Being who
    • could not grasp that the old prophecies referred to a Being who had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • IT is well known that the inscription over the door of Plato's school
    • Whatever we may think of the historical truth of this tradition, it is
    • based upon the correct understanding of the place that Plato assigned
    • Ideas.” His point of view was that Man can know nothing of the
    • “True World” so long as his thought is permeated by what his
    • senses transmit. He demanded that thought should be emancipated from
    • after he has purged his thought of all that sensuous perception can
    • Of course, it is only with difficulty that Man can emancipate himself
    • annihilation of consciousness. Hence certain philosophers affirm that
    • experiences within himself to its full extent what Plato here implies,
    • he cannot have any conception of what true Wisdom is.
    • property of mathematical perception is this: that a single
    • there is the possibility that in this sphere I may bring through to
    • sense-perception what is spiritual. From the mathematical figure I can
    • clearly what it is that we really gain from a mathematical figure.
    • independently of the senses”: this was what Plato strove to
    • Mathesis.” They did not mean by this that the essence of the
    • world can be based on mathematical ideas, but only that the first
    • stages in the spiritual education of Man are constituted by what is
    • truths to become emancipated from sense in order that he may reach,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • IT is well known that the inscription over the door of Plato's school
    • Whatever we may think of the historical truth of this tradition, it is
    • based upon the correct understanding of the place that Plato assigned
    • Ideas.” His point of view was that Man can know nothing of the
    • “True World” so long as his thought is permeated by what his
    • senses transmit. He demanded that thought should be emancipated from
    • after he has purged his thought of all that sensuous perception can
    • Of course, it is only with difficulty that Man can emancipate himself
    • annihilation of consciousness. Hence certain philosophers affirm that
    • experiences within himself to its full extent what Plato here implies,
    • he cannot have any conception of what true Wisdom is.
    • property of mathematical perception is this: that a single
    • there is the possibility that in this sphere I may bring through to
    • sense-perception what is spiritual. From the mathematical figure I can
    • clearly what it is that we really gain from a mathematical figure.
    • independently of the senses”: this was what Plato strove to
    • Mathesis.” They did not mean by this that the essence of the
    • world can be based on mathematical ideas, but only that the first
    • stages in the spiritual education of Man are constituted by what is
    • truths to become emancipated from sense in order that he may reach,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • ACCOMPANYING NOTE: Friends who heard that there existed notes of a
    • taken down by Frl. Johanna Mücke, who did not know shorthand, so that
    • interpretations of his plays, and a number of writers considered that
    • hypothesis that not William Shakespeare, the actor of the Globe
    • view of the low estimation of literary activity at that time, borrowed
    • the actor's name. These suppositions are based on the fact that no
    • But Shakespeare's own works bear witness that he is their author. His
    • plays reveal that they were written by a man who had a thorough
    • That Shakespeare himself did not publish his plays was simply in
    • plays there, not read them at home. Prints which arose at that time
    • (shorthand had just begun to exist), so that their text did not
    • statement that Shakespeare's plays are not works of art of any special
    • value and that originally they must have existed in quite a different
    • that the plays, in the form in which they now exist, are able to
    • that have undoubtedly been mutilated, for example in
    • his marked personality, the expression of Christian ideals of that
    • general conception. The Christian principles of that time did not
    • The fact that Shakespeare's fame spread so quickly proves that he
    • found an audience keenly interested in the theatre, that is to say,
    • found in Schiller's dramas, who thought that he had to encumber his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • ACCOMPANYING NOTE: Friends who heard that there existed notes of a
    • taken down by Frl. Johanna Mücke, who did not know shorthand, so that
    • interpretations of his plays, and a number of writers considered that
    • hypothesis that not William Shakespeare, the actor of the Globe
    • view of the low estimation of literary activity at that time, borrowed
    • the actor's name. These suppositions are based on the fact that no
    • But Shakespeare's own works bear witness that he is their author. His
    • plays reveal that they were written by a man who had a thorough
    • That Shakespeare himself did not publish his plays was simply in
    • plays there, not read them at home. Prints which arose at that time
    • (shorthand had just begun to exist), so that their text did not
    • statement that Shakespeare's plays are not works of art of any special
    • value and that originally they must have existed in quite a different
    • that the plays, in the form in which they now exist, are able to
    • that have undoubtedly been mutilated, for example in
    • his marked personality, the expression of Christian ideals of that
    • general conception. The Christian principles of that time did not
    • The fact that Shakespeare's fame spread so quickly proves that he
    • found an audience keenly interested in the theatre, that is to say,
    • found in Schiller's dramas, who thought that he had to encumber his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • who heard that notes existed of a lecture on Shakespeare given by
    • century, especially through Lessing, we must agree with that
    • have decided that an uneducated actor could not have produced all
    • they became addicted to the hypothesis that not William
    • literary activity at that time, borrowed the actor's name. These
    • suppositions are based on the fact that no manuscripts written by
    • witness that he is their author. His plays reveal that they were
    • That
    • there, not read them at home. Prints which appeared at that time
    • performances, so that the texts did not completely correspond to
    • that Shakespeare's plays, as they were then available, were not
    • works of art of any special value and that originally they must
    • is Eugen Reichel, who thinks that the author of Shakespeare's
    • opinions are contradicted by the fact that the plays, in the form
    • influence. We see this great effect in plays that have
    • the Christian ideas of that time. The Christian type of his time,
    • that Shakespeare's fame spread so quickly proves that he found an
    • audience keenly interested in the theatre, that is to say, with a
    • thought that he had to encumber his hero with it in order to
    • clear proof that Shakespeare, the actor, has the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • who heard that notes existed of a lecture on Shakespeare given by
    • century, especially through Lessing, we must agree with that
    • have decided that an uneducated actor could not have produced all
    • they became addicted to the hypothesis that not William
    • literary activity at that time, borrowed the actor's name. These
    • suppositions are based on the fact that no manuscripts written by
    • witness that he is their author. His plays reveal that they were
    • That
    • there, not read them at home. Prints which appeared at that time
    • performances, so that the texts did not completely correspond to
    • that Shakespeare's plays, as they were then available, were not
    • works of art of any special value and that originally they must
    • is Eugen Reichel, who thinks that the author of Shakespeare's
    • opinions are contradicted by the fact that the plays, in the form
    • influence. We see this great effect in plays that have
    • the Christian ideas of that time. The Christian type of his time,
    • that Shakespeare's fame spread so quickly proves that he found an
    • audience keenly interested in the theatre, that is to say, with a
    • thought that he had to encumber his hero with it in order to
    • clear proof that Shakespeare, the actor, has the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual stream than that of the Rosicrucians was that of
    • of the fact that it united with the Rosicrucians.
    • Tradition holds that his death he left the writings to his widow, who
    • humanity — that is as an incarnation of the Holy Spirit, merely a
    • advocate of Manicheanism. It is usually thought that the different
    • conceptions of evil held by Manicheanism is what distinguishes it from
    • Western Christianity. Manicheanism is supposed to have taught that
    • evil is eternal, like the good, that there is no resurrection and that
    • evil has no end, that it has the same origin as the good and is
    • mingling of the Good with the Evil, in order that the Evil may be
    • is also that of Theosophy, namely that Evil is only an untimely Good.
    • there it would be evil. That which without any doubt is evil today
    • influenced by that which stands above man. Not until our own epoch
    • become independent. Everything that comes from him is a call to the
    • must strip off everything that is external revelation, everything that
    • freedom.” That is presented exoterically in the Faust Saga.
    • in order that through itself the Darkness may be redeemed, in order
    • that Evil may be overcome through gentleness (Milde). We must
    • of that which at higher stages appears as fetters. The Life that
    • Life of the old Roman Empire. What was first republic, and then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual stream than that of the Rosicrucians was that of
    • of the fact that it united with the Rosicrucians.
    • Tradition holds that his death he left the writings to his widow, who
    • humanity — that is as an incarnation of the Holy Spirit, merely a
    • advocate of Manicheanism. It is usually thought that the different
    • conceptions of evil held by Manicheanism is what distinguishes it from
    • Western Christianity. Manicheanism is supposed to have taught that
    • evil is eternal, like the good, that there is no resurrection and that
    • evil has no end, that it has the same origin as the good and is
    • mingling of the Good with the Evil, in order that the Evil may be
    • is also that of Theosophy, namely that Evil is only an untimely Good.
    • there it would be evil. That which without any doubt is evil today
    • influenced by that which stands above man. Not until our own epoch
    • become independent. Everything that comes from him is a call to the
    • must strip off everything that is external revelation, everything that
    • freedom.” That is presented exoterically in the Faust Saga.
    • in order that through itself the Darkness may be redeemed, in order
    • that Evil may be overcome through gentleness (Milde). We must
    • of that which at higher stages appears as fetters. The Life that
    • Life of the old Roman Empire. What was first republic, and then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • While natural science maintains that we have only five senses Steiner
    • shows that in reality we have twelve. There are the four outer senses
  • Title: Man as a Being: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • While natural science maintains that we have only five senses Steiner
    • shows that in reality we have twelve. There are the four outer senses
  • Title: Man as a Being: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • While natural science maintains that we have only five senses Steiner
    • shows that in reality we have twelve. There are the four outer senses
    • “Nothing has ever been said that was not the purest result of
    • matter can take it in the fullest sense as that which Anthroposophy
    • that faulty passages occur in the transcripts which I myself did not
    • the cosmos, in so far as it is presented in Anthroposophy, and of what
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • While natural science maintains that we have only five senses Steiner
    • shows that in reality we have twelve. There are the four outer senses
    • the world. And to link up what I have to say in the next few days with
    • what I have already said recently, I should like to begin by calling
    • I said a long time ago, and I am always repeating it, that orthodox
    • become customary to say that when we are face to face with another
    • ego, what we see first is the human form; we know that we ourselves
    • have such a form, that in us this form harbours an ego, and so we
    • conclude that there is also an ego in this other human form which
    • slightest real consciousness of what lies behind the wholly direct
    • sight. At the same time we must be quite clear that this ego-sense is
    • experience becomes aware that within this field we have to make a
    • distinction between the sense that has to do with musical and vocal
    • the superficial way in which soul-phenomena are studied to-day that no
    • relationship, so that we can call them all senses, we get the twelve
    • distinctions in the realm of the senses knows that, just as there is a
    • can discover what they have in common when we perceive through them.
    • It is our cognitive intercourse with the external world that this
    • of hearing. You will unhesitatingly recognise that when we perceive
    • but that is only because people have taken an abstract view of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • While natural science maintains that we have only five senses Steiner
    • shows that in reality we have twelve. There are the four outer senses
    • human consciousness as external experiences proper, only that these
    • experiences take place within man. We have seen that the ego-sense,
    • kind, and that we then plunge into two regions in which man's inner
    • that there is a cleavage in our experience, that our relationship to
    • higher nature, within which we have responsibility, to that other
    • We know that in recent centuries, since the middle of the fifteenth
    • recognise the task of the times, is quite clear that there is a deep
    • cleft between what is called moral necessity and what is called
    • distinguish between a certain sphere of experience that can be grasped
    • by science, by knowledge, and another sphere that is said to be
    • grasped only by faith. And you know that in certain quarters only what
    • scientific; and another kind of certitude is postulated for all that
    • as to the necessary distinction that has to be made between real
    • often told you that to-day, when philosophers speak of the distinction
    • derives from original observation, whereas what they think about body
    • the doctrine that man must not be regarded as consisting of body, soul
    • In the centuries that followed, this dogma became more and more firmly
    • modern philosophy developed out of Scholasticism, people thought that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • While natural science maintains that we have only five senses Steiner
    • shows that in reality we have twelve. There are the four outer senses
    • for love. Let me say from the outset that, whether we are
    • idea. I have often made use of a somewhat trite illustration of what
    • razor and says, “That is a knife, a knife is used for cutting up
    • man and animal are somewhat like this, though people are not generally
    • idea of what birth is, or what death is, just as one forms an idea of
    • what a knife is, and then go on from that idea, which of course
    • account that what is usually comprised in the idea of death might be
    • something quite different in man from what it is in animals. We must
    • We form our ideas about memory in somewhat the same way. It is
    • them. Our attention has been drawn, for example, to something that
    • attempt to cut one's meat at table with a razor. The point is that one
    • Anyone who can make such a study will be able to note that memory
    • in the earliest years of a child's life one can clearly see to what a
    • you will see that his formation of concepts is very dependent upon
    • what he experiences in his environment through sense-perception,
    • through all the twelve varieties of sense-perception that I have
    • important, to see how the concepts that the child forms depend
    • concepts he forms. On the other hand, it will easily be seen that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • least a few words. That I am able to do so is due entirely to the loving and
    • devoted care of our friend Dr. Ita Wegman. And so I hope that I will still be
    • able to say today what I desire particularly to say to you on the occasion
    • earth. And it will be one of the more beautiful results that can follow from
    • Festival. That however will only be possible when the might and power of the
    • What we can do at present is to awaken, in this Michael time, the
    • Michael mood in our souls by giving ourselves up to thoughts that will
    • especially stirred to activity within us when we turn our gaze upon all that
    • worlds — through long periods of time, in preparation for all that can now
    • That you yourselves, my dear friends, in so far as you truly and
    • considerations a little further, and that is what I want to do today.
    • traditions of Judaism the prophetic figure of Elijah. We know what
    • moment of human evolution, appeared again so that Christ Jesus Himself could
    • And further we saw that this being appears once more in that world
    • how the deeply Christian impulse that lives in Raphael, as it were impelling
    • stands revealed in wondrously beautiful words what Raphael had placed before
    • has gone through the gate of death, he enters the world of the stars. What
    • We know that man passes through the Moon sphere and through the spheres
    • Jupiter and Saturn. And we know that when, together with the beings of these
    • spiritually with the spiritual origin of the Earth, with that World of Being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • least a few words. That I am able to do so is due entirely to the loving and
    • devoted care of our friend Dr. Ita Wegman. And so I hope that I will still be
    • able to say today what I desire particularly to say to you on the occasion
    • earth. And it will be one of the more beautiful results that can follow from
    • Festival. That however will only be possible when the might and power of the
    • What we can do at present is to awaken, in this Michael time, the
    • Michael mood in our souls by giving ourselves up to thoughts that will
    • especially stirred to activity within us when we turn our gaze upon all that
    • worlds — through long periods of time, in preparation for all that can now
    • That you yourselves, my dear friends, in so far as you truly and
    • considerations a little further, and that is what I want to do today.
    • traditions of Judaism the prophetic figure of Elijah. We know what
    • moment of human evolution, appeared again so that Christ Jesus Himself could
    • And further we saw that this being appears once more in that world
    • how the deeply Christian impulse that lives in Raphael, as it were impelling
    • stands revealed in wondrously beautiful words what Raphael had placed before
    • has gone through the gate of death, he enters the world of the stars. What
    • We know that man passes through the Moon sphere and through the spheres
    • Jupiter and Saturn. And we know that when, together with the beings of these
    • spiritually with the spiritual origin of the Earth, with that World of Being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • studies in Spiritual Science contain much that we cannot, perhaps,
    • only seemingly the case. What we receive into the sphere of our
    • souls; what seems to be remote from us personally is often what the
    • essential that we ourselves think through and make mental pictures of
    • the thoughts and conceptions imparted to us by that world. These
    • thoughts then often work quite unconsciously within the soul. That
    • And so we will study again to-day the life that takes its course
    • between death and a new birth — that life that seems so far
    • a simple narration of what is found by spiritual investigation. These
    • to the soul. Anyone who does not understand them should realise that
    • You will realise from many of the Lecture Courses that have been given
    • that consideration of the life between death and a new birth is
    • different from those of the life that can be pictured with the help of
    • environment we know that only a small proportion of the beings around
    • will, in such a way that pleasure or pain is caused by
    • kingdom; but we are justified in our conviction that the mineral world
    • (including what is in air and water) and also, in essentials, the
    • world of plants are insensitive to what we call pleasure or pain when
    • matter is a little different, but that need not concern us at this
    • environment of the so-called dead conditions are such that everything
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • studies in Spiritual Science contain much that we cannot, perhaps,
    • only seemingly the case. What we receive into the sphere of our
    • souls; what seems to be remote from us personally is often what the
    • essential that we ourselves think through and make mental pictures of
    • the thoughts and conceptions imparted to us by that world. These
    • thoughts then often work quite unconsciously within the soul. That
    • And so we will study again to-day the life that takes its course
    • between death and a new birth — that life that seems so far
    • a simple narration of what is found by spiritual investigation. These
    • to the soul. Anyone who does not understand them should realise that
    • You will realise from many of the Lecture Courses that have been given
    • that consideration of the life between death and a new birth is
    • different from those of the life that can be pictured with the help of
    • environment we know that only a small proportion of the beings around
    • will, in such a way that pleasure or pain is caused by
    • kingdom; but we are justified in our conviction that the mineral world
    • (including what is in air and water) and also, in essentials, the
    • world of plants are insensitive to what we call pleasure or pain when
    • matter is a little different, but that need not concern us at this
    • environment of the so-called dead conditions are such that everything
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture I: The Egyptian period, and the present time.
    Matching lines:
    • sense indicates that which the mystics of all ages meant when they
    • for when we consider the connection between that wonderful
    • rise before us when we consider Egyptian civilization and that of our
    • mean the civilization that had its seat in the north-east of Africa,
    • terminated in the eighth century before Christ. We know that this
    • powerful state of Rome. We also know that in this age occurred the
    • First the Egyptian age with all that belonged to it — and a great
    • It will be shown that there was an interplay of mysterious forces
    • one. Much of that which buds in our souls today, much of that which
    • You know that wires connecting the different apparatuses extend from
    • things you understand that the force which sets the apparatus in
    • wires. You perhaps also know that there is a connection down in the
    • earth, that the ends of the wires are connected with the earth; but
    • means of history and of occultism we can trace out that which took
    • these are guided by a kind of connection that takes place above the
    • Pyramids, for example, and also the Sphinx — that wonderful and
    • and admire what we know from history of this wonderful land; we see
    • is indeed more than a mere outer dress. What do we feel with regard to
    • belonging to the Roman Republic that one feels as if the ideal forms
    • before us as men of flesh and blood. What we are made to see is their
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture II: Ancient Wisdom and the new Apocalyptic Wisdom. Temple sleep. Isis and the Madonna. Past stages of Evolution. The bestowing of the Ego. Future Powers.
    Matching lines:
    • world and life. I mean what is called “temple-sleep.”
    • The unique fact lying at the foundation of temple-sleep is that among
    • Anthroposophical movement to direct humanity once more to that
    • healing will be brought again into close connection. This recalls what
    • was said in the last lecture. It recalls that ancient figure of which
    • earliest ages of antiquity that shows how Isis was particularly
    • was so intensified that the patient became capable of having not
    • Let us suppose that an invalid was put into a temple-sleep. The priest
    • the etheric visions and beings in such a way that there actually
    • guided this dream-life in such a way that powerful forces were
    • In the uplifting of the self to what was spiritual there was, in
    • the spiritual world, so that he may again enter those worlds from
    • which he has descended. It is true that in future people will not be
    • more subtle facts that confront them. Those who look more deeply know
    • upon what profound inner conditions a case of healing may depend. Let
    • us suppose for example that a certain illness befalls a person and
    • that it has an inner cause, not a fractured thigh-bone or a disordered
    • Anyone wishing to go deeply into this will very soon find that in the
    • thinking healed the man. Let us look at this more closely: that
    • in them. It might happen that it was quite impossible to cure the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture III: The Kingdoms of Nature. Group-egos. The Centre of Man. The Kingdoms of Higher Spiritual Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • gather together many things that will furnish us with some kind of
    • foundation. At the same time we must remember that if we only use our
    • external senses and the intellect that is bound up with these, we
    • and in a still higher degree to the Universe. We must realize that the
    • greater part of what is most essential is hidden from the outer
    • that surround us, but which are hidden from view. Much will have to be
    • that in the various ages of the Post-Atlantean epoch man has repeated
    • in knowledge and in religious consciousness all that the earth has
    • beings of the other kingdoms of the earth we must be fully aware that
    • physical world we have to allow that of all earthly beings man alone
    • acknowledge that whereas every human being has its individual
    • not every animal has an “ I ,” but that certain groups of
    • world. In order that you may form an idea of such a group-ego imagine
    • that there is a partition before me, and in this partition ten holes.
    • fingers but not myself, and without much deep thought you say that
    • be causing the movement; in other words you think of a being that
    • these egos in their reality. It must be clearly understood that we do
    • You may now ask what do the group-egos of animals look like? The
    • clairvoyant somewhat as follows: Along the spine of the animal he sees
    • what resembles a brightly shining line. As a matter of fact our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture IV: The Outer Manifestations of Spiritual Beings in the Elements. Their connection with Man. Cosmic partitions. The Myth of Osiris.
    Matching lines:
    • supplement the different Kingdoms of nature that surround us in the
    • physical world. We learnt that minerals and plants have an ego as well
    • plenitude of realities besides those that our physical eyes can see
    • and that can be comprehended by means of our physical intellect. We
    • learnt, further, that high Spiritual Beings take part in man's
    • evolution on earth; and that as regards individual men a yet higher
    • Spiritual Science maintains that each separate human being is complete
    • between birth and death; but we know that the essential inner being of
    • man has passed through many incarnations, and that in his present
    • lastly, how that which goes beyond the limits of a community of people
    • — that which finds expression in the “Spirit of the
    • world, and we must realize that three more kingdoms have to be added
    • see it is made up of what we call earth, water, air, and fire. These
    • are the four primary conditions of external matter. That to which
    • gas, “air”; everything that can be perceived as having any
    • the world with clairvoyant vision that which is known as the fluidic
    • substance, in spite of the fact that no solid form endures in this
    • Further, in that which we know as “air,” and particularly in
    • the bodily manifestation of this Spiritual Kingdom. (When I said that
    • Angelic Beings dwelt in water it is preferably that form of water
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture V: The sacrifice of the substance by the Thrones, Kyriotetes, Dynami's, and Exusiai. Jehovah and the Elohim, and their co-operative activity in the stages of human Development.
    Matching lines:
    • In earlier lectures we have seen that the conditions of our earth have
    • gradually developed out of the cosmos; that in a far distant past the
    • sun, and that at a certain period this body separated off from the
    • Now, I have already stated that the Beings who at first sent their own
    • moon-deity; he is that deity who in the Biblical records is called
    • that not only man goes through development, but that all the Beings in
    • What was said just now regarding the Elohim and Jehovah applies to the
    • that planets, such as Venus and Mercury, owe their existence to the
    • circumstance that Beings have remained behind, between man on the one
    • Moon-God a duality arose, and we shall best understand what entered
    • evolution at this point if we consider what the evolution of man had
    • Once more we will remind ourselves that the earth passed through an
    • incarnation, that of Saturn, when conditions were primeval; then,
    • incarnation, then the Moon incarnation, and lastly that of our Earth.
    • etheric, and astral bodies is at the animal stage; and only that Being
    • existence on earth. Now it is only a rough way of speaking to say that
    • easily be supposed that as the human ego is the highest, that which
    • ancient Saturn, but you must not imagine that this body looked then
    • skeleton, that firmly constituted part described as “solid”;
    • warmth as pulses in your blood, you will have what was present on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VI: The Spirits of Form as regents of earthly existence. Participation of the Luciferic beings. The formation of race.
    Matching lines:
    • It belongs to the very nature of our theme that these lectures should
    • proceed in a particular way, that we should approach our goal, as it
    • were, in circles; that starting from the circumference we should draw
    • ever smaller circles to reach that which we desire. Hence it may seem
    • In our last lecture we reached a point where we found that the Spirits
    • matter is contained in the fact that these Spirits of Form worked in
    • high stage of development that they could no longer make use of the
    • What do we mean when we say: “The Spirits of Form are the special
    • then a different field of activity to what they have on the earth.
    • the Spirits of Form, of whom Jehovah is one, were active even at that
    • astral body within himself could the Spirits of Form give him what we
    • The conditions that were present on the Moon, Sun, and Saturn were
    • our own. It was only about the middle of the Atlantean epoch that man
    • that can hardly be distinguished from the surrounding water. At that
    • the lower principles of man was very different to what it is now.
    • We know when man is asleep today that his physical and etheric body
    • The consequence of this was that when the astral body withdrew it
    • physical vehicle had been left behind, was that during the night man
    • At that time when outside his physical body he could perceive
    • turned away from the physical world, that in its place a world
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VII: Animal forms -- the physiognomical expression of human passions. The religion of Egypt -- a remembrance of Lemurian times. Fish and serpent symbols. The remembrance of Atlantis in Europe. The Light of Christ.
    Matching lines:
    • changes that were fitting. It was also shown that it was only in the
    • middle of the Atlantean epoch that the true human form appeared. In
    • here among Anthroposophists you may have observed that we endeavour to
    • At that time humanity had a body much softer and more plastic than it
    • at that time to entertain an evil thought and keep it hidden, for the
    • this or that thought, or to this or that passion. What really are all
    • such expressions? What are the physiognomical expressions of passions
    • tapestry. Everything that moves within the human astral body today,
    • and remains hidden, was such a strong force at that time that it
    • fire-mist) the shape which was the expression of that passion. A large
    • so entangled in their passions that they became hardened in these
    • passed through that which I now see in lions and snakes; I lived in
    • inner centre, found a certain balance, so that they have within them
    • nature only, and take on no external form. This is what man's higher
    • not the same form as that in which they appeared in past ages, for
    • millions of years have passed away since then. Let us suppose that
    • passions such as are now found in lions were made manifest at that
    • time in man's outward form, giving him the semblance of a lion, that
    • this form then hardened, and the genus lion originated. Since that
    • same form as at that time. The present lion is the descendant of a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VIII: Mans connection with the various planetary bodies. The earth's mission.
    Matching lines:
    • way to form a clear idea of what in Spiritual or Occult Science is
    • You will have already gathered from what has been said that in
    • say world-bodies) that have been brought before you as the different
    • to the needs of the spiritual beings that live on them.
    • world we should nowhere find anything that is material alone,
    • the minerals of the earth have their ego in that which surrounds us in
    • enlarged. We look up to some heavenly body and we know that it is but
    • beings, moreover we know that earthly affairs are regulated by higher
    • Archangels, and Archai; we also know that there are other beings
    • might rise in the mind of anyone: To what extent may one of the
    • To help us, let us consider the beings that visibly confront us in the
    • the same form as upon earth, but we do discover that each planet, each
    • ancient Saturn. It is easy to make the mistake that these were men
    • like ourselves, but we must bear in mind that on the ancient Moon
    • so that its forces were held in balance between the two. At the time
    • possible for part of that which was embodied in it to rise to a higher
    • existence at the cost of that other part which it sent forth as the
    • that things which for a time have progressed side by side separate;
    • lower state. In order that certain beings might develop high enough
    • realize that a world-being like our sun has developed occultly from a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture XI: The progress of man. His conquest of the physical plane in the post-Atlantean civilizations. The beginning and up-building of the 'I am.' The chosen people.
    Matching lines:
    • stands by investigating his origin. We have seen that in the course of
    • We know that previous to the middle of the Atlantean epoch the
    • conditions of the consciousness of man were quite different to what
    • We will now deal further with the fact that these beings (who also
    • companionship with man, but will only remind ourselves that at that
    • time man had a conviction, based on direct experience, that above the
    • — that of the Angels and of the Archangels; and that he learned
    • around him he at the same time gained that form of self-consciousness
    • We must conceive of everything in the world as graded; that just as
    • understand clearly that at the time when man rose at night through dim
    • that we must think of man in that ancient period as being in such a
    • condition that when he withdrew from his physical and etheric bodies
    • case today, only man is not aware of it, whereas at that time he was,
    • other lectures that sleep is by no means unnecessary for man; it serves
    • these bodies, and what we feel as fatigue is nothing more than the
    • expression of the fact that indirectly through the astral body all
    • the Spiritual Beings that then surround us, and from whom we are
    • appearance above. One might even say that the Gods profit by
    • understand his true position. We have said that the earth is the
    • planet of love, that love will be first rightly developed upon the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture X: The reflection in the fourth epoch of mans experiences with the ancient Gods and their way of the Cross. The Christ-Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • In the last lecture we learnt that man had gradually conquered the
    • to understand that the physical world into which he had entered is the
    • that when the Greeks and Romans were the leading peoples in human
    • We must not think that such processes did not have corresponding
    • sleep. We saw that in the Atlantean epoch he perceived only blurred
    • outlines when awake, but that divine spiritual beings appeared before
    • In order that we may understand the entire human being we must take
    • connected with what we call death and what lies beyond death; we shall
    • then see that the ordinary life we observe between birth and death has
    • world between death and rebirth. Though some people believe that
    • changes only occur in the physical world, and that between death and
    • various ways to all that surrounds him.
    • upon that which surrounds him. If no other kingdom surrounded us, no
    • self-consciousness, is immersed during the day in the world that
    • which pass through him. We might say that up to the time of birth he
    • air; so that he is by no means enclosed within his skin, his being
    • on leaving his body he rises into higher kingdoms, into that of the
    • beings of whom we said that they had passed through their human stage
    • When a man died at that time he had the feeling that only when he
    • actually the case that the farther he left death behind him the higher
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture XI: The reversing of Egyptian remembrance into material forms by way of Arabism. The harmonizing of Egyptian remembrance. The Christian impulse of power in Rosicrucianism.
    Matching lines:
    • that the initiation wisdom of ancient Egypt was a kind of remembrance
    • participated. Then, coming to the fourth age, that in which the true
    • of Greece, we showed it to be a reflection of what man experienced
    • remained that could be reflected in our age — the fifth —
    • You may recall how it was stated that the confinement of the people of
    • the present day to their own immediate surroundings, that is, to the
    • materialistic belief that reality is only to be found between life and
    • They tried at that time to preserve the physical form of man, and this
    • All that the human soul experienced when it looked down from spiritual
    • bound it to the flesh. The result has been that countless souls who
    • This was firmly implanted in souls at that time. Things that take
    • that follow.
    • Suppose that we represent here the seven consecutive cultural periods
    • We have only to consider this age exoterically to see that in it the
    • human conception; in it we see the thought embodied that man is still
    • animal-like below and only attains to what is human in the etheric
    • What confronts us on the physical plane is ennobled in the fourth age
    • the Sun-Spirits was possible. Assuming that we are at the standpoint
    • understanding what was to come to earth through the Christ; but an
    • say: That spiritual form which was preserved in men's minds as Osiris
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Introduction by Marie Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • ancient wisdom, but a new wisdom, one that points not only to the past
    • but that works prophetically into the future.”
    • direction that the revival of the Theosophical movement should take,
    • for the movement was threatening at that time to degenerate into
    • As against the many grievous misunderstandings that had arisen, Rudolf
    • Steiner gave out something positives teaching that was suited to the
    • growth of humanity. He also gave for the first time on that occasion a
    • conditions under which he had undertaken office were: that he should
    • be free to allow that which threw light on the mystery of Christ to
    • recognised the remarkable spiritual capacities and the knowledge that
    • sought to hamper his activity. They considered that the best way to do
    • It was whispered that Rudolf Steiner would be compelled — by the
    • a continual up-rising, maturing, and decay, in order that new life may
    • spring ever and again from what is dead. An historical sense had to be
    • for the task that was before them. By the death on Golgotha an
    • In order that these truths might be brought to humanity, fact by fact
    • This does not mean that something was done which otherwise would not
    • of new wisdom, it rejected what would have infused new life into it,
    • night of separation from what is spiritual, till finally it perceives
    • above all with the conquests of science, and in order that faith might
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • style would rob them of their special atmosphere that grew out of the
    • encounter between what lived in the souls of the questioners and what
    • gentlemen. Today we will add to what we have heard on previous
    • occasions so that we will be better able to understand the full
    • that it is essentially a process of taking in substances that are
    • process occurs in the chest, and it is this process that gives us our
    • in the blood. In turn, in the blood processes, that is, between the
    • discovery. It is only in the last fifty or sixty years that this
    • know how to look at what happens to the physical body when a person
    • becomes ill in any way, we discover that nature herself arranged such
    • an experiment for us and that we can gain insights from it.
    • impairments, he discovered that they had had an injury in the third
    • you, that when we remove the top of the skull, we can see the brain?
    • when someone has a so-called brain stroke. What happens in that case?
    • healthy left convolution of the brain. We must now understand what it
    • we find that this portion constitutes a fairly uniform, mushlike
    • means that something happened to the brain while the child learned to
    • just as wrong for me to say that the brain has formed these
    • convolutions by itself. Instead, I must think about what has actually
    • taken place and what caused it. In other words, I must ask why the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • style would rob them of their special atmosphere that grew out of the
    • encounter between what lived in the souls of the questioners and what
    • gentlemen. Today we will add to what we have heard on previous
    • occasions so that we will be better able to understand the full
    • that it is essentially a process of taking in substances that are
    • process occurs in the chest, and it is this process that gives us our
    • in the blood. In turn, in the blood processes, that is, between the
    • discovery. It is only in the last fifty or sixty years that this
    • know how to look at what happens to the physical body when a person
    • becomes ill in any way, we discover that nature herself arranged such
    • an experiment for us and that we can gain insights from it.
    • impairments, he discovered that they had had an injury in the third
    • you, that when we remove the top of the skull, we can see the brain?
    • when someone has a so-called brain stroke. What happens in that case?
    • healthy left convolution of the brain. We must now understand what it
    • we find that this portion constitutes a fairly uniform, mushlike
    • means that something happened to the brain while the child learned to
    • just as wrong for me to say that the brain has formed these
    • convolutions by itself. Instead, I must think about what has actually
    • taken place and what caused it. In other words, I must ask why the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • they think they should despise everything that is called material or
    • sense-perceptible. For we have seen that here in the physical world
    • emphasised that through the sense of Movement we move in the
    • are so great. Many things that are in a higher spiritual sense
    • that has a certain justification he describes what sort of hair, what
    • sort of complexion, what kind of wrinkles brave or cowardly men have,
    • what sort of bodily proportions the sleepyheads have, and so on. Even
    • if we ask the right questions about what has been recently described
    • said that during the Old Moon period our present sense-organs were
    • still organs of life, still worked as life-organs, and that our
    • what has often been emphasised: that there is an atavism in human
    • life, a kind of return to the habits and peculiarities of what was
    • imaginative way of looking at things that was characteristic of Old
    • for if this were so, and if all that man experienced during the Old
    • pathological — then one would have to say that humanity was ill
    • during the Old Moon period; that during the Old Moon period man was
    • in fact out of his mind. That, of course, would be complete nonsense.
    • What is pathological is not the visions themselves, but that they
    • a way that they cannot be endured; that they are used by this earthly
    • organisation in a way that is inappropriate for them as Moon visions.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • they think they should despise everything that is called material or
    • sense-perceptible. For we have seen that here in the physical world
    • emphasised that through the sense of Movement we move in the
    • are so great. Many things that are in a higher spiritual sense
    • that has a certain justification he describes what sort of hair, what
    • sort of complexion, what kind of wrinkles brave or cowardly men have,
    • what sort of bodily proportions the sleepyheads have, and so on. Even
    • if we ask the right questions about what has been recently described
    • said that during the Old Moon period our present sense-organs were
    • still organs of life, still worked as life-organs, and that our
    • what has often been emphasised: that there is an atavism in human
    • life, a kind of return to the habits and peculiarities of what was
    • imaginative way of looking at things that was characteristic of Old
    • for if this were so, and if all that man experienced during the Old
    • pathological — then one would have to say that humanity was ill
    • during the Old Moon period; that during the Old Moon period man was
    • in fact out of his mind. That, of course, would be complete nonsense.
    • What is pathological is not the visions themselves, but that they
    • a way that they cannot be endured; that they are used by this earthly
    • organisation in a way that is inappropriate for them as Moon visions.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • IT seems that it would be useful to consider matters concerned with
    • is tending towards the destruction of all that springs from middle
    • feeling for the culture of middle Europe. Herman Grimm once said that
    • Luther, Frederick the Great, Goethe and Bismarck. Grimm says that if a
    • In the nineties many people had no doubt at all that this remark was
    • realise fully in their soul what this signifies: less than three
    • Revolution and tries in his own way to say what may be thought about
    • eighteenth century. He had no particular expectation as to what would
    • never have expected that men would be led to freedom simply by giving
    • rather that by work upon himself, by self-education, man should reach
    • that man has first to become inwardly free before he can achieve
    • this rational necessity, it is still something that compels him. And
    • external State, or something of that kind, in obeying such laws he is
    • one-sided way either the influence of the senses or that of reason,
    • with his humanity; when, that is, he does not simply submit like a
    • regarded absolute obedience to what he calls duty — that is,
    • when he becomes poetical, “having nothing that flatters or
    • me to find that I am not virtuous.” That is his satirical comment
    • means that while an unfree man may serve his friends as a duty, in
    • carries his humanity so far that he does it because he likes to do it,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • IT seems that it would be useful to consider matters concerned with
    • is tending towards the destruction of all that springs from middle
    • feeling for the culture of middle Europe. Herman Grimm once said that
    • Luther, Frederick the Great, Goethe and Bismarck. Grimm says that if a
    • In the nineties many people had no doubt at all that this remark was
    • realise fully in their soul what this signifies: less than three
    • Revolution and tries in his own way to say what may be thought about
    • eighteenth century. He had no particular expectation as to what would
    • never have expected that men would be led to freedom simply by giving
    • rather that by work upon himself, by self-education, man should reach
    • that man has first to become inwardly free before he can achieve
    • this rational necessity, it is still something that compels him. And
    • external State, or something of that kind, in obeying such laws he is
    • one-sided way either the influence of the senses or that of reason,
    • with his humanity; when, that is, he does not simply submit like a
    • regarded absolute obedience to what he calls duty — that is,
    • when he becomes poetical, “having nothing that flatters or
    • me to find that I am not virtuous.” That is his satirical comment
    • means that while an unfree man may serve his friends as a duty, in
    • carries his humanity so far that he does it because he likes to do it,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • limbs. These are of course crude expressions that are only roughly
    • part of what is contained in the trunk. Moreover, as you will have
    • only in his head system — in all that has to do with the life of
    • — that is, from a bodily aspect, with the rhythmic system —
    • waking life with a life of dreams. What goes on in the sphere of
    • Now it is very important to realise that each one of the three systems
    • subjectively present in consciousness. What do I mean by that? I mean
    • take place within us. On the other hand, what we experience through
    • our rhythmic system, the processes that go on in the sphere of our
    • world-processes. This means that when you feel, you have of course an
    • something that happens in the world and has significance there. And it
    • is of extraordinary interest to follow up the world-processes that lie
    • Suppose you experience something that affects you very deeply, Some
    • event that moves you to joy or sorrow. Now you know that the whole of
    • life runs its course in such a way that we can separate it into
    • one division that shows itself in the course of human life.
    • what to look for. That which takes place in the soul and spirit of the
    • Now let us go back to the event that makes a strong impression on our
    • objective world quite apart from what is in your consciousness, quite
    • that goes on in the objective world may be compared with the setting
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • limbs. These are of course crude expressions that are only roughly
    • part of what is contained in the trunk. Moreover, as you will have
    • only in his head system — in all that has to do with the life of
    • — that is, from a bodily aspect, with the rhythmic system —
    • waking life with a life of dreams. What goes on in the sphere of
    • Now it is very important to realise that each one of the three systems
    • subjectively present in consciousness. What do I mean by that? I mean
    • take place within us. On the other hand, what we experience through
    • our rhythmic system, the processes that go on in the sphere of our
    • world-processes. This means that when you feel, you have of course an
    • something that happens in the world and has significance there. And it
    • is of extraordinary interest to follow up the world-processes that lie
    • Suppose you experience something that affects you very deeply, Some
    • event that moves you to joy or sorrow. Now you know that the whole of
    • life runs its course in such a way that we can separate it into
    • one division that shows itself in the course of human life.
    • what to look for. That which takes place in the soul and spirit of the
    • Now let us go back to the event that makes a strong impression on our
    • objective world quite apart from what is in your consciousness, quite
    • that goes on in the objective world may be compared with the setting
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • we know that the Ego lights up within the Intellectual or Mind Soul
    • it was quite natural that the Mysteries of that age should have been
    • it is said that the Greek's life of thought consisted in an actual
    • stated that Goethe's conceptions were not perceptions, but
    • ideas, and to this Goethe retorted that he actually saw
    • his ideas before him, that he perceived them objectively.
    • the red glow of evening. The Greeks felt that the world of ideas came
    • to them at sunrise and passed away from them at sunset. They felt that
    • “darkness”, they felt that their world of ideas came to an
    • Mysteries, began to feel that their power to perceive the spiritual
    • Now the intellect alone can give us no real knowledge of what has
    • shadow-intellect that is characteristic of all modern culture has
    • modern science. In our age it never occurs to man that his being
    • that is what we need above all to make our own.
    • whole nature and being. The Greek was right when he felt that the Sun
    • ’ to himself, he experiences a force that is working within him,
    • the Cosmic Ego. What lives within me is the human Ego.
    • was in the days of Greece, but for all that it is still possible to
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
    • an outward shell of an experience that is dying out altogether in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • we know that the Ego lights up within the Intellectual or Mind Soul
    • it was quite natural that the Mysteries of that age should have been
    • it is said that the Greek's life of thought consisted in an actual
    • stated that Goethe's conceptions were not perceptions, but
    • ideas, and to this Goethe retorted that he actually saw
    • his ideas before him, that he perceived them objectively.
    • the red glow of evening. The Greeks felt that the world of ideas came
    • to them at sunrise and passed away from them at sunset. They felt that
    • “darkness”, they felt that their world of ideas came to an
    • Mysteries, began to feel that their power to perceive the spiritual
    • Now the intellect alone can give us no real knowledge of what has
    • shadow-intellect that is characteristic of all modern culture has
    • modern science. In our age it never occurs to man that his being
    • that is what we need above all to make our own.
    • whole nature and being. The Greek was right when he felt that the Sun
    • ’ to himself, he experiences a force that is working within him,
    • the Cosmic Ego. What lives within me is the human Ego.
    • was in the days of Greece, but for all that it is still possible to
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
    • an outward shell of an experience that is dying out altogether in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • that man as he stands before himself in the physical world represents
    • say that, such as it is, it is an immediate image of the
    • Supersensible. As to what the mineral nature is, you may read of this
    • in my Theosophy. Of man, however, we must say that in many
    • respects he cannot be understood at all on the basis of what we see
    • things are not yet entirely clear to science today, but from what is
    • already clear it can be said that a crystal of common salt is
    • intelligible on the foundation of what can be ascertained directly in
    • hand are not intelligible on the basis of what the physical senses can
    • — this is a thing that man brings with him as a plan or tendency
    • through birth. Nor does he even receive it through the forces that
    • but give ourselves up to an illusion. For the truth is that the inner
    • we may say: Observe a human eye! We cannot assert that it is
    • intelligible like the salt crystal, on the basis of what we see around
    • super-sensible world. We must realise that a human ear, for example, is
    • the names, that is to say, which external science gives them —
    • already show that this science is quite unaware of what they really
    • spiritual science. Passing now from within outward, that which adjoins
    • appears as a transformed knee-cap. Finally, that which passes from the
    • thus: First, the upper arm (only that in the arm the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • that man as he stands before himself in the physical world represents
    • say that, such as it is, it is an immediate image of the
    • Supersensible. As to what the mineral nature is, you may read of this
    • in my Theosophy. Of man, however, we must say that in many
    • respects he cannot be understood at all on the basis of what we see
    • things are not yet entirely clear to science today, but from what is
    • already clear it can be said that a crystal of common salt is
    • intelligible on the foundation of what can be ascertained directly in
    • hand are not intelligible on the basis of what the physical senses can
    • — this is a thing that man brings with him as a plan or tendency
    • through birth. Nor does he even receive it through the forces that
    • but give ourselves up to an illusion. For the truth is that the inner
    • we may say: Observe a human eye! We cannot assert that it is
    • intelligible like the salt crystal, on the basis of what we see around
    • super-sensible world. We must realise that a human ear, for example, is
    • the names, that is to say, which external science gives them —
    • already show that this science is quite unaware of what they really
    • spiritual science. Passing now from within outward, that which adjoins
    • appears as a transformed knee-cap. Finally, that which passes from the
    • thus: First, the upper arm (only that in the arm the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • a way that it can resound on and on within them — so that
    • the human soul, questions of history — so that riddles arise in
    • [A term used to designate all that is sentient in man
    • transform themselves into what they become in most young people today.
    • in things that, until the age of 20 or 21, really ought to go in an
    • educated, there should be no need whatsoever to speak about love of
    • spoken about during these years, this is in itself something that
    • questions. A high value is put upon them for no other reason than that
    • are thrown back into ourselves. Taken all in all, we have to say that
    • concern for the world but busy themselves with how they feel and what
    • world must become so all-engrossing to young people that they simply
    • about it. It is not the objective damage but the pain of it that
    • this I do not mean that you should make as many mistakes as possible
    • inwardly, the teacher must be capable of doing this himself, so that
    • satisfy the feeling that then arises in the students when the question
    • comes to expression. For if he does not do this, then when all that is
    • are produced that burden the brains of the young people when they go
    • that occur when the children have the feeling: “The teacher just
    • people at this age, or if we teach in such a way that they never come
    • transformation of the courses one gives that the pedagogy must concern
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • a way that it can resound on and on within them — so that
    • the human soul, questions of history — so that riddles arise in
    • [A term used to designate all that is sentient in man
    • transform themselves into what they become in most young people today.
    • in things that, until the age of 20 or 21, really ought to go in an
    • educated, there should be no need whatsoever to speak about love of
    • spoken about during these years, this is in itself something that
    • questions. A high value is put upon them for no other reason than that
    • are thrown back into ourselves. Taken all in all, we have to say that
    • concern for the world but busy themselves with how they feel and what
    • world must become so all-engrossing to young people that they simply
    • about it. It is not the objective damage but the pain of it that
    • this I do not mean that you should make as many mistakes as possible
    • inwardly, the teacher must be capable of doing this himself, so that
    • satisfy the feeling that then arises in the students when the question
    • comes to expression. For if he does not do this, then when all that is
    • are produced that burden the brains of the young people when they go
    • that occur when the children have the feeling: “The teacher just
    • people at this age, or if we teach in such a way that they never come
    • transformation of the courses one gives that the pedagogy must concern
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • asked: What is the deeper significance of secret societies and of their
    • aims in world-evolution? To such a question my answer would be that they
    • are actually available. You have heard of Hatha-Yoga, Rajah-Yoga, and other
    • realise it — that the world cannot do without such societies. To put
    • the manifesto of the Freemasons which I read to you a fortnight ago. That
    • is only one example. Men cannot reach what is usually known as immortality
    • real experience, to have the feeling that one belongs in very truth to the
    • spiritual world — that is a very different matter. All of you have
    • lived many times; but not all of you are conscious that you have lived
    • stages of life. It is this: Nothing that a human being does not himself
    • perplexing — that whatever is achieved in the way of development of
    • know well that the reasons are very seldom impersonal. There are many
    • question is one of earning his living. Whatever men do in business merely
    • for the sake of their own livelihood, to the extent that their business
    • only serves that end, just so much is lost in the way of spiritual gain. On
    • the other hand, everything that is performed without regard to self, that
    • I hope that this is clear.
    • contribute nothing at all to your own means of subsistence. What has still
    • something that has belonged to Freemasonry. Freemasonry did indeed urge its
    • the epoch of evolution that may be called the mineral epoch; and our task
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • asked: What is the deeper significance of secret societies and of their
    • aims in world-evolution? To such a question my answer would be that they
    • are actually available. You have heard of Hatha-Yoga, Rajah-Yoga, and other
    • realise it — that the world cannot do without such societies. To put
    • the manifesto of the Freemasons which I read to you a fortnight ago. That
    • is only one example. Men cannot reach what is usually known as immortality
    • real experience, to have the feeling that one belongs in very truth to the
    • spiritual world — that is a very different matter. All of you have
    • lived many times; but not all of you are conscious that you have lived
    • stages of life. It is this: Nothing that a human being does not himself
    • perplexing — that whatever is achieved in the way of development of
    • know well that the reasons are very seldom impersonal. There are many
    • question is one of earning his living. Whatever men do in business merely
    • for the sake of their own livelihood, to the extent that their business
    • only serves that end, just so much is lost in the way of spiritual gain. On
    • the other hand, everything that is performed without regard to self, that
    • I hope that this is clear.
    • contribute nothing at all to your own means of subsistence. What has still
    • something that has belonged to Freemasonry. Freemasonry did indeed urge its
    • the epoch of evolution that may be called the mineral epoch; and our task
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • Fifth Root Race (Aryan), we must realize at the very outset that it is
    • and Northern Asia and in Southern Europe. That is the soil into which
    • Semites) of the Fourth Root Race. We must bear in mind that to these
    • mankind over the widest possible area, what is expressed in the words
    • only a preparation for this. It was what became the keynote of
    • From the beginning, the Manu attached very little value to that in the
    • Race was to lead men right down to the physical plane in order that
    • teachings concerning what extends beyond birth and death, slowly faded
    • Manu of the Fifth Root Race: the civilization that proceeded from the
    • is, in fact, contained about what extends beyond birth and death.) The
    • goal and the consummation. Memory was so intense that it preponderated
    • principle followed by the Initiates is: the mingling of what is new
    • with what is already there — in this case the powerful manasic
    • other side, the racial stock that went Westward also came into contact
    • in the first place — and these form what is known as the ancient
    • who married, not a Mede but a Persian. The father dreamt that a tree
    • that the Persian stock would overshadow the Median. The old story of
    • Medes who are not, and the tree indicates that the agricultural
    • characteristic is that instruction was given in telling the truth
    • for boys. That is a very important point. It is a preparation which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • Fifth Root Race (Aryan), we must realize at the very outset that it is
    • and Northern Asia and in Southern Europe. That is the soil into which
    • Semites) of the Fourth Root Race. We must bear in mind that to these
    • mankind over the widest possible area, what is expressed in the words
    • only a preparation for this. It was what became the keynote of
    • From the beginning, the Manu attached very little value to that in the
    • Race was to lead men right down to the physical plane in order that
    • teachings concerning what extends beyond birth and death, slowly faded
    • Manu of the Fifth Root Race: the civilization that proceeded from the
    • is, in fact, contained about what extends beyond birth and death.) The
    • goal and the consummation. Memory was so intense that it preponderated
    • principle followed by the Initiates is: the mingling of what is new
    • with what is already there — in this case the powerful manasic
    • other side, the racial stock that went Westward also came into contact
    • in the first place — and these form what is known as the ancient
    • who married, not a Mede but a Persian. The father dreamt that a tree
    • that the Persian stock would overshadow the Median. The old story of
    • Medes who are not, and the tree indicates that the agricultural
    • characteristic is that instruction was given in telling the truth
    • for boys. That is a very important point. It is a preparation which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Note
    Matching lines:
    • appreciation of the lectures, it should be borne in mind that certain
    • spiritual essence; also what may be called ‘anthroposophical
    • At the end of this volume will be found a list of publications that
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • us to believe and even to teach our children in the schoolroom that
    • relating the human being to what lies beyond the earthly realm.
    • into our very knowledge of man. What is this materialism, in reality?
    • who declare that the human being is not composed entirely of earthly
    • concerns itself with whatever it is in man that does not originate
    • good faith from their point of view — that the eternal in man
    • materialism. It is dilettantism to imagine that this is what we should
    • world, are not of first importance; what is significant is the
    • tremendous weight and power of materialism. Of what use is it in the
    • of religious tradition, that the thinking, feeling and willing of man
    • generally, as you know, in pathological cases that research into the
    • soul' Or what sense is there again in allowing intuitive feelings or
    • anything that will help him except cures for the brain or the nervous
    • system? It is materialism that has brought us all this knowledge and
    • not really know what they are doing. They do not appreciate the
    • human being and study him quite honestly from the aspect of what
    • all that physiology, biology, chemistry and other sciences can
    • Take, for instance, the knowledge comprised in what a medical student
    • those which are fundamental to medicine. Let us imagine that we have
    • To what does all this knowledge amount? What does the student know of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • further what was said in that lecture, inasmuch as we have also to
    • bodies have been laid aside, when, that is, he has passed through the
    • it were, with the super-sensible — a kind of description of what
    • We must, however, be clear from the outset that it is really quite
    • and spirit. The physical part of man, the physical body that we
    • countenance, — everything that belongs to the human form, man
    • therefore be surprised that those who are possessed of the faculty of
    • first thing that strikes us about this form or figure is that it is
    • course be moral and spiritual; we shall however find that we can
    • what happens to it, for the particular way in which dissolution takes
    • say here that the physical body dissolves away into outer Nature, into
    • cognition are able to perceive what it is that is thus released after
    • point of view. By bringing together what is given at different times,
    • constant process of change. More and more it approaches what can only
    • his spirit-form, presents a physiognomy that is the expression of his
    • countenance loses much of the physiognomical expression that was
    • stamped upon it in physical life, and what is retained tends to become
    • become much more interesting, when we observe what they do with their
    • hands and fingers, for here they divulge what they really are. After
    • are an expression of the form that is inscribed into the cosmic ether.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • this up a little further. As our study proceeds, we shall find that a
    • We have seen that when a human being has passed through the gate of
    • course, that perception of the spiritual is quite different from
    • the sense that a material object presented to the eye is spatial.
    • Nevertheless, we can only describe them in such a way that they seem
    • to resemble a visual image seen by the physical eye — or whatever
    • be giving of what takes place in the super-sensible.
    • nothing to be hid. We have, moreover, to remember that when a human
    • universe changes. The faculty of thinking, especially that abstract
    • the phenomena of the material world. It is only on Earth that there
    • are philosophers! The kind of philosophy that consists in abstract
    • between death and a new birth. We look up to the stars. What the stars
    • what it really means is that there, in that particular direction, is a
    • what are no more than signs to indicate direction. The fact that
    • somewhere in the sky we see a star means that in that direction there
    • sphere of the Moon; that is to say, he enters the region of the
    • Spiritual Beings who have their dwelling-place in the Moon. What kind
    • From what has been said in my book
    • you will know that the Moon was not always out in the heavens where it is now.
    • about the Moon. It is curious, for instance, that in ordinary
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • It might seem that the super-sensible existence of man between two
    • For the early stages of study, that is quite true, but you
    • will surely agree that knowledge must also progress and expand. As we
    • of the Universe, we have to remember that there is an unbroken,
    • outwardly in the relationships of space and of time that exist between
    • objection to this it could be said that the life which stretches
    • at most only to a very limited degree. That is perfectly true, but
    • world that is beyond space and beyond time, plays into space and into
    • however, we must not omit to make clear. We are taught in physics that
    • the processes we have in the physical world — processes that are
    • which the force of gravity decreases. We are taught that the force of
    • the square of the distance. Science will not, however, admit that the
    • that only so long as we remain in the actual environment of the Earth
    • tries with ordinary thinking to determine, for instance, what is
    • the Earth, the weight of a stone in that nebula far away in the
    • be remembered that man's path between death and new birth is such that
    • into the Mercury sphere, the Venus sphere and the Sun sphere. That is
    • as a physical structure have no notion of all the manifold work that
    • fix our attention on his spirit-form or figure, and describe that. But
    • of the working together of the Spiritual Beings that are in these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the journey of man through the super-sensible world. For that is the
    • his life will lack energy and vigour; and human love that is really
    • physical senses. It is, after all, in the physical world that appeal
    • study to a certain conclusion to-day, to take the indications that
    • — of ourselves, that is. We have in the first place our senses.
    • Our senses give us information of all that is around us; they are the
    • of the senses into spiritual regions, and it might well seem that the
    • the life of the senses, making us feel that it is, after all, of
    • secondary importance and that we should flee from it even while we are
    • that there is an inferior way of taking the life of the senses
    • that it is possible for man to lose the life of the senses in its less
    • that all the loveliness and wonder of the world of nature which makes
    • starry heavens, mean so little in human life that they must be
    • enhancement of the dignity of human life, you will find that the words
    • you will realise that the Initiates have never considered it unworthy
    • the world of the senses. They have invariably held that in the
    • can at any rate be discovered, that leads man on to the highest.
    • reason. The impressions that come to man through his eyes, ears and
    • mediate between him and the world. The eye, in order that it may see,
    • any way by means of which we can begin to know and understand what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • pointed out that there exists no short summary of a world view
    • That is not possible with spiritual-scientific truths, the
    • reason being that the truths of natural science are lifeless
    • LIFE is the state of consciousness that is most familiar to
    • come to the point of questioning. The fact that someone asks
    • that ordinary consciousness cannot yield, proves that from the
    • soon realise that, in the sleeping condition, as opposed to the
    • that an understanding of life may result from an understanding
    • this life of dreams, it is easy to observe that its pictures
    • often be said that things are dreamed of in a way in which the
    • following example. A man may dream, for instance, that he is
    • may dream that we are standing somewhere and a man is
    • when he is quite close it appears that he is preparing to make
    • although the picture sequence has been quite different. What
    • what is consciously experienced on waking. The pictures in
    • impulse — or something that approached the soul in the
    • consciousness. Forces that increase in intensity are there
    • pictures. Thus we must say that here is something that takes
    • when, through what I have often described as Imaginative
    • rapidly; but when, in somewhat abnormal circumstances, someone
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • pointed out that there exists no short summary of a world view
    • That is not possible with spiritual-scientific truths, the
    • reason being that the truths of natural science are lifeless
    • LIFE is the state of consciousness that is most familiar to
    • come to the point of questioning. The fact that someone asks
    • that ordinary consciousness cannot yield, proves that from the
    • soon realise that, in the sleeping condition, as opposed to the
    • that an understanding of life may result from an understanding
    • this life of dreams, it is easy to observe that its pictures
    • often be said that things are dreamed of in a way in which the
    • following example. A man may dream, for instance, that he is
    • may dream that we are standing somewhere and a man is
    • when he is quite close it appears that he is preparing to make
    • although the picture sequence has been quite different. What
    • what is consciously experienced on waking. The pictures in
    • impulse — or something that approached the soul in the
    • consciousness. Forces that increase in intensity are there
    • pictures. Thus we must say that here is something that takes
    • when, through what I have often described as Imaginative
    • rapidly; but when, in somewhat abnormal circumstances, someone
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • were based on a quite different kind of knowledge from that of to-day,
    • affairs, a great deal that has been lost, and must be renewed. The art I
    • reason we have tried on many occasions to describe what is really
    • what is discovered by super-sensible vision about the real being of
    • We know that when, under earthly conditions, the human being goes to
    • sleep, the etheric body remains within the physical body, and that
    • development, that they are not capable of conscious experience between
    • But to-day we shall look back at what is left behind in bed when a
    • out the Spirit from it, by that art of which I said just now that it
    • sense-perception. But it is a complete mistake to believe that the
    • sleeping human being — that is to say upon the part of the human
    • being present in the physical frame — then it is found that from
    • had stored up forces for an activity that develops only after sleep
    • phosphorescent, glimmering light. It is not surprising that this
    • seen in the ordinary way. External, physical eyes do not see what goes
    • further process. What a man can still observe while he is going to
    • this — from what they have left behind, the resounding music in
    • else that is more remote from what we perceive in the external world
    • phosphorescent glow, this resounding music — it is these that
    • previous evening, one may wake up with the feeling that the soul has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • were based on a quite different kind of knowledge from that of to-day,
    • affairs, a great deal that has been lost, and must be renewed. The art I
    • reason we have tried on many occasions to describe what is really
    • what is discovered by super-sensible vision about the real being of
    • We know that when, under earthly conditions, the human being goes to
    • sleep, the etheric body remains within the physical body, and that
    • development, that they are not capable of conscious experience between
    • But to-day we shall look back at what is left behind in bed when a
    • out the Spirit from it, by that art of which I said just now that it
    • sense-perception. But it is a complete mistake to believe that the
    • sleeping human being — that is to say upon the part of the human
    • being present in the physical frame — then it is found that from
    • had stored up forces for an activity that develops only after sleep
    • phosphorescent, glimmering light. It is not surprising that this
    • seen in the ordinary way. External, physical eyes do not see what goes
    • further process. What a man can still observe while he is going to
    • this — from what they have left behind, the resounding music in
    • else that is more remote from what we perceive in the external world
    • phosphorescent glow, this resounding music — it is these that
    • previous evening, one may wake up with the feeling that the soul has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Preface: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophical Society, I began that ‘voyage’ into
    • in the hope that it may shed another small light on this
    • is mantric, that is, a spiritual revelation in which sound, form and
    • It is important to bear in mind that the meditation is
    • that it has its existence within the limbs of the human being, the
    • This does not imply that a horizontal line of memory of past events
    • of earthly life be traced, but that a vertical direction should be
    • majestic Creation, and in that process, the individual began to
    • In verse two of part one is revealed that He who is
    • creative clarion call of shaping in such a way that the depths may
    • respond, for nothing exists in isolation and that which is formed is
    • responsively defined by that Divine.
    • reminded that not only does it have its existence in the limbs, but
    • within the earth-sphere bestowing grace so that human beings may rise
    • The Spirits of Light are beseeched to allow that which
    • and as that dawn breaks, despair and death may be consumed.
    • third time, and is reminded that not only does it realize existence
    • graces mankind. Through expanding Vision (in the larger sense of that
    • present in that reality as the physical body is present in the world
    • the individual's own part in that process, clarify themselves.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Meditation: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • What in the depths an echo finds;
    • What through the West takes form:
    • What from the heights is granted:
    • Hatte ausgewaltet;
    • That good may become
    • What we
    • What we
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • That carry you through the world of space
    • What in the depths its echo finds;
    • That guides you through the rhythm of times
    • What through the west takes form;
    • What will be heard in the heights;
    • That warms
    • That enlightens
    • So that good results
    • From what
    • What we
    • circles too, for he said that there was a law attached to esoteric
    • equal to that with which they are sent out, and it is therefore
    • form, it seems to me that this new translation should not be
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • That carry you through the world of space
    • What in the depths its echo finds;
    • That guides you through the rhythm of times
    • What through the west takes form;
    • What will be heard in the heights;
    • That warms
    • That enlightens
    • So that good results
    • From what
    • What we
    • circles too, for he said that there was a law attached to esoteric
    • equal to that with which they are sent out, and it is therefore
    • form, it seems to me that this new translation should not be
  • Title: Der Grundstein
    Matching lines:
    • Hatte ausgewaltet;
  • Title: Der Grundstein
    Matching lines:
    • Hatte ausgewaltet;
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • culture of the present time will be able to deny that the theme of
    • this lecture is a problem that has engaged the attention of a great
    • that a philosophy of the world wherein the problem connected with the
    • have pointed out in other lectures that every age, including our own,
    • interprets such fundamental problems as that of the origin of man and
    • perception which hold sway at that particular time. We have also seen
    • that even in the problem of man’s origin, contemporary
    • the fact that it is one of the weightiest — is this disharmony
    • Christianity, we find, in what is known as the ‘Gnosis,’
    • to sketch this evening, is in many respects an advance upon all that
    • significant and in the most complete accord with what Spiritual
    • Gnosis is a Being Who is of the Eternal — the Eternal that is
    • that of the Universe, of the Cosmos itself. Our consideration of the
    • other purely spiritual beings and spiritual processes — in that
    • this aright it must be said: The Gnosis conceived that while man was
    • humanity, for it was then that the Christ — having held back
    • world, in order to work on in that world as an ‘Impulse.’
    • united with that world in which the Christ was active. Then, at the
    • Here the question arises: What was the Gnostic
    • evolution? It was that a specially developed human individual,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • culture of the present time will be able to deny that the theme of
    • this lecture is a problem that has engaged the attention of a great
    • that a philosophy of the world wherein the problem connected with the
    • have pointed out in other lectures that every age, including our own,
    • interprets such fundamental problems as that of the origin of man and
    • perception which hold sway at that particular time. We have also seen
    • that even in the problem of man’s origin, contemporary
    • the fact that it is one of the weightiest — is this disharmony
    • Christianity, we find, in what is known as the ‘Gnosis,’
    • to sketch this evening, is in many respects an advance upon all that
    • significant and in the most complete accord with what Spiritual
    • Gnosis is a Being Who is of the Eternal — the Eternal that is
    • that of the Universe, of the Cosmos itself. Our consideration of the
    • other purely spiritual beings and spiritual processes — in that
    • this aright it must be said: The Gnosis conceived that while man was
    • humanity, for it was then that the Christ — having held back
    • world, in order to work on in that world as an ‘Impulse.’
    • united with that world in which the Christ was active. Then, at the
    • Here the question arises: What was the Gnostic
    • evolution? It was that a specially developed human individual,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • dawn upon us that this is indeed the mission of Spiritual Science when
    • we realise that its impulse has already made itself felt in the form
    • life. To-day we shall consider how an impulse akin to that of
    • that he was fully conscious of this impulse. It is so meaningless when
    • we could prove to you that he never thought of them in connection with
    • himself.’ Such an objection is so patent that even those who think as
    • we do could raise it. I am not suggesting for a moment that the
    • lead us too far, but a comparison will show that our method of
    • this the very thing that helps him to understand its nature? And will
    • no need to reiterate the generalisation that ‘an artist creates
    • unconsciously.’ The point at issue is that the laws
    • with the word ‘Mysticism’ itself. Quite recently it happened that
    • for he admitted that very much remains obscure and nebulous in the
    • sphere of human knowledge.” He showed by this remark that he
    • clear cognition can attain; from that point onwards, however, we grope
    • the depths of existence with a light as radiant and clear as that of
    • this simply means that they have never taken the trouble to understand
    • thought to be akin to mathematics but because it was known that the
    • in the domain of true Mysticism, and it is purely in this sense that
    • And now let us speak of what is really the fundamental conviction of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • dawn upon us that this is indeed the mission of Spiritual Science when
    • we realise that its impulse has already made itself felt in the form
    • life. To-day we shall consider how an impulse akin to that of
    • that he was fully conscious of this impulse. It is so meaningless when
    • we could prove to you that he never thought of them in connection with
    • himself.’ Such an objection is so patent that even those who think as
    • we do could raise it. I am not suggesting for a moment that the
    • lead us too far, but a comparison will show that our method of
    • this the very thing that helps him to understand its nature? And will
    • no need to reiterate the generalisation that ‘an artist creates
    • unconsciously.’ The point at issue is that the laws
    • with the word ‘Mysticism’ itself. Quite recently it happened that
    • for he admitted that very much remains obscure and nebulous in the
    • sphere of human knowledge.” He showed by this remark that he
    • clear cognition can attain; from that point onwards, however, we grope
    • the depths of existence with a light as radiant and clear as that of
    • this simply means that they have never taken the trouble to understand
    • thought to be akin to mathematics but because it was known that the
    • in the domain of true Mysticism, and it is purely in this sense that
    • And now let us speak of what is really the fundamental conviction of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • I HAVE said on many occasions that at the time when medieval culture
    • stream of Scholasticism acknowledged that this knowledge acquired by
    • Thus when medieval culture was at its prime, it was realised that
    • knowledge no longer accessible to mankind in that age must be
    • shall find that the characteristics of this knowledge through
    • School, for instance, that a distinction could be made between
    • have been at a loss to know what was meant. It would have been
    • unthinkable to him that if knowledge concerning super-sensible worlds
    • communicated afresh. True, the Greeks realised that higher spiritual
    • knew too that by dint of spiritual training and through Initiation, a
    • man could unfold higher faculties of knowledge and that by these means
    • Now a change took place in Western culture between all that lived in
    • Aristotle, and the kind of knowledge that made its appearance about
    • of this change by saying that the Mystery of Golgotha occurred in an
    • But then we find that from the fifth century A.D. onwards, this old
    • certain individuals, saying that their teachings were to be avoided at
    • obliterate all that had previously been known of these individuals.
    • It is strange that a man like Franz Brentano should have inherited
    • from medieval tradition a hatred of all that lived in personalities
    • Brentano had allowed himself to be influenced by this hatred and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • I HAVE said on many occasions that at the time when medieval culture
    • stream of Scholasticism acknowledged that this knowledge acquired by
    • Thus when medieval culture was at its prime, it was realised that
    • knowledge no longer accessible to mankind in that age must be
    • shall find that the characteristics of this knowledge through
    • School, for instance, that a distinction could be made between
    • have been at a loss to know what was meant. It would have been
    • unthinkable to him that if knowledge concerning super-sensible worlds
    • communicated afresh. True, the Greeks realised that higher spiritual
    • knew too that by dint of spiritual training and through Initiation, a
    • man could unfold higher faculties of knowledge and that by these means
    • Now a change took place in Western culture between all that lived in
    • Aristotle, and the kind of knowledge that made its appearance about
    • of this change by saying that the Mystery of Golgotha occurred in an
    • But then we find that from the fifth century A.D. onwards, this old
    • certain individuals, saying that their teachings were to be avoided at
    • obliterate all that had previously been known of these individuals.
    • It is strange that a man like Franz Brentano should have inherited
    • from medieval tradition a hatred of all that lived in personalities
    • Brentano had allowed himself to be influenced by this hatred and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • you know that when the human being will be able to look into the
    • spiritual world, he will, to a certain extent have that experience
    • out that the three soul-forces of man, which have a rather chaotic
    • that the human being crosses the threshold. In many respects, the
    • What the individual human being experiences consciously when he
    • human being together with humanity. What does this mean?
    • What is now a joint
    • passes through this crossing of the threshold in such a way that the
    • duties upon us, the duty of shaping external life in such a way that
    • experienced even in his EXTERNAL life. Through the fact that
    • What has hitherto exercised a chaotic and intermingling activity in
    • Do not think that
    • what must occur if the goal of human evolution is not to be
    • that we should extricate ourselves from this chaos. Indeed, for this
    • reason I think that the necessity of a threefold social organism will
    • What grieves the
    • that humanity has such a strong aversion to the very things which it
    • But this does not imply that every kind of optimism is right. Right
    • question of whether something takes place in this or in that way, but
    • that we should WILL things in accordance with the direction of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • you know that when the human being will be able to look into the
    • spiritual world, he will, to a certain extent have that experience
    • out that the three soul-forces of man, which have a rather chaotic
    • that the human being crosses the threshold. In many respects, the
    • What the individual human being experiences consciously when he
    • human being together with humanity. What does this mean?
    • What is now a joint
    • passes through this crossing of the threshold in such a way that the
    • duties upon us, the duty of shaping external life in such a way that
    • experienced even in his EXTERNAL life. Through the fact that
    • What has hitherto exercised a chaotic and intermingling activity in
    • Do not think that
    • what must occur if the goal of human evolution is not to be
    • that we should extricate ourselves from this chaos. Indeed, for this
    • reason I think that the necessity of a threefold social organism will
    • What grieves the
    • that humanity has such a strong aversion to the very things which it
    • But this does not imply that every kind of optimism is right. Right
    • question of whether something takes place in this or in that way, but
    • that we should WILL things in accordance with the direction of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • acquisition of that science which we designate as spiritual science,
    • it is necessary that we should have the good will of filling out the
    • first only be given in a more general outline. We say that the
    • that we should orient ourselves with the aid of encompassing
    • little of what should be known to humanity in a near future, at least
    • which can be observed with the aid of that science that is linked up
    • with the intellect, with experiments and observations. We know that
    • methods. But although the physical body may at first seem to be what
    • recollect that man’s physical body, in the form in which it
    • place: it was transformed through the fact that the etheric body was
    • body has been transformed through the fact that the etheric body
    • what is contained in our lecture-cycles. We must remember, in this
    • case, that just as the first foundation of the physical body has been
    • Movement. The transformation during the Earth-epoch, that is to say,
    • the change entailed through the fact that an Ego now dwells within
    • with an Ego, we must bear in mind that it has received a certain
    • Spirits of Form, and is in keeping with the fact that an Ego had to
    • now has and which is in keeping with the fact that it is the bearer
    • of an Ego. The beings that belong to the other kingdoms of Nature,
    • you will find that they describe all the other beings in such a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • acquisition of that science which we designate as spiritual science,
    • it is necessary that we should have the good will of filling out the
    • first only be given in a more general outline. We say that the
    • that we should orient ourselves with the aid of encompassing
    • little of what should be known to humanity in a near future, at least
    • which can be observed with the aid of that science that is linked up
    • with the intellect, with experiments and observations. We know that
    • methods. But although the physical body may at first seem to be what
    • recollect that man’s physical body, in the form in which it
    • place: it was transformed through the fact that the etheric body was
    • body has been transformed through the fact that the etheric body
    • what is contained in our lecture-cycles. We must remember, in this
    • case, that just as the first foundation of the physical body has been
    • Movement. The transformation during the Earth-epoch, that is to say,
    • the change entailed through the fact that an Ego now dwells within
    • with an Ego, we must bear in mind that it has received a certain
    • Spirits of Form, and is in keeping with the fact that an Ego had to
    • now has and which is in keeping with the fact that it is the bearer
    • of an Ego. The beings that belong to the other kingdoms of Nature,
    • you will find that they describe all the other beings in such a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • Art and Architecture that Reveal the Underlying Wholeness of Creation
    • detailed account of what Rudolf Steiner said on so many occasions about
    • or Art and Architecture that Reveal the Underlying Wholeness of Creation,
    • the so-called “Fensterworte” — that is to say, the
    • the fullest and most detailed account of what Rudolf Steiner said on
    • from the spectators an urgently expressed wish for a building that
    • IN the Building that is to be a home for Spiritual Science, full
    • from what it was in times gone by.
    • and in a certain sense it is an illusion to believe that in the
    • What we ourselves have to create is essentially new — in
    • the sense that we must work with forces differing altogether from
    • influence arising from the subconscious life. That is why we
    • task ahead of us. Only if we know upon what laws and fundamental
    • spiritual impulses our work must be grounded, only if what we do is
    • work fruitful — for what we have to create must be basically,
    • Buildings erected to enshrine what men have held most sacred have
    • Asia Minor, but only to the extent that the structure of these
    • later buildings was influenced by the conditions obtaining in that
    • What was the most
    • have little information to give on the subject. But if, assuming that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • Art and Architecture that Reveal the Underlying Wholeness of Creation
    • detailed account of what Rudolf Steiner said on so many occasions about
    • or Art and Architecture that Reveal the Underlying Wholeness of Creation,
    • the so-called “Fensterworte” — that is to say, the
    • the fullest and most detailed account of what Rudolf Steiner said on
    • from the spectators an urgently expressed wish for a building that
    • IN the Building that is to be a home for Spiritual Science, full
    • from what it was in times gone by.
    • and in a certain sense it is an illusion to believe that in the
    • What we ourselves have to create is essentially new — in
    • the sense that we must work with forces differing altogether from
    • influence arising from the subconscious life. That is why we
    • task ahead of us. Only if we know upon what laws and fundamental
    • spiritual impulses our work must be grounded, only if what we do is
    • work fruitful — for what we have to create must be basically,
    • Buildings erected to enshrine what men have held most sacred have
    • Asia Minor, but only to the extent that the structure of these
    • later buildings was influenced by the conditions obtaining in that
    • What was the most
    • have little information to give on the subject. But if, assuming that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • evolution of the Earth, that such a Being — even if he came
    • picture he would discover that a far deeper meaning lies hidden in
    • What was the real experience of the man of ancient time
    • in this respect? It was such that he might have said: “I,
    • space not physical but spiritual. I lived in that world where the
    • ideas were interwoven. Here upon Earth man felt that he must find
    • humanity. They felt that man had been more healthy in the beginning
    • of Earth-evolution, and that he had evolved by degrees farther and
    • modern History, in that ancient world in which the Mystery of
    • It was by turning their gaze into the past that the men
    • Spiritual. There is the Spirit; out of that Spirit I am born; that
    • longing for that World.
    • that if a man had gone on evolving with the old consciousness of the
    • — they felt that it was so. If external History says nothing of
    • these things, that is its failing. He who can follow History with
    • following is what we find: — First there were the more
    • that they had left behind them, in the spiritual worlds, That which
    • reason the earliest Christian authors said that the most ancient
    • Nor was it only in dim memory that the pupils of the initiates
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha, that as they looked up to the Being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • evolution of the Earth, that such a Being — even if he came
    • picture he would discover that a far deeper meaning lies hidden in
    • What was the real experience of the man of ancient time
    • in this respect? It was such that he might have said: “I,
    • space not physical but spiritual. I lived in that world where the
    • ideas were interwoven. Here upon Earth man felt that he must find
    • humanity. They felt that man had been more healthy in the beginning
    • of Earth-evolution, and that he had evolved by degrees farther and
    • modern History, in that ancient world in which the Mystery of
    • It was by turning their gaze into the past that the men
    • Spiritual. There is the Spirit; out of that Spirit I am born; that
    • longing for that World.
    • that if a man had gone on evolving with the old consciousness of the
    • — they felt that it was so. If external History says nothing of
    • these things, that is its failing. He who can follow History with
    • following is what we find: — First there were the more
    • that they had left behind them, in the spiritual worlds, That which
    • reason the earliest Christian authors said that the most ancient
    • Nor was it only in dim memory that the pupils of the initiates
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha, that as they looked up to the Being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds a certain idealism, so that every time he utters a word, the
    • feeling is present in him that he belongs to a spiritual world and
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • else in evolution that has to do with man, as we have had full
    • history. What I want to bring forward does not refer to any one
    • that even primitive languages show the same character as civilised
    • therefore we shall not concern ourselves with the differences that
    • that the words he speaks are nearly all of them signs for things that
    • to look on the word merely as a combination of sounds that is
    • the Greek civilisation, we find that man's relation to language
    • a word, it was not so much his thinking that partook in the
    • that is, an atmosphere is prepared around the Earth within which can
    • live man's utterances articulated into speech, then that
    • to say that in the evolution of speech and language we are beholding
    • studying something that has to do with the Earth, it is by no means
    • impossible in the course of that very study to come to a knowledge of
    • that are to be observed in man's faculty of speech.
    • in man's speech — that is, in the later part of the
    • him from this or that fact in Nature, summoning him to defend
    • activity, what he was induced to do under the influence of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds a certain idealism, so that every time he utters a word, the
    • feeling is present in him that he belongs to a spiritual world and
    • that the words that ring in his speaking, coming as they do from the
    • else in evolution that has to do with man, as we have had full
    • history. What I want to bring forward does not refer to any one
    • that even primitive languages show the same character as civilised
    • therefore we shall not concern ourselves with the differences that
    • that the words he speaks are nearly all of them signs for things that
    • to look on the word merely as a combination of sounds that is
    • the Greek civilisation, we find that man's relation to language
    • a word, it was not so much his thinking that partook in the
    • that is, an atmosphere is prepared around the Earth within which can
    • live man's utterances articulated into speech, then that
    • to say that in the evolution of speech and language we are beholding
    • studying something that has to do with the Earth, it is by no means
    • impossible in the course of that very study to come to a knowledge of
    • that are to be observed in man's faculty of speech.
    • in man's speech — that is, in the later part of the
    • him from this or that fact in Nature, summoning him to defend
    • activity, what he was induced to do under the influence of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • that in their study of contemporary events and happenings, men's
    • physical life of humanity. It is by no means enough to admit that the
    • evolutionary process. It was said that another, more purely spiritual
    • In other words, it was held that the intervention of Jehovah had been
    • preceded by that of other Beings, that the creation of man had
    • world devoid of every element of that material existence with which
    • centuries of Christendom. It was said that Jehovah united with matter
    • and that from this union man came into existence.
    • to this Gnostic conception, therefore, Jehovah was a somewhat lower
    • conception was then added to this world of ideas, namely, that in
    • united with the man Jesus in order that the strivings of Achamoth
    • might be fulfilled. The Gnostic teaching was that in the man Jesus
    • concerned with all that surrounds and is connected with his life
    • realisation that spiritual foundations underlie this physical world
    • By that time the minds of men were no longer capable of rising to the
    • understand that civilised humanity is faced with different tasks
    • of everything that is associated with the activity of thinking.
    • lived and worked with a tremendous power. And that is why even to-day
    • the learning will not be of the kind that finds favour to-day. It
    • must be an active learning, not a learning that consists
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • that in their study of contemporary events and happenings, men's
    • physical life of humanity. It is by no means enough to admit that the
    • evolutionary process. It was said that another, more purely spiritual
    • In other words, it was held that the intervention of Jehovah had been
    • preceded by that of other Beings, that the creation of man had
    • world devoid of every element of that material existence with which
    • centuries of Christendom. It was said that Jehovah united with matter
    • and that from this union man came into existence.
    • to this Gnostic conception, therefore, Jehovah was a somewhat lower
    • conception was then added to this world of ideas, namely, that in
    • united with the man Jesus in order that the strivings of Achamoth
    • might be fulfilled. The Gnostic teaching was that in the man Jesus
    • concerned with all that surrounds and is connected with his life
    • realisation that spiritual foundations underlie this physical world
    • By that time the minds of men were no longer capable of rising to the
    • understand that civilised humanity is faced with different tasks
    • of everything that is associated with the activity of thinking.
    • lived and worked with a tremendous power. And that is why even to-day
    • the learning will not be of the kind that finds favour to-day. It
    • must be an active learning, not a learning that consists
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • new birth with what is taking place here in the physical world, and,
    • of our connection with this physical world. All that gives us this
    • perceive Imaginatively — we realise that this world is peopled
    • the conditions in the elemental world are somewhat different from the
    • able entirely to free himself from that which makes him earthly man.
    • himself from that which makes him earthly man. As earthly men, as you
    • emancipate ourselves from what is solid in us, the moment we feel
    • our knowing by Imaginative perception all that surrounds us as the
    • is lost was in a way unconscious and dream-like, while that which
    • Let us now return to what I said before. Our relation to the
    • relations to the beings that surround us. In the elemental world, in
    • will reckon especially with what I have now said; there will be a
    • of the patient. For what is called illness today is in truth only the
    • outer physical picture of what is there in reality. In reality there
    • is some kind of irregularity in what I have here compared to a
    • doing this or that it can only be improved by the common will of a
    • understood. For people keep on imagining that they are Christian
    • while in reality they are not. St. Paul said that sin came into the
    • wider sense, that which mars the order of things is there through the
    • for a law — quite unaware that whatever is not in order comes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • new birth with what is taking place here in the physical world, and,
    • of our connection with this physical world. All that gives us this
    • perceive Imaginatively — we realise that this world is peopled
    • the conditions in the elemental world are somewhat different from the
    • able entirely to free himself from that which makes him earthly man.
    • himself from that which makes him earthly man. As earthly men, as you
    • emancipate ourselves from what is solid in us, the moment we feel
    • our knowing by Imaginative perception all that surrounds us as the
    • is lost was in a way unconscious and dream-like, while that which
    • Let us now return to what I said before. Our relation to the
    • relations to the beings that surround us. In the elemental world, in
    • will reckon especially with what I have now said; there will be a
    • of the patient. For what is called illness today is in truth only the
    • outer physical picture of what is there in reality. In reality there
    • is some kind of irregularity in what I have here compared to a
    • doing this or that it can only be improved by the common will of a
    • understood. For people keep on imagining that they are Christian
    • while in reality they are not. St. Paul said that sin came into the
    • wider sense, that which mars the order of things is there through the
    • for a law — quite unaware that whatever is not in order comes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • generation of the Gods of the Greeks. What had been spiritual
    • overcome so that child may feel himself to be a member of whole
    • life then a social theory is possible that grasps real life. Lack in
    • religion, also. Hatred of Czarism.
    • substance that streams into earth and out again. Today, no relation
    • and legend. What it accomplishes is rejuvenation of man and proper
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Note
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • anthroposophical teaching. It should be remembered that in his
    • It should be borne in mind that certain premises were taken for
    • essence; also what may be called “anthroposophical history”,
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Publishers Notes
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • have frequently remarked that knowledge, that way of thinking
    • give what lives in the soul a direct link with reality.
    • I said that what
    • less dreamt, slept through by mankind, that in any case abstract
    • active in the social life. I stated that in earlier times men were
    • aided through older, what we call atavistic, knowledge, through
    • myths. They brought to expression in the form of a myth what they
    • thought concerning the world, what entered their vision of the world
    • acquainted with the nature of that thinking which underlies the mode
    • are to be found in the myths, and the origin of what they express
    • and the Israelites. Moreover, one can say that a great part of the
    • thinking that still rules in the soul today is connected with the
    • attention to the fact that the Osiris-Isis-Myth is also conceived by
    • Dupuis as a mere priest lie, that the priests as far as they
    • Titans, and all that is related to them, and the third generation of
    • basis today. Of the Egyptians one must say that in the age when the
    • turn their gaze to that element in the human soul which lives not
    • turned the eye of the soul to that element in the soul which passes
    • when man treads ways that lie on the other side.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • in mankind, we know that we have to look back to earlier times of
    • scientific thinking. The realization of what each one can do, no
    • orientate oneself for what is to come by considering what has been.
    • certain mythical pictures and imaginations what they thought and felt
    • that we in our Fifth Post-Atlantean epoch have to recapitulate in a
    • sort of inverted way what had happened in the Third, the
    • Egypto-Chaldean epoch, so that it emerges again differently. The
    • that in the time of the Greco-Latin evolution, in the time that
    • attentively what is said in my book
    • that in Grecian times, and even much later, people saw
    • Ideas — as it were — as Goethe still did, and that they
    • come about in modern times. But at that time there was indeed a
    • people remembered that it had been so earlier. They said — and
    • said to themselves: that age in which men still lived directly with
    • of course not one Osiris, but it was believed that there had
    • Typhon — that is, by that force of the human soul, which to be
    • been elaborated there actually lies all that I have been stating. The
    • to approach (we have pointed out in the Christmas lectures that by a
    • East knew that they were to bring their offerings to the new
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • from that of the mythology of the Egyptians and the Greeks. We have
    • seen that the Egyptian and Grecian mythologies in the manner of their
    • They are based on a certain consciousness that humanity once
    • to the things of the senses. We have seen that for this old atavistic
    • All that had arisen as
    • told you that the divine spiritual Beings who stand at the
    • them as producing through their deeds what we call earthly humanity.
    • that that is not the case in Egyptian or Greek mythology. There men
    • themselves a greater antiquity than that of the Gods then in power.
    • and significant a difference that one must bear it well in mind. In
    • the course of these studies we shall see to what an infinitely
    • within us in which we believe, which we profess as modern men, that
    • the immediate present bears much in it, that points back to the Old
    • impulse that proceeds from the Mystery of Golgotha. This all
    • important that we can lay one thing as a foundation; I have
    • already referred to it yesterday. We have often related that we are
    • the original Indian epoch will light up again. That is a law in the
    • catastrophe that is to come — like a catastrophe of nature.
    • part what immense depth of human consciousness in ancient times
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • with the question which has just been raised. The question was: What
    • of man today so that a counterweight may be created to the principle
    • of heredity that prevails almost exclusively — whether in
    • is, in fact, most deeply connected with the contrast that I wished to
    • realize that in the age when that saying arose in the Egyptian
    • culture, it was still plain and clear that when one spoke of
    • acquainted with his civilization knew that what lives as ‘immortal’
    • that the saying on the Statue at Sais actually meant: He who will
    • There was no intention of saying that the human being as such cannot
    • lift the veil of Isis, but only that one who binds himself
    • instill into the laity — not the priesthood — that they,
    • priests were the ‘mortals’. That is to say, all those
    • might say that in the decadent age of Egyptian culture this was the
    • moreover called themselves the ‘immortals’ in that
    • that must be said in the course of these observations and it might
    • easily be thought that their purpose is merely to blame our times. I
    • have often emphasized that that is not the case. What is said here is
    • truth is to be spoken it cannot be expected that no mention will be
    • made of things that have simply got to be seen through, whether for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • mankind's evolution, and you have already seen that all sorts of
    • purpose. In order that we may have a foundation as broad as possible,
    • I shall remind you today of various things that have been said from
    • you that in that evolutionary course of mankind which can be regarded
    • years go on becomes older. In a certain respect one can say that for
    • transformations. Now we have already described in what sense I a
    • that followed the great Atlantean catastrophe mankind can be said to
    • have been capable of development in a way quite different from what
    • was possible later. This is that ancient time which followed
    • We know that at our
    • through our nature, our physical forces. We have stated that in the
    • the fifth decade of his life, and he always knew that the process of
    • time something that determines our progress of soul and spirit.
    • connected. So that one can say: Mankind as a whole drew in, became
    • becoming-younger! And we have seen what consequence must be drawn
    • year, are entering the twenty-sixth and so on. So that men are
    • receding further, so that I, if no spiritual impulse grips mankind,
    • it is shown by the fact that in Greece, let us say, a man had still
    • reduce this age as much as possible, since people think that they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • that sounds strange at first hearing but which corresponds to a deep
    • has in reality no true understanding of himself. One could say that
    • this statement applies particularly to our own time. We know that
    • the Delphic temple ‘Know thyself’ merely a phrase at that
    • for a knowledge of what man on the earth actually is.
    • things that must be said in connection with this question are
    • fact that they sound as if they were difficult. They are only so for
    • that what we call understanding at the present day is actually the
    • reveal something to us. One must revive the consciousness that the
    • human being is a riddle that wants to be solved. We shall not,
    • physical form that wanders about before our eyes as man — far,
    • far more is man. But this physical structure that wanders round
    • before our eyes as man, and all that belongs to it, is none the less
    • man that goes about among us, what man is between birth and death
    • recognize in the human being what he is as immortal, as eternal being
    • of soul. One must only develop a feeling that this human form is a
    • reach everyone, is not fitted to call forth a feeling of what a
    • seen a human skeleton — remember then that the human skeleton
    • as absolute, develop them metaphysically — that we will not do.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But it is only in our thinking that the Gods have deserted us. They are
    • We have seen that we approach certain riddles of the universe I and
    • its completeness, what we experience between birth and death and
    • again between death and a new birth — that is actually the
    • We have seen that when
    • comparison but as an actuality. We can truly say that the whole
    • speaking lightly — that everyone has his own head. Man
    • certainly has that. For as you know, the configuration of the starry
    • special time at which one observes the stars. So that by taking the
    • the stars in the heavens. Let us keep in mind that it is not the
    • star-heaven in general that builds up our head, but its special
    • can realize that a considerable part of man's task between death and
    • that the head is not merely given us quite passively but that we make
    • laws that prevail in wide cosmic spaces. In fact, when we think of it
    • work chiefly upon the head. So that when the human head appears here
    • heredity from one's ancestors. I have said repeatedly that everyone
    • acknowledges that the magnetic needle does not turn by itself to the
    • North and the other pole to the South, but that cosmic forces are at
    • work, namely, that the earth is working there. In the case of the
    • magnet, people own that the universe plays a part, it is only when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • certain things that require a still more detailed study.
    • first lays aside his physical body; then he is in possession of what
    • still find the after-effects of the etheric body, that is to say, all
    • that this astral body has experienced by being linked in the last
    • have already drawn attention in our literature to the fact that one
    • astral bodies, but that this dissolution is in reality a releasing
    • imprints of all that the human being has gone through in life. This
    • is an aggregate of what I would call form structures. This aggregate
    • stamps itself upon the cosmos; what has thus happened in our life and
    • what has imprinted itself upon the etheric body actually continues to
    • knowledge of anthroposophical spiritual science that the human being
    • to realize how that which he incorporates into his etheric body by
    • means of his intellectual life, his feeling life, his will, that is,
    • cosmos is contained, if I may put it that way, the conduct of those
    • human beings who have lived in former times. That which through our
    • world! And we must develop this sense of responsibility that makes us
    • That
    • transition through the soul world has been accomplished, then what we
    • expands or contracts depends essentially upon what has been
    • incorporated into it in the course of life. One can thus say that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • certain things that require a still more detailed study.
    • first lays aside his physical body; then he is in possession of what
    • still find the after-effects of the etheric body, that is to say, all
    • that this astral body has experienced by being linked in the last
    • have already drawn attention in our literature to the fact that one
    • astral bodies, but that this dissolution is in reality a releasing
    • imprints of all that the human being has gone through in life. This
    • is an aggregate of what I would call form structures. This aggregate
    • stamps itself upon the cosmos; what has thus happened in our life and
    • what has imprinted itself upon the etheric body actually continues to
    • knowledge of anthroposophical spiritual science that the human being
    • to realize how that which he incorporates into his etheric body by
    • means of his intellectual life, his feeling life, his will, that is,
    • cosmos is contained, if I may put it that way, the conduct of those
    • human beings who have lived in former times. That which through our
    • world! And we must develop this sense of responsibility that makes us
    • That
    • transition through the soul world has been accomplished, then what we
    • expands or contracts depends essentially upon what has been
    • incorporated into it in the course of life. One can thus say that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • human being is placed within the sphere of the World Order that is
    • connected with his destiny, with what we are accustomed to call
    • people's minds amounts to nothing more than this, that the
    • assumes that the activity of consciousness ceases when a man falls
    • must realise that from the time of falling asleep to the moment of
    • is not possible for him to have direct consciousness of what the Ego
    • immersed during sleep is that, at the present stage of the Earth's
    • impression of being awake during this period, but what is going on in
    • remembered in later life. When we speak of all that is experienced by
    • now, what develops out of this sleeping state at the beginning of
    • to understand the workings of all that the human being brings from
    • in a particular child, but in general it can be said that the human
    • follows that of speaking; the faculty to grasp also in thought what
    • some considerable time before one can truly say that a child thinks.
    • learns to control his muscles and limbs in such a way that the centre
    • features that are ignored in the usual one-sided conception of the
    • physical world, to the fact that the human being has to acquire
    • The second faculty, that of speaking, is also acquired by
    • and feet. It can be said with truth, that speaking is not unconnected
    • differentiation. It is well known that speaking is connected with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • human being is placed within the sphere of the World Order that is
    • connected with his destiny, with what we are accustomed to call
    • people's minds amounts to nothing more than this, that the
    • assumes that the activity of consciousness ceases when a man falls
    • must realise that from the time of falling asleep to the moment of
    • is not possible for him to have direct consciousness of what the Ego
    • immersed during sleep is that, at the present stage of the Earth's
    • impression of being awake during this period, but what is going on in
    • remembered in later life. When we speak of all that is experienced by
    • now, what develops out of this sleeping state at the beginning of
    • to understand the workings of all that the human being brings from
    • in a particular child, but in general it can be said that the human
    • follows that of speaking; the faculty to grasp also in thought what
    • some considerable time before one can truly say that a child thinks.
    • learns to control his muscles and limbs in such a way that the centre
    • features that are ignored in the usual one-sided conception of the
    • physical world, to the fact that the human being has to acquire
    • The second faculty, that of speaking, is also acquired by
    • and feet. It can be said with truth, that speaking is not unconnected
    • differentiation. It is well known that speaking is connected with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • understood if we study the changes that have taken place in the
    • that in order really to know something about the nature of man, quite
    • a different outlook is necessary from that to which they are
    • They feel that one thing at least remains constant, namely, man's
    • time. They declare that, so far as his mental attitude is concerned,
    • man has not fundamentally changed throughout history and that if this
    • that in order to write history it is essential to take the present
    • would not understand how they spoke or what they did. Historical
    • modern historian infers that human beings must always have possessed
    • former epochs of history from that to which we are accustomed to-day.
    • at the poems he composed in his youth and we shall find that there
    • was always a kind of inner opposition to what his contemporaries were
    • of appeal to what lives in Nature, saying something more enduring and
    • We see him growing beyond what those around him have to say, coming
    • find that they reveal just this attitude of mind. Then a great
    • overwhelming change that came upon him in Italy. In letters to
    • suspect that the Greeks proceeded according to those laws by which
    • in such a way that the thought of metamorphosis in the whole of
    • It is only now that Goethe finds a world in which his soul really
    • feels at home. And, if we study all that he produced after that time,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • understood if we study the changes that have taken place in the
    • that in order really to know something about the nature of man, quite
    • a different outlook is necessary from that to which they are
    • They feel that one thing at least remains constant, namely, man's
    • time. They declare that, so far as his mental attitude is concerned,
    • man has not fundamentally changed throughout history and that if this
    • that in order to write history it is essential to take the present
    • would not understand how they spoke or what they did. Historical
    • modern historian infers that human beings must always have possessed
    • former epochs of history from that to which we are accustomed to-day.
    • at the poems he composed in his youth and we shall find that there
    • was always a kind of inner opposition to what his contemporaries were
    • of appeal to what lives in Nature, saying something more enduring and
    • We see him growing beyond what those around him have to say, coming
    • find that they reveal just this attitude of mind. Then a great
    • overwhelming change that came upon him in Italy. In letters to
    • suspect that the Greeks proceeded according to those laws by which
    • in such a way that the thought of metamorphosis in the whole of
    • It is only now that Goethe finds a world in which his soul really
    • feels at home. And, if we study all that he produced after that time,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Let me first of all express regret that I am unable to speak to you
    • and friendly words of greeting. I only hope that I shall be able, in
    • issued. I attach great importance to the fact that here too, as in
    • The wish was expressed that this lecture should deal with the theme
    • will realise that one brief lecture is foredoomed to be both
    • bring before you anything in the nature of convincing proof; all that
    • this reality, and there is no desire whatever to set these paths in
    • opposition to what has been achieved in so admirable a way by the
    • It is the conviction of anthroposophical Spiritual Science that
    • the methods of investigation, to go beyond what is universally
    • world, through experiment, through the reasoned deliberation of what
    • to proceed hand-in-hand with everything that can be learnt from
    • knowledge that man’s power of investigation, in so far as it
    • certain boundaries. Every scientific researcher is aware that the
    • every scientific researcher is aware that this problem lies beyond
    • the boundaries of modern science. Moreover it is recognised that the
    • material world of sense and that at a certain point an impassable
    • scientists when it is a matter of affirming that these boundaries do
    • to overstep these boundaries. But nothing that the intellect or the
    • human heart can conjecture about what lies on yonder side of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Let me first of all express regret that I am unable to speak to you
    • and friendly words of greeting. I only hope that I shall be able, in
    • issued. I attach great importance to the fact that here too, as in
    • The wish was expressed that this lecture should deal with the theme
    • will realise that one brief lecture is foredoomed to be both
    • bring before you anything in the nature of convincing proof; all that
    • this reality, and there is no desire whatever to set these paths in
    • opposition to what has been achieved in so admirable a way by the
    • It is the conviction of anthroposophical Spiritual Science that
    • the methods of investigation, to go beyond what is universally
    • world, through experiment, through the reasoned deliberation of what
    • to proceed hand-in-hand with everything that can be learnt from
    • knowledge that man’s power of investigation, in so far as it
    • certain boundaries. Every scientific researcher is aware that the
    • every scientific researcher is aware that this problem lies beyond
    • the boundaries of modern science. Moreover it is recognised that the
    • material world of sense and that at a certain point an impassable
    • scientists when it is a matter of affirming that these boundaries do
    • to overstep these boundaries. But nothing that the intellect or the
    • human heart can conjecture about what lies on yonder side of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • possibilities of development for the future. I have said that we
    • human evolution, events that have led up to a soul-constitution which
    • struggled through to the conclusion that the fundamental note of this
    • contradict the fact that in our times the essential character of a
    • particular, will be unfolded in the next few days. We may say that
    • centuries subsequent to the Mystery of Golgotha. We may say that in
    • world-conception, which began to ebb at that time, in the course of
    • human world-conceptions, these gnostic documents represent that
    • from older traditions, from what existed in Asia, Africa and southern
    • Europe in the form of an ancient wisdom, from what could still be
    • vision supplied what may be designated as an inner logical system. If
    • that in the course of human evolution intellectualism has, in a
    • preeminently leading spirit, who at that time already made use of the
    • evinced that the older form of spirituality had ceased to exist and
    • that the human being now sought to gain a world-conception through
    • come across statements showing that the recollection of an old
    • high degree that things which were vividly experienced in the past,
    • gnosis of that time, with its still ample store of wisdom, which
    • longer be experienced. What the Gnostics set forth, contains, as it
    • that humanity gradually loses altogether the possibility of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • possibilities of development for the future. I have said that we
    • human evolution, events that have led up to a soul-constitution which
    • struggled through to the conclusion that the fundamental note of this
    • contradict the fact that in our times the essential character of a
    • particular, will be unfolded in the next few days. We may say that
    • centuries subsequent to the Mystery of Golgotha. We may say that in
    • world-conception, which began to ebb at that time, in the course of
    • human world-conceptions, these gnostic documents represent that
    • from older traditions, from what existed in Asia, Africa and southern
    • Europe in the form of an ancient wisdom, from what could still be
    • vision supplied what may be designated as an inner logical system. If
    • that in the course of human evolution intellectualism has, in a
    • preeminently leading spirit, who at that time already made use of the
    • evinced that the older form of spirituality had ceased to exist and
    • that the human being now sought to gain a world-conception through
    • come across statements showing that the recollection of an old
    • high degree that things which were vividly experienced in the past,
    • gnosis of that time, with its still ample store of wisdom, which
    • longer be experienced. What the Gnostics set forth, contains, as it
    • that humanity gradually loses altogether the possibility of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • I have tried to explain to you that, from the middle of the
    • point, and that this culminating point had been reached towards the
    • necessary that humanity should attain these scientific results. They
    • in the external symptoms, in what may be designated as Haeckel's
    • What occurred there, and what had such an extraordinarily deep
    • so-called refutations. Let us simply observe the fact that, on the
    • one hand, we have before us what people thought to win through a
    • world-conception; people believed that only this enabled them to
    • comparison with what was contained, for instance, in the medieval
    • written, with the aim of stating that it was still possible to make
    • point, and that perhaps it could be stated that a super-sensible
    • world existed, but that it could not be recognised; the
    • namely, the fact that Haeckel came to the fore, with his conception
    • of a purely naturalistic structure of the world, and the fact that
    • be present. At that time, it was not necessary to expect anything new
    • from Haeckel. Essentially, he had already declared what he could
    • were present, who thought that Haeckel was a significant personality,
    • a conspicuous man. That physiologist, however, was a thoroughly
    • is what I wish you to grasp, as a characteristic pertaining more to
    • that every single word revealed how matters stood. Whereas a few
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • I have tried to explain to you that, from the middle of the
    • point, and that this culminating point had been reached towards the
    • necessary that humanity should attain these scientific results. They
    • in the external symptoms, in what may be designated as Haeckel's
    • What occurred there, and what had such an extraordinarily deep
    • so-called refutations. Let us simply observe the fact that, on the
    • one hand, we have before us what people thought to win through a
    • world-conception; people believed that only this enabled them to
    • comparison with what was contained, for instance, in the medieval
    • written, with the aim of stating that it was still possible to make
    • point, and that perhaps it could be stated that a super-sensible
    • world existed, but that it could not be recognised; the
    • namely, the fact that Haeckel came to the fore, with his conception
    • of a purely naturalistic structure of the world, and the fact that
    • be present. At that time, it was not necessary to expect anything new
    • from Haeckel. Essentially, he had already declared what he could
    • were present, who thought that Haeckel was a significant personality,
    • a conspicuous man. That physiologist, however, was a thoroughly
    • is what I wish you to grasp, as a characteristic pertaining more to
    • that every single word revealed how matters stood. Whereas a few
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the midst of events that arouse every feeling of the human soul in
    • that cause death to pass over the earth very, very frequently, in a
    • comparatively short time, death that has always been looked upon by
    • hope that these times also bear within them forces for the unfolding
    • connected with feelings that come to the surface in these stormy and
    • What we can see and
    • feel in the manifold events of the present time, is the fact that
    • of their earthly life. What characterizes the events of the present,
    • is that they call away many young lives from the physical plane.
    • We know that when a
    • etheric body, his astral body and his ego. And we know that after a
    • to everyone of us that the etheric body of a man who died young must
    • have an entirely different constitution than that of a man who died
    • after having reached, so to speak, a normal age. We know that
    • the ordinary natural science of to-day always speaks of the fact that
    • life; it admits that forces do not go lost, but merely transform
    • themselves. Spiritual science must teach that this truth should be
    • portal of death at an early age, that etheric body might still have
    • maintained that man's life on the physical plane for many decades.
    • or 30th year, the etheric body that abandons him still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the midst of events that arouse every feeling of the human soul in
    • that cause death to pass over the earth very, very frequently, in a
    • comparatively short time, death that has always been looked upon by
    • hope that these times also bear within them forces for the unfolding
    • connected with feelings that come to the surface in these stormy and
    • What we can see and
    • feel in the manifold events of the present time, is the fact that
    • of their earthly life. What characterizes the events of the present,
    • is that they call away many young lives from the physical plane.
    • We know that when a
    • etheric body, his astral body and his ego. And we know that after a
    • to everyone of us that the etheric body of a man who died young must
    • have an entirely different constitution than that of a man who died
    • after having reached, so to speak, a normal age. We know that
    • the ordinary natural science of to-day always speaks of the fact that
    • life; it admits that forces do not go lost, but merely transform
    • themselves. Spiritual science must teach that this truth should be
    • portal of death at an early age, that etheric body might still have
    • maintained that man's life on the physical plane for many decades.
    • or 30th year, the etheric body that abandons him still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • said that out of the strange and incoherent utterances of Jacob
    • expressed this more or less as follows. I said that Jacob Boehme
    • all remains indefinite, even nebulous. Everything that Giordano Bruno
    • sufficiently clear to indicate real insight into that relation of man
    • turn to Lord Bacon of Verulam, we find that he, in reality, no longer
    • perception and from the Mysteries, there is no trace in him whatever.
    • however, looks out into the world that is perceptible to the senses
    • human soul into that world in which the soul is immersed during
    • been possible to create from the inner being, had by that time been
    • himself, together with his inner life of knowledge, and what remained
    • to him was the vista of the outer world, of outer nature, of that
    • What did
    • man from what he had been able to observe in nature. That is to say,
    • understanding of the being of man was based on what was perceived to
    • Now what
    • nature but at the same time he tastes them, so that a
    • perception of taste. We find that while the sense of taste is
    • lifeless nature are all, to begin with, given form. That which exists
    • the like, are really crystallisations which have been shattered. Out
    • builds them up into that form which is peculiar to its own nature.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • said that out of the strange and incoherent utterances of Jacob
    • expressed this more or less as follows. I said that Jacob Boehme
    • all remains indefinite, even nebulous. Everything that Giordano Bruno
    • sufficiently clear to indicate real insight into that relation of man
    • turn to Lord Bacon of Verulam, we find that he, in reality, no longer
    • perception and from the Mysteries, there is no trace in him whatever.
    • however, looks out into the world that is perceptible to the senses
    • human soul into that world in which the soul is immersed during
    • been possible to create from the inner being, had by that time been
    • himself, together with his inner life of knowledge, and what remained
    • to him was the vista of the outer world, of outer nature, of that
    • What did
    • man from what he had been able to observe in nature. That is to say,
    • understanding of the being of man was based on what was perceived to
    • Now what
    • nature but at the same time he tastes them, so that a
    • perception of taste. We find that while the sense of taste is
    • lifeless nature are all, to begin with, given form. That which exists
    • the like, are really crystallisations which have been shattered. Out
    • builds them up into that form which is peculiar to its own nature.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • live are so earnest that at present it is not in any way appropriate
    • words and then to pass on to what I believe I must tell you, for it
    • that we live in an epoch whose characteristic peculiarity began to be
    • evident in the 15th century. It was then that it slowly began to
    • this course of development, know that the second half of the 19th
    • branches of civilised humanity, an egoism of a kind that was
    • In saying that a wave
    • trivially of what one generally defines as egoism, but I speak of
    • the course of this morning's considerations, and in a way that will
    • members constituting human nature. We know that the soul-members of
    • of transformation, in a special course of development. We know that
    • place during that epoch of European development which began about the
    • years of the 15th century. That time was the beginning of that epoch
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha, began that phase of human evolution
    • (Verstandes und Gemütsseele) unfolded. Everything that humanity
    • still prizes to-day as Greek culture; developed through the fact that
    • at that very time the intellectual or understanding soul was in an
    • culture was unfolding, that which we call intellectual or
    • their development, the Greeks had to pass through what one might call
    • of this youthful freshness of an intellect that was not yet permeated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • live are so earnest that at present it is not in any way appropriate
    • words and then to pass on to what I believe I must tell you, for it
    • that we live in an epoch whose characteristic peculiarity began to be
    • evident in the 15th century. It was then that it slowly began to
    • this course of development, know that the second half of the 19th
    • branches of civilised humanity, an egoism of a kind that was
    • In saying that a wave
    • trivially of what one generally defines as egoism, but I speak of
    • the course of this morning's considerations, and in a way that will
    • members constituting human nature. We know that the soul-members of
    • of transformation, in a special course of development. We know that
    • place during that epoch of European development which began about the
    • years of the 15th century. That time was the beginning of that epoch
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha, began that phase of human evolution
    • (Verstandes und Gemütsseele) unfolded. Everything that humanity
    • still prizes to-day as Greek culture; developed through the fact that
    • at that very time the intellectual or understanding soul was in an
    • culture was unfolding, that which we call intellectual or
    • their development, the Greeks had to pass through what one might call
    • of this youthful freshness of an intellect that was not yet permeated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • human nature actually takes shape are nowhere contained in what man
    • of what I want to convey by saying this, you must think about many
    • things that are familiar to you from anthroposophical studies.
    • You must remind yourselves that as well as living through his life
    • by no means without significance for what we do during our earthly
    • significance for what happens on earth as a whole. For only part —
    • and indeed the rather lesser part — of what happens on the
    • forces proceeding from the dead also penetrate into what surrounds
    • and overtakes us here. So that a full and complete survey of man's
    • life is possible only if we look beyond what can be told us by
    • that can explain man in his whole being and the whole course of human
    • incarnating in bodies derived from physical parents. In that epoch,
    • that they will, it is true, still have a relationship with the earth,
    • some conception of what happens between death and a new birth.
    • relationship with earthly affairs that we now have only between death
    • leagues away. Most people to-day still persist in believing that the
    • amass all kinds of spiritual experiences, but not by the path that is
    • that is discovered by an Initiate, and can be communicated, is
    • also, to translate what he is able to proclaim out of the spiritual
    • healthy reason to them, these experiences would be of no use whatever
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • human nature actually takes shape are nowhere contained in what man
    • of what I want to convey by saying this, you must think about many
    • things that are familiar to you from anthroposophical studies.
    • You must remind yourselves that as well as living through his life
    • by no means without significance for what we do during our earthly
    • significance for what happens on earth as a whole. For only part —
    • and indeed the rather lesser part — of what happens on the
    • forces proceeding from the dead also penetrate into what surrounds
    • and overtakes us here. So that a full and complete survey of man's
    • life is possible only if we look beyond what can be told us by
    • that can explain man in his whole being and the whole course of human
    • incarnating in bodies derived from physical parents. In that epoch,
    • that they will, it is true, still have a relationship with the earth,
    • some conception of what happens between death and a new birth.
    • relationship with earthly affairs that we now have only between death
    • leagues away. Most people to-day still persist in believing that the
    • amass all kinds of spiritual experiences, but not by the path that is
    • that is discovered by an Initiate, and can be communicated, is
    • also, to translate what he is able to proclaim out of the spiritual
    • healthy reason to them, these experiences would be of no use whatever
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • I HAVE often said in this place that in more ancient times in the
    • the nature of the ancient Mysteries knows that within these
    • picture form, in the way that was possible in those times. That way
    • followed by the third stage, that of the revelation of the nature of
    • through art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • knowledge that can bring to realization what Goethe already divined:
    • a knowledge that raises itself to art, not symbolical
    • Perhaps, my dear friends, at the close of what I have to say, you
    • will understand what is really the deeper cause of my words. Let me
    • say in the first place that already for a long time now the
    • Society, but that the Anthroposophical Society, if it would fulfill
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • be different for the Anthroposophical Movement from what it was when
    • Now in order not to speak merely theoretically but to make what I
    • something that has recently taken place in connection with a Movement
    • that is distinct from the Anthroposophical Movement, because, if I
    • upon the practical duties of ministers of religion. What they said to
    • ground under his feet for the practical work of a minister that is
    • assumed forms that do not really enable it to instil into its
    • impulse that must proceed as a living power from the Mystery of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • I HAVE often said in this place that in more ancient times in the
    • the nature of the ancient Mysteries knows that within these
    • picture form, in the way that was possible in those times. That way
    • followed by the third stage, that of the revelation of the nature of
    • through art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • knowledge that can bring to realization what Goethe already divined:
    • a knowledge that raises itself to art, not symbolical
    • Perhaps, my dear friends, at the close of what I have to say, you
    • will understand what is really the deeper cause of my words. Let me
    • say in the first place that already for a long time now the
    • Society, but that the Anthroposophical Society, if it would fulfill
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
    • be different for the Anthroposophical Movement from what it was when
    • Now in order not to speak merely theoretically but to make what I
    • something that has recently taken place in connection with a Movement
    • that is distinct from the Anthroposophical Movement, because, if I
    • upon the practical duties of ministers of religion. What they said to
    • ground under his feet for the practical work of a minister that is
    • assumed forms that do not really enable it to instil into its
    • impulse that must proceed as a living power from the Mystery of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • That, united with your might,
    • That, united with your might,
    • science shows us the eternal forces that are active within us, that
    • life that are connected with it.
    • between death and a new birth, so that we were able to gain many
    • shown you that in every single case it can only speak of things from
    • one definite standpoint, so that a more accurate knowledge can
    • add to the facts that you already know in connection with this
    • subject, a few things that may be useful to our comprehension of
    • science, we consider, to begin with (and that is a good thing) the
    • that we obtain, as it were, a general view of man's whole being if we
    • contemplate him so that we first take, as a foundation, his physical
    • our senses and the scientific-dissection of what we perceive through
    • the senses. We then proceed, by studying that form of organisation
    • concerning which we may say that it was already known to men such as
    • through our inner sense; the astral body is something that can only
    • us that what we designate as man's physical body is a very
    • complicated structure, formed during long periods of development that
    • That form of
    • that lives within the physical body. Even ordinary science merely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • That, united with your might,
    • That, united with your might,
    • science shows us the eternal forces that are active within us, that
    • life that are connected with it.
    • between death and a new birth, so that we were able to gain many
    • shown you that in every single case it can only speak of things from
    • one definite standpoint, so that a more accurate knowledge can
    • add to the facts that you already know in connection with this
    • subject, a few things that may be useful to our comprehension of
    • science, we consider, to begin with (and that is a good thing) the
    • that we obtain, as it were, a general view of man's whole being if we
    • contemplate him so that we first take, as a foundation, his physical
    • our senses and the scientific-dissection of what we perceive through
    • the senses. We then proceed, by studying that form of organisation
    • concerning which we may say that it was already known to men such as
    • through our inner sense; the astral body is something that can only
    • us that what we designate as man's physical body is a very
    • complicated structure, formed during long periods of development that
    • That form of
    • that lives within the physical body. Even ordinary science merely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • soul that really constitutes a kind of triad, which, in the case of
    • should also be able to find in evolution a stage that reveals this
    • outwardly; that is to say, a stage in which the soul really feels its
    • separately. In other words: A nation must once have existed that felt
    • these soul-parts separately, in such a way that the “one-ness”
    • “threefold-ness”, and so that this threefold nature of
    • “Kalevala”. What is set forth in “Kalevala”,
    • express the fact that this form of consciousness once existed in a
    • nation that was widely spread in the north-eastern territory of
    • Europe, a nation that experienced the three parts of the soul
    • separately and felt that the sentient soul was inspired by
    • these ancient seers, felt that the understanding soul was, as it
    • were, a special member of the soul, that receives its forging
    • impulses — or that which forges within the soul and builds it
    • In the same way, that nation, or
    • those ancient seers (but we must bear in mind the fact that the
    • consciousness-soul was, at that time, experienced as something that
    • experienced that Lemminkainen was a Being connected with the powers
    • epic poems, we may say that these three heroic characters come from
    • between Ilmarinen and what is being forged there. I have already
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • soul that really constitutes a kind of triad, which, in the case of
    • should also be able to find in evolution a stage that reveals this
    • outwardly; that is to say, a stage in which the soul really feels its
    • separately. In other words: A nation must once have existed that felt
    • these soul-parts separately, in such a way that the “one-ness”
    • “threefold-ness”, and so that this threefold nature of
    • “Kalevala”. What is set forth in “Kalevala”,
    • express the fact that this form of consciousness once existed in a
    • nation that was widely spread in the north-eastern territory of
    • Europe, a nation that experienced the three parts of the soul
    • separately and felt that the sentient soul was inspired by
    • these ancient seers, felt that the understanding soul was, as it
    • were, a special member of the soul, that receives its forging
    • impulses — or that which forges within the soul and builds it
    • In the same way, that nation, or
    • those ancient seers (but we must bear in mind the fact that the
    • consciousness-soul was, at that time, experienced as something that
    • experienced that Lemminkainen was a Being connected with the powers
    • epic poems, we may say that these three heroic characters come from
    • between Ilmarinen and what is being forged there. I have already
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • But I hope to be able, at the delegates' meeting that will soon be
    • make a few comments complementing what I said a week ago about the
    • out those aspects of the three phases that all three share in common;
    • that what I am about to say could serve many a listener as a means to
    • presently developing that the times themselves demand the deepening
    • of knowledge, the ethical practice, the inner religious life that
    • of those elements that are so needed under the conditions that
    • destiny in what I am about to describe.
    • will certainly discover that by far the greater number of those who
    • called its better days, something was taking place that almost
    • to feel what millions and millions of others will be feeling keenly
    • indeed in a not too distant future, that older forms have come down
    • justified but the product of historical necessity, but that they no
    • longer provide what modern man's inner life requires and the dignity
    • honest seeking will find, if he practices self-observation, that this
    • just any other present day group of human beings is something that
    • they are honest. But we must admit, too, that the very clarity
    • consider something else. What I have been describing thus far might
    • that his will impulses simply coincide with those of all the rest of
    • against these habitual will impulses that he has adopted from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • But I hope to be able, at the delegates' meeting that will soon be
    • make a few comments complementing what I said a week ago about the
    • out those aspects of the three phases that all three share in common;
    • that what I am about to say could serve many a listener as a means to
    • presently developing that the times themselves demand the deepening
    • of knowledge, the ethical practice, the inner religious life that
    • of those elements that are so needed under the conditions that
    • destiny in what I am about to describe.
    • will certainly discover that by far the greater number of those who
    • called its better days, something was taking place that almost
    • to feel what millions and millions of others will be feeling keenly
    • indeed in a not too distant future, that older forms have come down
    • justified but the product of historical necessity, but that they no
    • longer provide what modern man's inner life requires and the dignity
    • honest seeking will find, if he practices self-observation, that this
    • just any other present day group of human beings is something that
    • they are honest. But we must admit, too, that the very clarity
    • consider something else. What I have been describing thus far might
    • that his will impulses simply coincide with those of all the rest of
    • against these habitual will impulses that he has adopted from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • must be understood that in reality it interpenetrates the whole human etheric
    • the whole system of man, his astral body and ego. Let us now recall that the
    • turn our attention to the light-ether. It is true that the whole etheric body
    • kinds of ether, but we shall only consider today that part of the ether body
    • which is light-ether; and in order to fix our attention on that part of the
    • often said that man really only gains consciousness of things from being
    • we are awake, that the astral body and ego are within the physical and
    • etheric bodies; one may add, as regards that part of them which is not within
    • things. Keeping this in view we say that we have sense perceptions. The cause
    • of this is that the human ego and astral body first receive a revelation of
    • shall inquire today: How does memory come about? How is it that we have
    • remembrance of many things, of objects and experiences that we have passed
    • through? How does it come to pass that we have memory?
    • case. We meet a man today, whom we first saw five days ago. We remember that
    • we saw him five days ago, that we spoke with him, that he told us his name.
    • We say: we recognize this man. What is it that really takes place in us when
    • what occurs; the first thing we have to take into consideration is this, that
    • movements. It is the light part of the etheric body that we are now
    • part that we are considering today; I will speak of it therefore as the
    • light-body as movements — as inner light-movements; so that apart from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • must be understood that in reality it interpenetrates the whole human etheric
    • the whole system of man, his astral body and ego. Let us now recall that the
    • turn our attention to the light-ether. It is true that the whole etheric body
    • kinds of ether, but we shall only consider today that part of the ether body
    • which is light-ether; and in order to fix our attention on that part of the
    • often said that man really only gains consciousness of things from being
    • we are awake, that the astral body and ego are within the physical and
    • etheric bodies; one may add, as regards that part of them which is not within
    • things. Keeping this in view we say that we have sense perceptions. The cause
    • of this is that the human ego and astral body first receive a revelation of
    • shall inquire today: How does memory come about? How is it that we have
    • remembrance of many things, of objects and experiences that we have passed
    • through? How does it come to pass that we have memory?
    • case. We meet a man today, whom we first saw five days ago. We remember that
    • we saw him five days ago, that we spoke with him, that he told us his name.
    • We say: we recognize this man. What is it that really takes place in us when
    • what occurs; the first thing we have to take into consideration is this, that
    • movements. It is the light part of the etheric body that we are now
    • part that we are considering today; I will speak of it therefore as the
    • light-body as movements — as inner light-movements; so that apart from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
    • one of those aspects of spiritual science that show us how well
    • it also throws light on the great span of human existence that
    • the day. The questions that cannot be answered out of sense
    • experience mount up, and, being unanswered, remain problems that have
    • welfare. We could enumerate hundreds of such life problems that are
    • word that contains many such problems is the word ‘forgetting’.
    • You all know it as the word indicating the opposite of what we call
    • you will all have had some distressing experiences with what is
    • it is only with the help of the facts of occult life that you can get
    • answers to a thing like this, that is, answers that are of any value.
    • You know, of course, that memory or remembering has something to do
    • with what we call man's etheric body. So we can also assume that the
    • significance in the fact that the things a human being has had at
    • way, as so often happens, and say that it is a defect of the human
    • we say that memory has something to do with the etheric body, we
    • ought to ask ourselves how it happens that the etheric body acquires
    • different task? We have often spoken of the fact that in contrast to
    • repeat indefinitely. It is due to the etheric body that the parts of
    • that wants to keep on reproducing the same thing. That is why life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
    • noticed that the themes have not been haphazardly chosen but have a
    • be of the utmost importance to follow up the various courses that are
    • incumbent upon men to form each lecture so that it is part of a
    • whole. Therefore it is not possible to say the things that can be
    • presented to advanced participants in that kind of single lecture in
    • such a way that they are equally suitable for newcomers. We could
    • that would not do in face of the progressive path we are planning to
    • again is connected with the fact that the further we progress the
    • the publication of the lectures can be strictly supervised so that
    • the connection will consist in the fact that the whole series will
    • eventually see that it all has an inner connection, and that these lectures
    • go much beyond the cure. That is, they are only concerned about their
    • content themselves with the thought that the people who carry out the
    • future. Laymen are in no way to blame for the fact that this can and
    • suffer from an acute case that requires treatment. Thus a large
    • People do not care about the deeper significance that is actually
    • a consciousness of the fact that there has to be more than an
    • thinking. However, if we follow this or that slogan, or give special
    • credit to this or that method, merely criticising what is trimmed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
    • All that goes beyond this text will follow in the course of the
    • want to speak of other aspects that will not appear to be directly
    • times as far as ancient Lemuria we come to that moment when the
    • know that before this we cannot speak of such a division of the sexes
    • in the human kingdom. I want to emphasise that we are not speaking of
    • kingdoms that are around us. Phenomena that doubtlessly belong to
    • bisexuality occur earlier. But what we call the human kingdom did not
    • divide into two sexes until Lemurian times. Prior to that the human
    • in such a way that in one group of individuals the characteristics of
    • sexes. It is only when we have a spiritual scientific basis that we
    • if we consider it let us say philosophically, it is somewhat childish
    • her wisdom had created cork so that man could make stoppers with it.
    • how the clock works we must go to the mind that produced it, namely
    • spiritual. Thus purpose, meaning and goal are words that we can apply
    • basis. It is in this sense that we ask the question: What is the
    • meaning will become clear to you when you see what we call
    • something else that had previously existed. You must not think that
    • division into sexes occurred in human evolution. That was not so. We
    • must picture to ourselves that in the times preceding bisexuality
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
    • The fact that we have
    • will concern ourselves today with something that will again appear to
    • Scientific Point of View’. An observation was made there that
    • presupposed that are less related to an intellectual understanding
    • than to an understanding that lies in our whole soul constitution,
    • and that we can only acquire after years of group work. Patient work
    • of this kind brings us ultimately to the point where things that
    • that life bears them out. The observation we want to start from is
    • that it is an ordinary fact and no superstition that in the case of
    • fact that pneumonia shows something quite remarkable that is
    • must look at the human being in a way that makes it possible to
    • innumerable times we have referred to it that man can only be
    • understood when we know that he has a fourfold structure of physical
    • important — but which is also variable. What we know as the
    • but also with the cosmos, the whole world about us. For what we have
    • that we can best get to know these inner and outer connections if we
    • have to say that the ego and the astral body that are active in the
    • tell ourselves that this human ego is within the human body when man
    • larger ego of its sphere of influence. What does our own limited ego
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
    • mentioned here that in the group meetings this winter we want to
    • gather together all the threads as it were that will eventually link
    • other things connected with man's whole life and evolution that will
    • that we spoke of a certain rhythm existing in the four members of
    • one another. You will remember that there are certain relationships
    • between man's ego, astral body, etheric body and physical body. What
    • we say that what the ego goes through in a day is based on the number
    • one, we shall have to say that the number that corresponds in a
    • of waking up in the morning; that is, you rise up out of the darkness
    • and we can say that our ego returns to its starting-point after a day
    • body's corresponding rhythm, we have to say that if the ordered
    • mind what was said the time before last. With the physical body it is
    • however, establish a rough figure, and say that it goes through its
    • starting-point. You know of course that a great difference exists and
    • that the female etheric body is male and the male etheric body
    • female. From this we can see that in a certain respect an
    • proportional figures that so to say specify the ‘speeds of
    • had to point out that phenomena of daily life are comprehensible only
    • when we know things like this that lie behind the sense perceptible
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
    • that in one of the group lectures held here this winter (10th
    • possible for the human being to be ill, and we indicated that
    • explained before that the division of man's being into four members,
    • complexes of the physical body itself. That is, the ego has its chief
    • system, the etheric body in all that comes under the heading of the
    • functioning of the blood. We indicated that what originates in
    • nervous system, and what originates in the etheric body manifests in
    • the glandular system, and that it is in the physical body that we
    • have to look for those illnesses that primarily have external causes.
    • All this, however, only points to that aspect of illness that is
    • inkling that illness must also depend to some extent on a person's
    • karma, on that great law of causes which show the spiritual
    • about them. Let us talk today about a few aspects of something that
    • what actually happens to man spiritually in the period after death.
    • know that on passing through the portal of death man first of all has
    • the kind of experiences that come about because he is now in an
    • physical body being there. He has, as it were, laid that aside. This
    • short while only, just a matter of days. The experiences that follow
    • number of days that varies individually, the second corpse, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
    • something that is absolutely a part of everyday life. And perhaps,
    • for the very reason that we start from something really commonplace,
    • we shall see that life's riddles really encounter us on all sides,
    • and that we ought to take hold of them, so that in understanding them
    • and altogether that which is greatest, is not to be sought in unknown
    • phenomena, because spiritual science is the only thing that can
    • globe. By virtue of the fact that man has acquired on this globe the
    • fellow creatures. Therefore only a knowledge and understanding that
    • alone can remove the preconception that would rank man's nature too
    • close to that of animals. The way of thinking that would so dearly
    • strongly as it can that a high level of intelligence is to be found
    • superior to that of man. But this does not particularly surprise the
    • spiritual scientist, for he knows that when the animal does something
    • laughs. Certainly there will be people who maintain that animals also
    • to know what laughing and weeping really imply, and therefore ascribe
    • that the animal cannot weep but at the most howl, nor can it laugh
    • the one about the nature of the temperaments, you will remember that
    • characteristics. Now it is true that the actual individual kernel of
    • a man's being, that passes from incarnation to incarnation, is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
    • depend. As wide as possible a study of man is what we have been
    • you consider what you know of earth conditions, then even if you look
    • at these relatively superficially you would realise immediately that
    • of the earth. You will remember that there are ‘races’,
    • the black, red, yellow and white race, and that these races were
    • find this corroborated by history, either in what you learnt at
    • or what we have learnt through anthroposophical science itself.
    • various capacities that mankind has today, developed gradually in the
    • what tremendous human differences must have come about since the very
    • this. What we are going to describe today, however, shall be
    • the sun and then the moon separated from the earth! Now we know that
    • begun to acquire a form that is anything like our present-day one. We
    • have often described it by saying that this was actually the time
    • joined with the earth, it was not like today's body. At that time he
    • sun and the moon did man become like we know him today. What were the
    • conditions necessary for man to develop into what he is today? It was
    • essential that the sun's force should not work from inside but from
    • outside on to the earth. That was the purpose of the separation of
    • both sun and moon, that these two cosmic bodies should send their
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • Throughout our life, we have to struggle with questions that cannot
    • like to draw your attention to a fact that can tell you a great deal
    • evolution of the animal and that of man. You need only say one word
    • world. To a certain extent you can train the animal to do things that
    • an extremely enthusiastic dog-lover would want to deny that there is
    • a radical difference between the education of a human being and what
    • know that man's development is a gradual and very complicated
    • process. We have repeatedly emphasised that in the first seven years
    • the physical maternal sheath. But we know that when this has happened
    • completely enveloped in external etheric currents that come from the
    • astral maternal sheath that is stripped off at puberty. After this
    • to his full inner intensity and the ego that has evolved through the
    • distinct and vanish after a while. What is really taking place there?
    • You can actually discover what is happening, even without clairvoyant
    • vision, although clairvoyant vision confirms what we are about to
    • thought what he perceives in the external world, but these connecting
    • the bell do not immediately combine to form the thought that the bell
    • the brain that is the instrument for the perception of sound and the
    • part that is the instrument for visual perception become connected
    • possible for the child to reach the conclusion: ‘What I see is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • qualities during life on Earth. Man is not meant to witness what
    • rebirth is that forces may be drawn from the stellar world for
    • remembrance of what had formerly been direct vision. By the time of
    • on Earth that a fundamental change takes place in their whole
    • memory we grasp a tiny corner of world-creation, namely what has
    • we behold what is hidden from waking life. Results of destructive
    • certain point there is a reversal of vision. Everything that was
    • the spiritual world that which bears a new life germinally within it,
    • what is sub-sensory, e.g. vibrations, wave lengths, the working of
    • Spiritual investigation discloses that the super-sensible
    • beings who send down to the physical world forces that promote
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • will have realised what
    • show that the essential nature of these beings can be revealed only
    • you to realise that there must be complete truthfulness and deep
    • anthroposophical endeavours. If there is one thing that I have tried
    • to emphasise in the lectures given over the years, it is that you
    • It cannot be emphasised too often that the essence of Anthroposophy
    • development. Someone might argue that he can hardly be expected to
    • faced with a demand for self-development and told that he can only
    • which he can prepare only slowly. The rejoinder to this would be that
    • divert men from the natural feeling for truth that is present in
    • of what I mean is our study of the four Gospels. This autumn I
    • what way have our studies over the last ten or twelve years demonstrated
    • who seriously studies this book will find that it already contained
    • the gist of what I have since said in the course of years, about the
    • more unjustified than to believe that by knowing the contents of that
    • appeared have been the natural outcome of that original spiritual
    • study; nowhere are they at variance with what was then said. It has
    • certain lack still exists, this lack is due to something that is
    • have always assumed that you would have patience and wait for matters
    • to develop gradually. This is also an indication of how what I have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • already been announced that our studies in these Group Meetings
    • the new birth. Obviously, what will be said from a comparatively new
    • of lectures has been given. It must be taken for granted that a great
    • that understanding can become more complete. Let us, however, begin
    • study that everyone can undertake for himself.
    • consciousness. It must be clear to everyone that from the time a
    • first person. We know too that this year, although it varies in many
    • being is unable to recall what his soul has experienced. There is
    • ‘I’. After that point he can experience himself as an
    • that he can again and again summon up from his memory what his ‘I’
    • Now what does unprejudiced observation of life teach us
    • that if from the earliest periods after birth a child were never to
    • the outside world tells you that you are an ‘I’ and you
    • will hardly fail to be aware of that ‘I’ when you have
    • by such contacts with the world outside that the child becomes aware
    • this, however, is that collisions shall continue to take place. These
    • help everyone to realise that this ‘I’-consciousness can
    • We know that this ‘I’-consciousness,
    • morning he will find that a great deal of what his memory has
    • that is possible without any occult knowledge provided only there is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • From what
    • birth you will recall that during that period a human being
    • was said that when we again encounter some personality in the
    • life withheld that love from him, we shall now have to experience
    • again the relationship that existed before death because of the lack
    • a corresponding length of time after death and only after that period
    • between us. It is important to realise that after death we are not in
    • It might easily be believed that this is inevitably a
    • painful experience and can only be regarded as suffering. But that
    • in many respects. It is true that in the life between death and the
    • knows that it must be so and that it would be detrimental for his
    • experiencing such conditions and recognising that they cannot be
    • that the dead himself can change them. Above all during the first
    • what has been determined by his life before death, but to begin with
    • what he experiences.
    • We will now take an example that can be instructive in
    • happen that because of this, his friend rages against Anthroposophy.
    • Such things certainly happen but we must realise that they are very
    • often clothed in maya. Consequently it may happen that the one who
    • many cases it happens that aversion in the upper consciousness takes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • qualities during life on Earth. Man is not meant to witness what
    • rebirth is that forces may be drawn from the stellar world for
    • remembrance of what had formerly been direct vision. By the time of
    • earlier lectures we have heard that the imperishable part of the
    • between death and the new birth, and that during this period its
    • during his life on Earth. It was said that, for example, from the
    • before his death. To sum up, we may say that as long as a human being
    • directed by the intellect that is bound to the brain as its
    • life, that is to say, the forces he experiences consciously during
    • earthly life, contribute nothing essential to what he needs for the
    • the simple fact that during sleep the human being has no
    • consciousness. Why not? The reason is that he is not meant to witness
    • what happens to him during sleep. During sleep the forces used up
    • process, which is the antithesis of what is in operation during
    • story of the expulsion from Paradise it is said that the Divine
    • Spirit resolved that when the human being had acquired certain
    • withheld from him. That is the passage in the Bible where it is
    • announced that the human being was not to witness the revivification
    • is the fact that he does not remember his earliest childhood. We can
    • therefore say that the whole life-giving, restorative process is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • previous years, for I propose to do that on Tuesday. I would ask you
    • to think of what I shall say as a gift placed under the Christmas
    • thirteenth century we associate everything that has to do with the
    • spoke of what may be called the last Initiation of Christian
    • religion. Eastern tradition tells us that in the life usually spoken
    • from the rank of Bodhisattva to that of Buddhahood. We are aware of
    • what that ascent means and also of the world-wide significance of the
    • what it signifies in the history of worlds when a Bodhisattva rises
    • not differ from that of Western occultism in regard to this event —
    • is that when a human being rises from the rank of Bodhisattva to that
    • And so we recognise as a valid truth that the individuality who lived
    • have also spoken of a significant deed of the Buddha, a deed that was
    • Jesus Child described in that Gospel. [See the Lecture Course entitled
    • hearts of men who are of good will. We have heard that the song of
    • Gospel, and the song of Angels announced in that Gospel is to be
    • were Teachers of great significance. What actually took place there
    • the Mystery of Golgotha this Being had a notable pupil. At that time
    • his being, had actually co-operated in its inception. What had still
    • the general tone and character of what the Buddha imparted in the
    • Christian form. It may truly be said that when the Buddha had become
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • experience connected with Buddha in the form that is right for the
    • understanding keeps abreast of that evolution.
    • know that in the post-Atlantean era there have so far been five main
    • We also know that in each such epoch the next is prepared — as
    • consists in human souls being helped to understand what is now
    • that is necessary for the future be promulgated but there will also
    • that contributes to this increasing understanding of the Christ
    • Impulse is comprised for the West in what may be called the Mystery
    • of the Holy Grail can impart to men of the modern age knowledge that
    • the way that is right for our time. This understanding depends upon
    • is this: Why was it that even in areas where Christianity was
    • background — teachings that must be introduced today into the
    • You are aware that everything connected with the subject
    • about the content of anthroposophical views, ask: How comes it that
    • that occultism has to give — how comes it that hitherto, indeed
    • to the world in our own main epoch, in the epoch that was preceded by
    • We know that the human being on Earth consists of
    • Ego, together with everything that belongs to these members. We know,
    • too, that when an individual passes through the gate of death he
    • sheath of that body is cast off when the Kamaloka period is over.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • on Earth that a fundamental change takes place in their whole
    • will be needed to draw together a number of details that will
    • clear that this systematic arrangement into periods of seven years is
    • well founded, but on the other hand it will also be evident that in
    • said that Ego-consciousness flashes up in the human being at some
    • discover that whatever comes in this way into the life of man and
    • same point of time, that is to say who experienced the flashing up of
    • we shall notice that
    • nature of man. That is essentially characteristic of the seven-year
    • What, then, is there to be said about occurrences which
    • emphatically inner event. For the sake of clarity, here let us
    • consider something that seems to be in contrast with this flashing-up
    • shall find that the cessation of growth may be compared with some
    • act of what may be called the formative principle. The last
    • contribution made by the forces that give the human being his form is
    • when they drive out the second teeth. That is the culmination of the
    • ceases to be active. What comes about later on is only an expansion
    • of what has already been established as form. After the seventh year
    • there is no more remodelling of the brain. All that happens is growth
    • of what is already established as basic form. Therefore we can say
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • memory we grasp a tiny corner of world-creation, namely what has
    • we behold what is hidden from waking life. Results of destructive
    • certain point there is a reversal of vision. Everything that was
    • the spiritual world that which bears a new life germinally within it,
    • what is sub-sensory, e.g. vibrations, wave lengths, the working of
    • observing only the smallest part of world-existence that is connected
    • with man himself. In other words, what a man can observe if he is not
    • thinking, we have before us only that which does not in any way
    • the world from the other side, namely, from the side of sleep. What
    • observation is also possible during sleep, most of what a man sees to
    • everyday life we want to think or form judgements, but for that very
    • found in the outside world but within man himself. Let us recall what
    • we know from Spiritual Science, namely that the three kingdoms of
    • fundamentally speaking, entities attributable to the fact that
    • is really observing in the world that which amounts in his own
    • existence to what he ‘remembers’, to the content of his
    • memory of his actual experiences; he is in fact contemplating what
    • memory with all its mental pictures represents something that has
    • world-creation, we grasp what has passed over from creation into
    • during sleep we see something quite different. We see nothing of what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual investigation discloses that the super-sensible
    • beings who send down to the physical world forces that promote
    • enlightened, one could often hear a way of speaking that is
    • occasionally also heard today, because stragglers from that epoch of
    • no account of what is alleged to come afterwards, we cannot miss
    • offer we shall then discover what it is!
    • almost seem acceptable. And yet it is utterly at variance with what
    • ourselves what this contact signifies for one who is passing through
    • We know that when an individual has spent this period of
    • that world.
    • birth. What we need for the shaping of our life must be acquired
    • during the time that has preceded our birth since the last death.
    • to receive what they can give us and what we shall need in the
    • what is being offered us and what we shall subsequently need. But we
    • might also pass before these Beings in such a way that, figuratively
    • may pass through that world with understanding, with awareness of
    • what these Beings are offering us, or we may pass through it without
    • understanding, unaware of what they wish to bestow. Now the way in
    • that may enlighten him about the super-sensible world — such a
    • what gifts we may receive from them for our next life on Earth —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • related to what has been said in the course of the lectures given
    • ‘Soul-Life’ (das eigentliche Seelenleben). That
    • was described. Thereafter the soul has to pass through what is
    • expands, lives through regions which for reasons that were explained
    • may be called the region of the Moon, then that of Mercury, of Venus,
    • the individual acquired through heredity with what has been absorbed
    • as a matter of fact, what was said in the book
    • the first period after death the soul has to look back upon what was
    • experienced on Earth. The period of Kamaloka, or call it what you
    • sense-impressions. If you ‘think away’ everything that
    • by the senses comes to an end and whatever is left can at most only
    • about how much of what is yielded by sense-impressions is left in the
    • soul, it will be easy for you to form an idea of what remains of
    • become compared with their former vividness; that will give you some
    • idea of how little of what the sense-impressions have conveyed is
    • left to the soul as remembrance. This shows you that basically all
    • that does actually burn within the soul and is part of the existence
    • second region of the life in Kamaloka is that of Flowing
    • the soul gradually realises that it is nonsense to wish for
    • sense-impressions but still longs to think in the way that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Back Cover
    Matching lines:
    • and the approaches that take the form of external occult and
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: The Publication of Lectures Held by Rudolf Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • is printed at the end of the book. What is expressed there also
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Note on Ganganda Greida
    Matching lines:
    • “The legend of the Holy Grail tells us of that
    • This heavenly food is what is contained in the Holy Grail ...”
    • “... We have heard what the Holy Grail contains. It contains
    • that by which the physical instrument of man on earth must be
    • has obtained the understanding of what makes man mature enough
    • gradually to raise himself consciously to what the Holy Grail is
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Concerning the Transcripts of the Lectures
    Matching lines:
    • all forms of cognition of this age. Therein also lies that which
    • serve only that which ensues when communications from the Spirit
    • writings are a result of that which struggled and toiled within me;
    • within my own being and the tone of the lectures arises from what I
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • various contradictions that may arise in their minds. In particular,
    • that which includes Christmas and the New Year. When we take these
    • memories seriously, then it becomes clear to us that at the same time
    • Among the varied forms of knowledge that we try to reach
    • us, at this great distance in time? That might be a troublesome
    • similar feeling — to enter into the psychic disposition of man at that
    • that we will rely on what cannot be denied even by minds most given
    • history, but we will try to penetrate into that part of it which
    • therefore try to enter quite historically into the endeavours that
    • world. Then we realise that during the centuries before and after the
    • the souls of men with regard to the life of thought. We find that a
    • large part of the civilised world received the influence of that
    • When we consider what mankind had accomplished in this
    • evolution — in the souls of that period. What might be called an
    • special attention to this triumph of human thinking at that time.
    • realise that as the story of the event on Golgotha became known in
    • that age, an immense wrestling of thought with that Mystery occurred.
    • recognise that the struggle was in vain; that the Mystery of Golgotha
    • Now from the outset I would like to say that when in
    • that are fundamental to human evolution, and with what physical and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • lecture, we can draw them together by saying that the period at the
    • Mystery of Golgotha out of the treasure of its wisdom, and that this
    • misunderstanding of what came about through the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • look, that is, at the Gnostics — then on the one hand we can
    • at what can be learnt about the Mystery of Golgotha from the
    • spiritual chronicle of the time, then we must say that no real truth
    • which today we must emphasise again and again: that in truth the
    • know that the Ego of Zarathustra had lived in this body; that the
    • least their followers were never satisfied — with what they could say
    • evolution. They knew well enough that the necessary reason for the
    • difficulties denied entirely that the Christ had appeared on Earth in
    • bodily form. They formed the idea that it was only a phantom body —
    • what we should call an astral body — which had gone about on,
    • body, it was said that no such union had occurred and that when
    • see everywhere that the Gnostics tried to master with their concepts
    • their ideas were inadequate, powerless in face of what had actually
    • how it was that such misunderstandings were inevitable. If with the
    • clairvoyant vision, of the holy Indian Rishis of that ancient time.
    • We know that the souls of those great teachers were open to cosmic
    • that if it had been possible for the Christ Being to have appeared on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures are so arranged that separate themes will
    • accordingly, resides in what was said about the difficulty of
    • centre. What is really meant by the themes will then gradually
    • From earlier lectures we know that the Christ Being can
    • lectures already published, attention has been drawn to the fact that
    • that is the term we will use for the present — for whose own
    • further into that just now. We will simply look up to the Christ
    • Christ related to the nature of Jesus? Now we already know that we
    • who at that time founded the Zarathustrian spiritual stream and then
    • development appropriate for so lofty an Ego in that period. We know
    • also that the Zarathustra Ego passed over into the body of the other
    • have already drawn your attention to the fact that in this child we
    • strict sense of the term. We cannot say of this Being that he had
    • previously been incarnated on Earth in this or that individual. We
    • have always emphasised that of the soul-element which has come forth
    • Earth, something as it were remained behind; and that what had thus
    • child we cannot say that in him there lived an ordinary human ego
    • have to recognise (this follows from what is said in my book,
    • that he had not previously
    • We must remember that the Beings and Powers connected with human evolution
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Yesterday we spoke of how preparation was made for that
    • of the Greek Apollo we found an echo of what had taken place at the
    • in human souls of all that I described yesterday. These
    • post-Atlantean epoch. We know that in terms of spirituality it was
    • the highest post-Atlantean epoch up to now, but that what the souls
    • effect of the threefold Christ-event was that which arose from the
    • Zarathustrian impulse. Now I must here remark in parenthesis that I
    • of 28 to 31 with 12. It looked into all that streams into the world
    • give only a hint of these relationships. And because in that which
    • creates, and nourishes itself in creating, in that which takes the
    • everything that was disclosed by the true, authentic Chronology of
    • And what followed in Greece or in the Graeco-Latin
    • epoch? What I am now going to say applies not only to the Greek and
    • Hyperborean land, from the North, that Apollo came to the Oracle at
    • things that the Greeks wished to hear. In the autumn he returned to
    • journeys of the sun; but it is the spiritual sun that speaks
    • Even if we take only the physical sun into account, we find that its
    • rushing through the storm. What form then did the world-picture —
    • clothe with a new covering, an Earth-vesture, the part of man that
    • precisely the god who forms man out of the Earth — that is, out
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • wanted to indicate that this peculiar outpouring from the souls of
    • You can gather from this that forces which prevail
    • themselves; it depends on when and where they appear. The forces that
    • forces that were then intended to prevail in human souls were not
    • those that come from subconscious depths, but those that speak to the
    • out the forces that speak through the clarity of the Ego. This indeed
    • humanity in the way known to us, one result was that the chaotic
    • unconsciousness, so that they may reawaken in the morning, so it was
    • necessary that the Sibylline forces, legitimate as they had been
    • unaware that the Christ continued to work on these forces; but so it
    • consciousness quarrel ardently about dogmas, while what was most
    • a great deal that we may think strange, if we look at it
    • that essential developments in the historical configuration of
    • surface of the soul and rose into consciousness like dreams, so that
    • discern what was going on in the depths. I will mention only one
    • symptom of this. There are events that reflect, as though through
    • Many of you will perhaps guess something of what I mean
    • if we observe that on October 28, 312, when Constantine the Great,
    • thing — that when Constantine was moving against the gates of
    • that he could have committed. He left Rome and fought the battle —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • In the preceding lecture I tried to present what I had
    • difficulties that must be gone through before that which may be
    • spiritual world. Of course I know very well that if modern
    • the doubts that can be raised, the curious assertions about all sorts
    • as anthroposophists, it should be important to be clear that the
    • research is not the outcome of ideas that have been put together, as
    • latest publications show what happens again and again when these
    • appear presumptuous — that because of our Movement a time has
    • we can be sure that for such a purpose any means would serve.
    • I have said that the stellar script is to be found in
    • to take this emphasis very seriously — that the name of
    • itself. I have pointed to the fact that in the gold-gleaming sickle
    • something is the spiritual element that lives in the sun's
    • is resisted by the power of the moon, what we see at rest in the
    • recollect all that we have ever said about this Sun-spirit in
    • relation to the Christ, then in what the moon does physically an
    • And let us remember that in the Parsifal saga it is
    • emphasised that on every Good Friday, and thus during the Easter
    • vernal sun, which means the sun that is gathering strength —
    • strength, must be within it. This means that, according to an ancient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • in mind what we sought to study yesterday, let us consider how
    • matters actually stand in regard to what we call man's Saturn
    • we know that there is concealed within us, within our human being,
    • something that was first implanted in us during the Saturn period,
    • namely, the first rudiments of our physical bodily nature. What we
    • look out to the stars in cosmic space we do not at first find what
    • evolution. Three evolutionary periods have gone by. And all that
    • uncover the forces which at that time worked upon our physical body.
    • you recollect what was shown in my book
    • you are aware that there was an active co-operation at that time
    • externally. We find it if we look into what we call our personal
    • karma. Please note, my dear friends, that our personal karma is
    • woven in such a way that what befalls us in successive earth lives is
    • forth the connection of cause and effect that comes to expression in
    • continuous stream and no one considers to what extent historical
    • evolution depends on the fact that human souls, for instance, who
    • The fact that they participate in current events and that the way in
    • we learn to read what is in the surrounding cosmos and not
    • cosmic script, and consider what radiating forces pour into human
    • of that world-conception which must be employed for the laws of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • in mind what we sought to study yesterday, let us consider how
    • matters actually stand in regard to what we call man's Saturn
    • we know that there is concealed within us, within our human being,
    • something that was first implanted in us during the Saturn period,
    • namely, the first rudiments of our physical bodily nature. What we
    • look out to the stars in cosmic space we do not at first find what
    • evolution. Three evolutionary periods have gone by. And all that
    • uncover the forces which at that time worked upon our physical body.
    • you recollect what was shown in my book
    • you are aware that there was an active co-operation at that time
    • externally. We find it if we look into what we call our personal
    • karma. Please note, my dear friends, that our personal karma is
    • woven in such a way that what befalls us in successive earth lives is
    • forth the connection of cause and effect that comes to expression in
    • continuous stream and no one considers to what extent historical
    • evolution depends on the fact that human souls, for instance, who
    • The fact that they participate in current events and that the way in
    • we learn to read what is in the surrounding cosmos and not
    • cosmic script, and consider what radiating forces pour into human
    • of that world-conception which must be employed for the laws of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • I want to add to what has previously been said some explanation of
    • think only of the modern conception of the planetary system: that it
    • from this picture have led merely to the idea that there are no
    • separated, what essential difference is there between, for example,
    • the Moon and Saturn? It is of course true that very important
    • fact that he is a being of soul and spirit. With the help of
    • Initiation-science we must again learn to realise that our planetary
    • London.] that there was once a cosmic age — relatively
    • fact that it reflects the light of the Sun is evident to the most
    • superficial observation. So we can say: What comes from the Moon is
    • Now, as you all know, we see what is outside or in front of a mirror
    • but we do not see what is behind it.
    • everything that radiates upon it — the radiations of the solar
    • It can be said, therefore, that the universe is before us in a
    • reflection. Only that which is within the Moon — that
    • and that alone remains, if I may so express it, the Moon's secret; it
    • remains hidden, just as what is behind a mirror remains hidden. What
    • a way that he does not see the reflection from the Moon — only
    • makes the significant discovery that through the utterances, through
    • this Moon fortress, certain secrets can be revealed that were once in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • I want to add to what has previously been said some explanation of
    • think only of the modern conception of the planetary system: that it
    • from this picture have led merely to the idea that there are no
    • separated, what essential difference is there between, for example,
    • the Moon and Saturn? It is of course true that very important
    • fact that he is a being of soul and spirit. With the help of
    • Initiation-science we must again learn to realise that our planetary
    • London.] that there was once a cosmic age — relatively
    • fact that it reflects the light of the Sun is evident to the most
    • superficial observation. So we can say: What comes from the Moon is
    • Now, as you all know, we see what is outside or in front of a mirror
    • but we do not see what is behind it.
    • everything that radiates upon it — the radiations of the solar
    • It can be said, therefore, that the universe is before us in a
    • reflection. Only that which is within the Moon — that
    • and that alone remains, if I may so express it, the Moon's secret; it
    • remains hidden, just as what is behind a mirror remains hidden. What
    • a way that he does not see the reflection from the Moon — only
    • makes the significant discovery that through the utterances, through
    • this Moon fortress, certain secrets can be revealed that were once in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • It includes portions that were omitted in earlier
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • perhaps millenia, will come to feel that this human spirit moves on
    • progress, for in the dismal time that has now befallen humanity this
    • on us, namely, that the forms and configurations taken by man's
    • knowledge that wishes to penetrate humanity's evolution in a new way,
    • view had broken with what people for a long time believed necessary
    • could no longer rely on what the eye saw as the rising and setting of
    • the sun, as the sun's movement. He had to accept that, contrary to
    • introductory words, that the introduction of something like the
    • prejudices, with traditional opinions. People believed that if
    • religious conceptions and things of that kind.
    • concerning what we are to discuss this evening get in the way. Here
    • the problem is not simply the prejudices such as those that
    • also the problem that in our time many people, indeed the majority of
    • admits that it is possible to know about the things that are to be
    • structure of nature. He believes that he has to regard himself as
    • science knows the objections that must arise today by the hundreds
    • this spiritual science; there is also doubt that knowledge of any
    • generally considered something dreamy or sentimental to believe that
    • a really factual knowledge can be developed about the facts that can
    • dealing with a realm in which you could say that the student,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • lecture, you will have noticed that something was said that is very
    • human life. I have indicated that some of our contemporaries here on
    • bound to an environment that still reaches very much into the
    • on deeply significant mysteries of human life, mysteries that for
    • occult societies. They maintained that the human being was not yet
    • look at the justification for this view today), and that becoming
    • these deeply incisive truths that are so significant for life,
    • schools. It must be said, however, that the time has approached in
    • world, of the kind that were mentioned yesterday. Indeed, more and
    • the case. Now, in what we know as the fifth post-Atlantean epoch, the
    • conditions of human life are such that the human being will
    • and ideas that are concerned with super-sensible matters. It is
    • incorrect, therefore, to claim that one may just as well wait and see
    • what happens after death. No, we must know between birth and death
    • about certain matters concerning the spiritual world, in the way that
    • humanity's evolution it was different. You know that until the
    • evolution of humanity, that the Copernican world view appeared, just
    • the world prevailed in pre-Copernican times, a view that may be
    • called erroneous today. This view believed that the physical
    • structure of the world, that the earth, stands still, the sun moving
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • What spiritual science has to say about life and the
    • and we shall then proceed by explaining that these faculties enable
    • kind: If spiritual science gives this or that explanation concerning
    • never be based upon the argument that the world has a meaning only if
    • aspect of these things), and although this hypothesis, namely, that
    • whole life of man, seeing that spiritual science and its results
    • civilization, and what kind of opposition we must encounter. The
    • that, at first, we learn to know the chief facts of spiritual life,
    • through the fact that the world has, to begin with, an enigmatic
    • that life becomes less interesting through the fact that the riddles
    • with the physical world, makes us, as it were, confident that also
    • A special riddle is everything that we experience in the
    • we have already explained that a
    • concrete connections. Let us assume, for instance, that a person has
    • died, so that the one who remained behind had to pass through a
    • see immediately that if we face a similar thought, something rises up
    • for many people. We must now bear in mind the fact that spiritual
    • relatives. I have already explained to you that through the fact that
    • gaze upon these connections, we shall discover in many cases that the
    • other relationships which thus arise are of such a kind that through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • What spiritual science has to say about life and the
    • and we shall then proceed by explaining that these faculties enable
    • kind: If spiritual science gives this or that explanation concerning
    • never be based upon the argument that the world has a meaning only if
    • aspect of these things), and although this hypothesis, namely, that
    • whole life of man, seeing that spiritual science and its results
    • civilization, and what kind of opposition we must encounter. The
    • that, at first, we learn to know the chief facts of spiritual life,
    • through the fact that the world has, to begin with, an enigmatic
    • that life becomes less interesting through the fact that the riddles
    • with the physical world, makes us, as it were, confident that also
    • A special riddle is everything that we experience in the
    • we have already explained that a
    • concrete connections. Let us assume, for instance, that a person has
    • died, so that the one who remained behind had to pass through a
    • see immediately that if we face a similar thought, something rises up
    • for many people. We must now bear in mind the fact that spiritual
    • relatives. I have already explained to you that through the fact that
    • gaze upon these connections, we shall discover in many cases that the
    • other relationships which thus arise are of such a kind that through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • of our studies we may well take our start from what is already known
    • to us — what has already come before our souls during these
    • body mediates — that is to say, our actions. Immediately behind
    • it, as you know, there is the elemental world. That is the next world
    • peculiarities. We must try to recognize what they are for us as human
    • worlds that are spread out around us. We call the ‘elemental
    • world’ that world which can only be perceived by what we know
    • world. Not that the imaginations are not there, or that in any given
    • occultly trained cognition that they rise into consciousness.
    • receive more through all that we develop by living with the
    • what lives as imaginations in our etheric body is due to our
    • relations to our fellow human beings, and all that these relations
    • all that approaches us as human beings in this world. We have our
    • which can be so enhanced that we think we can no longer live without
    • this or that human being. All this is due to the imaginations which
    • something that cannot quite be called memory — for it is far
    • and they constitute a goodly portion of what we call our inner life.
    • I mean not the inner life that lives in clear, well-defined memories,
    • but that inner life which makes itself felt in our prevailing mood
    • that we have our own etheric body. Our etheric body is our instrument
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • of our studies we may well take our start from what is already known
    • to us — what has already come before our souls during these
    • body mediates — that is to say, our actions. Immediately behind
    • it, as you know, there is the elemental world. That is the next world
    • peculiarities. We must try to recognize what they are for us as human
    • worlds that are spread out around us. We call the ‘elemental
    • world’ that world which can only be perceived by what we know
    • world. Not that the imaginations are not there, or that in any given
    • occultly trained cognition that they rise into consciousness.
    • receive more through all that we develop by living with the
    • what lives as imaginations in our etheric body is due to our
    • relations to our fellow human beings, and all that these relations
    • all that approaches us as human beings in this world. We have our
    • which can be so enhanced that we think we can no longer live without
    • this or that human being. All this is due to the imaginations which
    • something that cannot quite be called memory — for it is far
    • and they constitute a goodly portion of what we call our inner life.
    • I mean not the inner life that lives in clear, well-defined memories,
    • but that inner life which makes itself felt in our prevailing mood
    • that we have our own etheric body. Our etheric body is our instrument
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • insight into the fact that within the physical-soul-spiritual
    • see also that with this entity, consisting of forces from the
    • I have often mentioned that a new stream of spirituality is now ready
    • in recent centuries. However, it must be said that the intellect has
    • It is obvious, even to an external unbiased observation, that the
    • achieved something; one was eager to hear what they had to say, and
    • fresh from university speaks one is no longer curious about what he
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the intellect has
    • slid down from the head to some deeper region. That human
    • upon man opening his heart and soul to what thus seeks entry, through
    • to his own self. Through inner exercises he sought to attain what
    • ordinary consciousness of self that we have today with that of the
    • certain level of human evolution is not the same as attaining that
    • You will realize from what was said yesterday that mankind must
    • explained yesterday, this has the effect that thinking, by no longer
    • and breath. In so doing he identified himself with what his
    • gain insight into that spiritual foundation of nature which external
    • What they actually do is explain how sense observation, interpreted
    • must rediscover what lies behind the knowledge provided by external
    • separated. However, it must be stressed that everything of a solid,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • insight into the fact that within the physical-soul-spiritual
    • see also that with this entity, consisting of forces from the
    • I have often mentioned that a new stream of spirituality is now ready
    • in recent centuries. However, it must be said that the intellect has
    • It is obvious, even to an external unbiased observation, that the
    • achieved something; one was eager to hear what they had to say, and
    • fresh from university speaks one is no longer curious about what he
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the intellect has
    • slid down from the head to some deeper region. That human
    • upon man opening his heart and soul to what thus seeks entry, through
    • to his own self. Through inner exercises he sought to attain what
    • ordinary consciousness of self that we have today with that of the
    • certain level of human evolution is not the same as attaining that
    • You will realize from what was said yesterday that mankind must
    • explained yesterday, this has the effect that thinking, by no longer
    • and breath. In so doing he identified himself with what his
    • gain insight into that spiritual foundation of nature which external
    • What they actually do is explain how sense observation, interpreted
    • must rediscover what lies behind the knowledge provided by external
    • separated. However, it must be stressed that everything of a solid,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • that are active within us, that pass through births and deaths and
    • life that are connected with it.
    • new birth, so that we were able to gain many essential facts,
    • science has followed up to now will have shown you that in every
    • so that a more accurate knowledge can gradually be acquired by
    • points of view. Today I shall therefore add to the facts that you
    • already know in connection with this subject a few things that may be
    • (and that is a good thing), the human being such as he stands before
    • have frequently pointed out that we obtain, as it were, a general
    • view of man's whole being if we contemplate him so that we first
    • scientific dissection of what we perceive through the senses. We then
    • proceed by studying that form of organization which we designate as
    • having a super-sensible character, concerning which we may say that it
    • is something that can only be experienced inwardly. We must
    • Past lectures showed us that what we designate as man's
    • periods of development, that passed through the stages of Saturn, the
    • That form of contemplation which is, to begin with,
    • aspect of everything that lives within the physical body. Even
    • outside, without ever going inside, so that we would never learn to
    • know what it is like inside, nor what people live in it.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • that are active within us, that pass through births and deaths and
    • life that are connected with it.
    • new birth, so that we were able to gain many essential facts,
    • science has followed up to now will have shown you that in every
    • so that a more accurate knowledge can gradually be acquired by
    • points of view. Today I shall therefore add to the facts that you
    • already know in connection with this subject a few things that may be
    • (and that is a good thing), the human being such as he stands before
    • have frequently pointed out that we obtain, as it were, a general
    • view of man's whole being if we contemplate him so that we first
    • scientific dissection of what we perceive through the senses. We then
    • proceed by studying that form of organization which we designate as
    • having a super-sensible character, concerning which we may say that it
    • is something that can only be experienced inwardly. We must
    • Past lectures showed us that what we designate as man's
    • periods of development, that passed through the stages of Saturn, the
    • That form of contemplation which is, to begin with,
    • aspect of everything that lives within the physical body. Even
    • outside, without ever going inside, so that we would never learn to
    • know what it is like inside, nor what people live in it.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • That, united with your power,
    • That, united with your power,
    • And that Spirit whom we seek to know through our
    • foundations. How well founded these things are, that must be spoken
    • intervals, and by what means they are established — this we
    • learn something more important and more essential about what has just
    • Spiritual Science that, for us, the souls who have left the physical
    • we learn to know all those shattering experiences which must heap
    • soul. And you will perhaps understand that many of the words spoken
    • during the last year, I have often had to say to our friends, that
    • into the fundamental conditions of existence, when he knows that
    • death; so that in our work we quite certainly do not lose those souls
    • And just among such souls there are such faithful fellow-worker that
    • still have faith that Spiritual Science will penetrate into the
    • again and again that which has also been emphasised here: that, in
    • that they can also encompass the secrets of the spiritual world. The
    • world even by means of concepts. In fact, many people believe that it
    • because their ideas have become stiff and dead, through the fact that
    • that I have made these introductory remarks, I should like to speak
    • that, if we wish to consider the life between death and a new birth,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • That, united with your power,
    • That, united with your power,
    • And that Spirit whom we seek to know through our
    • foundations. How well founded these things are, that must be spoken
    • intervals, and by what means they are established — this we
    • learn something more important and more essential about what has just
    • Spiritual Science that, for us, the souls who have left the physical
    • we learn to know all those shattering experiences which must heap
    • soul. And you will perhaps understand that many of the words spoken
    • during the last year, I have often had to say to our friends, that
    • into the fundamental conditions of existence, when he knows that
    • death; so that in our work we quite certainly do not lose those souls
    • And just among such souls there are such faithful fellow-worker that
    • still have faith that Spiritual Science will penetrate into the
    • again and again that which has also been emphasised here: that, in
    • that they can also encompass the secrets of the spiritual world. The
    • world even by means of concepts. In fact, many people believe that it
    • because their ideas have become stiff and dead, through the fact that
    • that I have made these introductory remarks, I should like to speak
    • that, if we wish to consider the life between death and a new birth,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Synopses
    Matching lines:
    • Sinnett in Esoteric Buddhism). Due to abnormal spirits that
    • time of transition. The Northern initiates taught that men would
    • enclosed within the Great Wall what they rescued from Atlantis.
    • century. Christ appeared on physical plane because at that time
    • Dogma. The best Anthroposophists are those who take what is said
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Preface
    Matching lines:
    • co-operation of the several human souls in that people, but it is one
    • that is higher than these. Modern science is not accustomed to study
    • that no-one tries to find the forces which make the needle of a
    • peoples, and the forces that give this development a certain
    • manifested in the life of the peoples and it is seen that these facts
    • comprehended by one who is at home in that civilization. It
    • seems to me that one who wishes to penetrate into these spiritual
    • present time it will be found that what was then said throws a great
    • deal of light upon what is now taking place. Were I to give these
    • lectures now it could well be thought that the present state of
    • important’ — that just in our times one should speak
    • quite impartially on what we call the Mission of Individual
    • belong, an understanding of what we might call “the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • somewhat at length for the third time to our friends here in Norway,
    • Eriksen, that the words of hearty greeting which he has just spoken
    • I hope that this course of lectures, which I am about to
    • begin, may add somewhat to the knowledge of what we may call the
    • attention to the fact that this particular course of lectures must
    • necessarily contain something that is as yet rather remote from
    • that we should not make progress in our work, if we did not from time
    • of spiritual knowledge that are really somewhat remote from modern
    • I to bring forward all that might be adduced in the way of evidence
    • and proof of what will be said here in the next few days, it would
    • theosophists, for the reason, that a higher degree of open-mindedness
    • is necessary, in order to accept the things that are to be said,
    • without a certain degree of opposition that might now and then be
    • Perhaps you will better understand what we mean if you
    • remember, that at a certain stage of mystic or occult development one
    • as we are not now speaking about the path of knowledge — what
    • briefly say, that a man is called ‘homeless’ when, in his
    • influenced by all that usually arises in a person through living in
    • This will show you that a certain degree of maturity in mystical or
    • the Mission of the several Folk-spirits, as that which brings, out of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • It was stated yesterday, that those beings who are to be considered
    • their etheric or life-body, that therefore they are fashioning this
    • admitted that the work upon this etheric or life-body cannot be
    • but that this is something belonging to clairvoyant consciousness.
    • or Archangelic beings. Besides that, these beings must in a certain
    • You all know that the features of the surface of the earth vary in
    • different parts, and that in the different parts of our earth there
    • say that the climate, the vegetation, or perhaps the water of a
    • peculiarities manifested by the people of that country. It is not to
    • be wondered at that one whose consciousness is limited to the things
    • of the physical world should speak thus, for he only knows what he
    • countries in various parts of the earth knows that the peculiar form of
    • exhaust what he knows about this particular country. When we speak of
    • certain part of our earth, it is comprehensible that for a
    • aura of that special part of the earth. This etheric aura is quite
    • different over the land of Switzerland from what it is over the land
    • Germany. It is true that every man has his own etheric body, and it
    • is also true that a kind of etheric aura towers up over every part of
    • from other etheric auras, for example from that of man. If we observe
    • a living human being, we find that his etheric aura is united to him
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • comprehension, and which will be a little more difficult than that
    • We have already said what was necessary to characterize
    • them outwardly: that they are Beings who are two stages higher than
    • etheric bodies into that which is called Life-spirit or Buddhi. Man
    • these Beings so progresses that man is woven into this evolution, the
    • In the spiritual-soul is first to be found that which is
    • active in such a way that man is hardly aware of his ego. In the
    • and passions. The ‘ I ’ broods dully in what we
    • the case, that these modifications, these three members of the astral
    • still not what meets us as the actual human inner being or soul. The
    • instruments, and these express themselves in such a way, that in the
    • that which is the human envelope or covering; so that therefore the
    • Just as in man the inner part, that in which the ‘ I ’
    • we designate as Folk-spirits their actual inner part, or that which
    • you are acquainted, a conception that bears some likeness to the
    • little of that which lives in the consciousness of the Folk-spirits.
    • that the three angles of a triangle are 180 deg., and you know
    • that you could never learn that by any sort of external experience. I
    • measure with an instrument what the three angles together amount to,
    • this external experience can never inform you that these three angles
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • take into consideration that man, such as we know him, is in reality
    • a very complicated being and that only by the co-operative activity
    • other observations on the evolution of man, that formerly our earth
    • These four parts of his being show us all that has happened during
    • as that has run its course hitherto. If you will bring before your
    • you will admit that only from a very complicated work could that come
    • seen that it was not only necessary for so large a number of Beings
    • and forces of Nature to work together in the cosmos, but that it was
    • also necessary, if man were to come into being, that at certain
    • man in a way that would have been impossible in the normal course of
    • that only when we, in a sense, draw this tissue apart and observe the
    • able to say, that the chief Being who comes into consideration for
    • that this possibility was first given by the Spirits of Form, those
    • what would happen to him if these Beings alone — and of these
    • active in him, we should find that these are the donors of the
    • according to their own nature, we find that their chief interest lies
    • in bringing to man his ‘ I ’. But now what
    • If you remember what has been said about the education
    • that man, in the period between his physical birth and the changing
    • of the teeth, that is up to his seventh year, principally develops
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • It will be seen from the last lecture, that in order to penetrate
    • necessary for one to rise above all the feelings that may easily come
    • to a person from what we must now describe quite objectively. As long
    • this or that race, or of this or that people, as a personal matter,
    • connected the fact that these matters cannot be spoken of on any
    • other ground than that of Spiritual Science; for whatever we may hear
    • about the character of this or that people, and however our feelings
    • that, with the inmost kernel of our being, we shall be reincarnated
    • therefore be sure, when we contemplate this kernel of our being, that
    • the shadow-side of all races and peoples, but we may be sure that in
    • Therefore, through them only do we learn to bear that which at the
    • and Nationality. So that what is being spoken of in this series of
    • its share towards the whole evolution of humanity. That is just what
    • will be so very important, that in the second
    • of humanity, and how even separate peoples that were split off and
    • their significance in the great harmony of human evolution. That,
    • What we have learned in the course of the last lectures,
    • namely, that in a race a normal and abnormal Spirit of Form must so
    • to speak work together, and that in a people, an Archangel who is
    • is going through an abnormal one must act together, — that has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • that the mission of the earth can be fulfilled; when they have so to
    • work that finally a state of equilibrium comes about. Hence you will
    • understand also, that statements such as those made in our last
    • evolution, and that the whole presentation is immediately altered if
    • whole co-operation of the hierarchies is such, that we must look at
    • what we described in our last lecture as the third hierarchy, the
    • the earth, and that the way in which man becomes aware of these
    • what was said in the last lecture with much that was said in my
    • necessary to select the point of view in such a way that we may see
    • the reflections of the Spirits of these hierarchies in what we call
    • You will also to a certain extent have the feeling that knowledge
    • must be continually extended, that there must be no limit to it, as
    • things are so complicated that when we think we have grasped one
    • you will have become somewhat more closely acquainted with what may
    • Form, which brings about in our life on earth that there should be
    • not merely one kind of humanity spread over the whole earth, but that
    • races. For that uniform humanity, which man can only attain to again
    • mission of the earth, we must clearly understand that these seven
    • Spirits of Form so co-operate that what we have described in one of
    • in the direction of the Sun for that Cosmic Lodge, that community in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • last few days, you will find it comprehensible that not only a
    • various hierarchies, but that the Beings of these hierarchies
    • the last lectures we spoke of how the Beings of this or that
    • our own period of evolution witness the spectacle that they are, so
    • rank, then only do we obtain a correct conception of what is actually
    • that into that distribution of humanity, which we must look upon as
    • those men came to that particular spot in Africa where they then
    • comprehend what was thus accomplished in Europe, Africa and America,
    • crumbling away, and what was then sent later on, towards the end of
    • that we are dealing with that mighty stream of humanity which pushed
    • forward into Asia, into Indian territory, and that, as has often been
    • that companies of peoples who were each under the guidance of an
    • Archangels who were the guiding spiritual powers of these tribes that
    • We have to look in the Far East for that stream of
    • Spirit of the Age. It was that stream of peoples who formed the
    • ruling class of that land and laid the foundations of the first
    • we have that Spirit of Personality, the Spirit of the Age, who was
    • that is the very spectacle which, as we stated at the beginning of
    • our lecture to-day, we are experiencing in our own time, that the
    • of the Age, and undertook, so to speak, the guidance of that which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • and your attention was drawn in the last Lecture to the fact that
    • nevertheless something quite unique. It is true that a very
    • all the Germanic peoples and tribes in Europe so that, even far to
    • this mythology, in one form or another, was outspread. That which the
    • nothing of the Egyptian; so that all that is similar in the Germanic
    • from what is the essential in the Greek and Roman mythology. But it
    • What happens as a rule when a person compares the mythologies and
    • external details in the stories of the gods and tries to prove that
    • somewhat as though someone said: ‘Thirty years ago I made the
    • uniform.’ Now if the person in question were to believe that
    • that uniform at those different times; and the essential thing is to
    • know what sort of man is in the uniform. This comparison may seem
    • takes Adonis and compares him with Christ. That is comparing merely
    • to know what divine spiritual Beings are clothed in them; and if
    • Therefore in many cases it is not of the least consequence what the
    • can at the present time bring to light. The point is rather, that one
    • which took place from the West to the East, so that after this
    • only be understood when one knows, that the men who played a part in
    • Age were all quite different from one another in the ages that are
    • age of civilization of the post-Atlantean epoch. In what way did they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • apparent difficulties, and indeed for the reason that they will have
    • heard from former presentations given on similar themes, that the
    • that in some respects those belonging to the ancient Indian
    • saw this physical world in such a way that over the whole of the
    • first post-Atlantean age of civilization there came the feeling, that
    • what lay behind them in the spiritual world was the true reality;
    • that which was outside in the world was merely maya or illusion.
    • accordance with the facts, that the people belonging to this ancient
    • development, and it was said that they had gained this while their
    • ‘ I ’ was more or less asleep, that is to say,
    • that the ‘ I ’ only awoke after this mature
    • Now you might possibly ask: What then happened to these
    • might possibly find it difficult to make this agree with what was
    • reflect that, as regards the ‘ I ’ and the
    • from what he is with regard to every other object. If you ‘know’
    • things, with the knower, the power of knowing, and that which is
    • known. Whether that which is known is a man, an animal, a tree or a
    • There that which knows and that which is known is one and the same.
    • The important thing is, that in human evolution, in human development
    • that is to say, they perceived within that which they surveyed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • Before we can develop all that can be extracted from the significant picture
    • collective picture; and you will perceive from what has been said,
    • that in a certain respect it was just to the pre-Christian and
    • post-Christian cultures of Europe that the task, the mission was
    • shown that this ‘ I ’ was bestowed upon man by an
    • Thor. We have seen that each single individual felt himself to be
    • did not find it in that way. There man had already evolved
    • subjectively to such a high stage of human perfection, that he did
    • Eastern culture had already proceeded so far, that it was capable of
    • gradually developing that delicately spun speculation, logic and
    • only could it come about that nearly 100 years after the
    • of the organism. At that time each individual still felt himself to
    • the tribe, with that which dwelt in the group-soul. To this
    • group-soul was given the name Sif. That is the name of the spouse of
    • all we find that people, that collection of peoples, that community
    • Celts — of whom from former lectures we know that later he
    • Europe. For this it was necessary that the Celts should receive an
    • higher world. Hence it is perfectly true that through their
    • out of themselves, it became necessary that the Mysteries should
    • part of the population. We might therefore say, that before the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • In beginning this our last lecture I may truly say that there is a great
    • deal more to be discussed, and that on the whole we have only been
    • of what belongs to this rich subject. I may, however, hope that it
    • lectures, was the idea that something is contained in the Germanic
    • own time. Now that is also one of the reasons why we may hope that
    • capacities he has developed in the course of centuries, that which
    • may be called modern philosophy, modern spiritual research, and that
    • which I was able to give here, will remember that once upon a time in
    • themselves with that which the human body had little by little
    • the form of clouds; that was the condition when the descent of those
    • flexible, pliable bodies of that time, when they descended so to say
    • from spiritual heights, that was considered to be the external
    • were, by that which poured down from spiritual heights, is preserved
    • consciousness of this was preserved so long that even Tacitus himself
    • does not know that this event really did occur, will understand what
    • Nerthus was driven over the waters. That later on was preserved as a
    • goddess represented that which can be presented to the human bodies
    • That is the mysterious occurrence underlying the Nerthus
    • myth and it has been preserved in all that has come down to us in the
    • you will see what a significant rôle the interminglings and relationships
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • distorted in expression — that the apparent isolation of man on earth is not
    • final; that man is not alone in the universe. We are therefore reprinting here
    • may have helped to show you that we can begin to
    • universe. If we ask: What is man in his true nature? — then
    • we must learn to look upwards from the Earth to what is beyond the Earth. This
    • This unmistakably indicates that it is high time for man to discover how he can
    • and will have realised that one of the great events in earthly
    • know what incisive changes in the whole sweep of evolution are connected with
    • Today we will confine our attention to what came to pass on earth in
    • lectures on colours we have learnt that minerals — that is to say, the coloured
    • the Spiritual Beings who guide earthly evolution as to what must happen to man.
    • beyond the earth? It can be said with truth that the separation of the moon,
    • out of the earth that man's organism developed in such a way as to make it
    • of the forces that were to build his body. And this concentration of forces was
    • may say that if nothing else had happened except this departure of the moon
    • first time that the human intellect began to grow shadowy. This process has
    • Thus the second great process or event was that man became more spiritual. But
    • You know that the moon will one day
    • must begin to be alive to the great happenings that are connected with his
    • evolution. He must know what it means to say that the moon once left the earth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • distorted in expression — that the apparent isolation of man on earth is not
    • final; that man is not alone in the universe. We are therefore reprinting here
    • may have helped to show you that we can begin to
    • universe. If we ask: What is man in his true nature? — then
    • we must learn to look upwards from the Earth to what is beyond the Earth. This
    • This unmistakably indicates that it is high time for man to discover how he can
    • and will have realised that one of the great events in earthly
    • know what incisive changes in the whole sweep of evolution are connected with
    • Today we will confine our attention to what came to pass on earth in
    • lectures on colours we have learnt that minerals — that is to say, the coloured
    • the Spiritual Beings who guide earthly evolution as to what must happen to man.
    • beyond the earth? It can be said with truth that the separation of the moon,
    • out of the earth that man's organism developed in such a way as to make it
    • of the forces that were to build his body. And this concentration of forces was
    • may say that if nothing else had happened except this departure of the moon
    • first time that the human intellect began to grow shadowy. This process has
    • Thus the second great process or event was that man became more spiritual. But
    • You know that the moon will one day
    • must begin to be alive to the great happenings that are connected with his
    • evolution. He must know what it means to say that the moon once left the earth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Note
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • should also be remembered that certain premises were taken for
    • its spiritual essence; also of what may be called ‘anthroposophical
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • that a God of the upper worlds should be leader of Earth-evolution.
    • Venus-existence will follow that of Jupiter, and again there will be
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Relevant Literature
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • Friends in Norrköping have expressed the wish that on this
    • occasion I should take a theme concerning that Being who in the realm
    • embrace all that the expression “human soul” signifies
    • ego-being reaches as far as does our soul-nature. You know that by
    • the starting-point for what we shall be considering in these
    • We know that if we want to understand the physical human
    • etheric body was laid down; and during the Moon embodiment that of
    • and in all its epochs, is none other than that which enables the ego
    • to fulfill its whole being. We can say that just as the physical body
    • We know that our ego develops through three soul members
    • that come within the compass of these three soul members are also
    • themselves to the astral, etheric and physical bodies, so that the
    • evolution. One could say that when the Earth began, the soul element
    • sheaths in order that preparation may be made for the Jupiter
    • We must keep before our mind's eye what man is
    • become what may be designated by the word “personality”.
    • This personality needs in the first place what may be called “free
    • side, the laying hold of the divine so that the divine penetrates
    • evolution in order that there might be laid in his soul the seed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • As we live through the day and realize all that we owe
    • to the Sun, and to what extent the tasks of life are connected with
    • the sunlight, we forget that through the whole pleasure and
    • sure knowledge that on the following morning, after we have rested
    • confidence that lives in our soul — confidence in the lasting
    • ourselves to our work today because we know that the fruits of our
    • work are assured for tomorrow; that after the night's rest the
    • plants; we admire its display; we know the world-order ordains that
    • should reply that the reality of the world-order seems to us assured;
    • we feel certain that from the ripening of the old seeds a new
    • to those who truly think and feel it will be obvious that the phrase
    • higher sense, our ideals belong to those things that are more
    • anything that guarantees the most precious thing in life — the
    • fact that people doubt more or less strongly in the realization of
    • their ideals, although it is precisely on this that they would like
    • that our ideals in life will prove to be the seeds of a future
    • the belief that they will have some significance, some value for
    • look in vain for anything that can give them assured reality. When we
    • look at the physical plane, we find that our souls, with their
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • of the relation of Christ to the human soul is undoubtedly that of
    • sin and guilt. We know what an incisive significance it had in the
    • writings. That cannot be expected in our materialistic times. Let us
    • recall what I said in the first lecture of this course, that there
    • accepted, that man is not immortal. An unconscious continuance of
    • man's being after death would mean that the most important part
    • of him, that which makes him a man, would not exist after death. An
    • For Paul, it was an unshakable conviction that it is
    • or by their results, this signifies that sin and guilt really kill
    • consciousness of our time of course is remote from that. Many modern
    • right says that the other ought not to speak thus, for both had
    • what does it mean when Christ, as though pardoning and forgiving him,
    • objector may say that the malefactor on the right will have to wash
    • one on the left? There is no doubt at all that here the
    • anthroposophical conception of Karma meets a difficulty that is not
    • forget that Lucifer, besides being the bringer of evil into the
    • world, the inner evil that arises through the passions, is also the
    • experience was that many of those associated with us became uneasy;
    • they still had a feeling of what people have always thought of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • revelations, but in such a form that their real inner meaning is
    • in a simple form so that it can be absorbed and, later, gradually
    • understood. To permeate ourselves with the truth that resides in the
    • it necessary that He should be able to enter into humanity; it was
    • necessary that a God of the upper worlds should become the leader of
    • death. Related to death! One could wish that this expression will
    • be found in the world, or in the certainty that he must himself pass
    • that is only the external aspect of death. Death is present in a
    • I indicate this only in order that you may understand the meaning of
    • man. That, however, is only one phenomenon. The ray of light which
    • light, as our lungs do against the air. The light that enters into
    • eye it comes about that we see. We are filled with much that has to
    • die in us in order that we may have our Earth-consciousness.
    • light-ether. As far up as the light-ether we kill that which
    • penetrates us; we slay it unceasingly in order that we may have our
    • Earth-existence. We know that above the light-ether there is the
    • are the two kinds of ether that we cannot kill. But because of this,
    • the cosmic life that streams down to the Earth. In earthly sound we
    • are given a substitute, but it is not to be compared with what we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Note
    Matching lines:
    • “Nothing has ever been said that is not in
    • fullest sense as containing what Anthroposophy has to say. Therefore,
    • up with the/act that erroneous matter is included in the lecture
    • reports that I have not revised.
    • who knows what is taken for granted as the prerequisite basis of this
    • cosmos to the extent that their nature is set forth in Anthroposophy,
    • and of what exists in the form of ‘anthroposophical history’
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture I: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Christianity commemorates in three yearly festivals that
    • feeling inward. The Easter festival makes its chief demand on what we
    • Whitsuntide on what is termed human will.
    • Basically we only grasp what is contained in the
    • Christmas Mystery through inwardising and deepening of that feeling
    • sufficient inwardness what man is in the whole cosmos, are we
    • attain to the full understanding of that wonder which is contained in
    • will-impulse, do we perceive in the right light what Whitsuntide
    • Christ Jesus is related to what we call the Son principle, and this
    • that which undulates and weaves through the world as spirit is made
    • We see nature around us, and we see also that man enters
    • We know through our study of Spiritual Science that we do not rightly
    • features. We know that divine forces permeate it and we only become
    • perceive this divine element that weaves and works within it In this
    • we perceive the Father principle of nature. All that permeates nature
    • — whether it be the flowers of the field that we observe, and
    • what is revealed so mysteriously in this external revelation of
    • the same time aware of what places us as men within this world
    • as we do not bring it into connection with what may be inwardly
    • What does the presence of these Jesus boys say to us? It
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture II: The Quest for Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • us that directs the thoughts of all circles of Christian people
    • earth. Regard the events of history from whatever aspect you will,
    • in all history you will find no thought that has such power to lift
    • thought of the Mystery of Golgotha, as the thought that is contained
    • earth, and then follow it up through the thousands of years that
    • preceded the Mystery of Golgotha, we shall find through that
    • time that, no matter how great and grand the achievements of the
    • for that which took place for the sake of mankind at the Mystery of
    • Golgotha. Again, if we study what has happened since the Mystery of
    • remember that the Christ who went through the Mystery of Golgotha has
    • the kind which believe that unknown divinities come to man's help
    • just where he considers that help is needed, without his
    • views, we shall find that even the most distressing events in the
    • earth has acquired significance and meaning through the fact that
    • intimate connection between what takes place in the ethical-moral
    • sphere of man's evolution and what takes place in nature, and a
    • namely, the relationship of the Christ to that Being whose outer
    • we find such allusions — referring to the fact that the
    • we would grasp just that which concerns us most of all in view of the
    • that the Greco-Latin, the fourth epoch of post-atlantean humanity,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture III: The Magi and the Shepherds: The New Isis
    Matching lines:
    • different from what it was after the Mystery of Golgotha. This fact,
    • both the Magi and the shepherds it was a legacy of that ancient
    • actual present, that men give very clear expression to that form of
    • Mystery of Golgotha. Speaking generally, however, what we are going
    • to the starry heavens was such that men did not regard the stars in
    • the prosaic, abstract way that is current nowadays. The fact that
    • something spiritual, something that made them able to describe
    • with one and the same faculty of knowledge that men of old
    • We must not think that the faculties of knowledge in
    • today to picture. I said that the Greeks, in the earliest period of
    • their culture, did not see the colour blue, that the heavens were not
    • blue to them. They perceived the colours that lie more towards the
    • and therefore of green looking different from what it does today, and
    • you will realise that the world around the Greek did not appear to
    • colours became duller and out of the depths there appeared what is
    • the darker colours arose, what the men of old experienced in the
    • That is the one side. The other side is that in those
    • olden times men possessed a deep, inner faculty for perceiving what
    • knowledge that man gazed into the spirituality of the starry heavens,
    • that he perceived what was living spiritually in the earth's depths.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • significant facts that within the compass of the story of the
    • highest wisdom that it was possible to attain. The Mystery proclaimed
    • times in men of piety of heart. I said that these powers were the
    • aspect of the Event of Golgotha, that Event actually took place on
    • naive, instinctive visions, what is happening in the world of men.
    • of the earth, and so forth. What can be discovered externally in this
    • be said, therefore, that these inner visions were connected directly
    • that is to say, he is given over to them in his physical body and
    • and etheric body man is given over to the forces that are active in
    • remnant of the living pictures that were present in olden times in
    • fellow-men the abstract feeling that it is today when we pass them by
    • perception of what concerned the earth as a whole planet or —
    • of perception that is idolised in natural science where men are only
    • willing to believe what the intellect combines out of the
    • material world is the descendant of what we find when we study
    • perception went to the surface of the senses and became what we call
    • mathematical-mechanistic knowledge that arises from within us.
    • years, to very, very early times before what became the
    • things are prepared for and die down again. What became intensive
    • and mechanics, and what we call perceptions are limited to what the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science: Afterword
    Matching lines:
    • that “Anthroposophy” is something that has been thought
    • is the sentence, “Although it is highly gratifying that the
    • not overlook the fact that this idea cannot be the fruit of
    • may not be confused either with what it sets up as subjective spirit
    • or final ego, or with what it contrasts with this as absolute spirit
    • or absolute personality.” What Troxler brings forward regarding
    • whole of his conception of the world, testify that we may see in
    • recognise that Anthroposophy is only possible through the development
    • in the result which is confirmed from various quarters, that the true
    • the place where that super-sensible life of the spirit is realised, by
    • adduced to prove that the anthroposophical spiritual science
    • of an individual opinion); that was the time when a beginning was
    • made with what now appears as the anthroposophical way of looking at
    • things. From this it may be seen that we had in view the extension of
    • were not brought up again and again, when it is said that I have
    • changed from all that I wrote and said formerly and have turned to
    • carefully studies, for example, my Theosophy, will find that
    • he will find that the matters dealt with are presented in accordance
    • the world, and that only in certain places is it mentioned that ideas
    • to be found in literature which is called theosophical. I know that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • through the circumstance that the lecturer himself had them printed
    • that even though the objections in question were, to begin with, only
    • are typical, not only because of what is alleged, but because of the
    • manner in which an attitude is taken towards that to which
    • case that people do not fix their attention upon what spiritual
    • an idea of what they think it says, and then attack this idea.
    • opponent in his judgement of all that is attacked, and yet he is
    • obliged to find that he is condemned, together with the distorted
    • artistic form of the building it is sought to realise that for
    • intended to bring to artistic expression that for which it is the
    • view. And the author of this pamphlet is far from thinking that what
    • endeavouring to see that every sort of inartistic symbolism or
    • open one's eyes in order to find that, when it is viewed, there is
    • In this way what we wish to attain in the building is successfully
    • the most of what is brought against the spiritual science we
    • based. Above all it is shown that the attacks are inapposite, because
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • acquainted, and about that building itself, it is in no wise my
    • that anyone unfamiliar with a subject sees in its name something by
    • beings.” That would be against the express intention of those who
    • gave the name. Our science itself leads us to, the conviction that
    • Whereas that which man
    • “Anthropology,” that which the inner, spiritual human being
    • and that knowledge is not confined to man, but is a knowledge of
    • Anthroposophy. That is to say, it is not even unusual, and it would be
    • a complete misunderstanding if anyone were to think that I, as has been
    • sciences. We use the name, only in a somewhat different sense, that is,
    • in the sense that spirit is to us something real and actual, whereas
    • said that our Anthroposophical Society is only a kind of development
    • out of what is called the “Theosophical Society.” Although
    • it is true that what we aim at within our Anthroposophical Society
    • years ago that I was invited by a small circle of people to give
    • stress on the fact that at the time when I was invited to speak to a
    • were but little in keeping with my view of the world. I had at that
    • time endeavoured, purely out of what I had discovered for myself, to
    • printed; some of them were very soon translated into English, and that
    • by a distinguished member of the Theosophical Society, which at that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries that were the outcome of different conditions in the
    • arose from conceptions of the spiritual world that had primarily to
    • Mysteries that were celebrated in certain parts of Asia long before
    • festival with Mysteries that were celebrated also in pre-Christian
    • fact that they were preeminently Summer Mysteries, connected with the
    • union between man and all that takes place in earthly life during the
    • Mysteries we must think, first of all, of that part of the evolution
    • we find that the Mysteries were institutions of men still possessed
    • dreams were expressions of reality, the men belonging to that ancient
    • has learnt at school. I have, as you know, often said that what the
    • dreams but somewhat resembling them. Whereas we know quite well that
    • the pictures in our dreams are woven from our reminiscences, that
    • old clairvoyance men knew that they were the expressions — not,
    • But it must not be imagined that
    • well be amazed at the power and brilliance of the thoughts of that
    • what men fashioned out of various materials into works of art, and
    • what they acquired as wisdom. Today the distinction is made by
    • saying: What man acquires in the form of wisdom must be true; but
    • what he embodies in his materials as a painter, sculptor, or musician
    • — that is fantasy!
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries that were the outcome of different conditions in the
    • arose from conceptions of the spiritual world that had primarily to
    • Mysteries that were celebrated in certain parts of Asia long before
    • festival with Mysteries that were celebrated also in pre-Christian
    • fact that they were preeminently Summer Mysteries, connected with the
    • union between man and all that takes place in earthly life during the
    • Mysteries we must think, first of all, of that part of the evolution
    • we find that the Mysteries were institutions of men still possessed
    • dreams were expressions of reality, the men belonging to that ancient
    • has learnt at school. I have, as you know, often said that what the
    • dreams but somewhat resembling them. Whereas we know quite well that
    • the pictures in our dreams are woven from our reminiscences, that
    • old clairvoyance men knew that they were the expressions — not,
    • But it must not be imagined that
    • well be amazed at the power and brilliance of the thoughts of that
    • what men fashioned out of various materials into works of art, and
    • what they acquired as wisdom. Today the distinction is made by
    • saying: What man acquires in the form of wisdom must be true; but
    • what he embodies in his materials as a painter, sculptor, or musician
    • — that is fantasy!
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • called a science on the grounds that it is only the concatenation of
    • single events and achievements which cannot recur, at least in that
    • deduce laws which the raindrop obeys — that is, we can make a
    • them but we cannot base on them anything that could be truly called a
    • nowadays regarded as scientific, we shall have to admit that our
    • repeating themselves, and begin to believe that the souls of human
    • beings continue their existence in successive earth lives, and that
    • what influenced them in one life is carried over into the spiritual
    • birth until it appears in a new life: so that a real progress and
    • shortsighted view of human history, we cannot accept the notion that
    • the human soul has been more or less what it is today since first it
    • Science we look at pre-Christian times, we shall find that the whole
    • the course of human history, that in fact the structure of the soul
    • achievement side by side with that of the Greeks. But as soon as we
    • It is a pity that a lecture
    • for yourselves in actual detail, what I am describing. When Herman
    • especially Greek sculpture work on us, we shall certainly feel that
    • contributed to this but it was also important that the Greeks lived
    • so that the artist did not need to look at outer nature or external
    • their mood of soul which flowered within them. Even what survives to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • called a science on the grounds that it is only the concatenation of
    • single events and achievements which cannot recur, at least in that
    • deduce laws which the raindrop obeys — that is, we can make a
    • them but we cannot base on them anything that could be truly called a
    • nowadays regarded as scientific, we shall have to admit that our
    • repeating themselves, and begin to believe that the souls of human
    • beings continue their existence in successive earth lives, and that
    • what influenced them in one life is carried over into the spiritual
    • birth until it appears in a new life: so that a real progress and
    • shortsighted view of human history, we cannot accept the notion that
    • the human soul has been more or less what it is today since first it
    • Science we look at pre-Christian times, we shall find that the whole
    • the course of human history, that in fact the structure of the soul
    • achievement side by side with that of the Greeks. But as soon as we
    • It is a pity that a lecture
    • for yourselves in actual detail, what I am describing. When Herman
    • especially Greek sculpture work on us, we shall certainly feel that
    • contributed to this but it was also important that the Greeks lived
    • so that the artist did not need to look at outer nature or external
    • their mood of soul which flowered within them. Even what survives to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cover Sheet: Presence of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
  • Title: Contents: Presence of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • religions and their task. Thinking that consumes and thinking that
    • believe what I know” of today. Max Müller's statement
    • The notion that our senses perceive only oscillations and
  • Title: Appendix: Presence of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • lecture but notes summarizing what Steiner said. Therefore, the two
  • Title: Notes: Presence of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Publisher's Note
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • his anthroposophical teaching. It should be remembered that in his
    • appreciation of the lectures it should be borne in mind that certain
    • spiritual essence; also what may be called ‘anthroposophical
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture One: Understanding the Spiritual World (Part One)
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • remember a dream, it will probably be quite obvious to you that
    • extent that specific occurrences are unrecognizable, and we think we
    • that are not connected with any experiences we have had and are
    • feeling that a type of living, weaving image has been revealed to the
    • soul. This is what we remember after waking up. Some dreams remain in
    • what we perceive in such weaving dreams. We know what we perceive
    • when we are awake in this world, which we call the physical. But what
    • fill our daytime experience? It is what we call the etheric world,
    • and with all that lives in it. That is the essence, as it were, of
    • we look back, as it were, from within our astral body and I to what
    • when we recall them. Even those things that have sunk down into the
    • that has become detached. This can happen when a part of your
    • be unaware that our physical body is sick. When the part our etheric
    • in the world. And our own etheric body is like a section that has
    • perceive this outer etheric substance. That is why we have nothing in
    • the etheric world that could be called perception, parallel to
    • to writing. What you write down expresses something that stands
    • have the power to make what you write true, to make it correspond to
    • words that will tell the friend about the fact when he reads them.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Two: Understanding the Spiritual World (Part Two)
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • conviction that we live in and are always surrounded by the spiritual
    • us believe that only stupid, superstitious characters or at least
    • know that those with an anthroposophical outlook are of one mind with
    • or that passage from his writings as it suits them, it is good when
    • they have their origin in his loyal adherence to the conviction that
    • in difficult times — you should always be aware in your hearts that
    • he had the strength to say what he said because he knew: The best part of
    • Fichte were aware that their words were filled with a strength gained
    • through a knowledge of the spiritual world that supported and worked
    • large when I see the endless bewilderment that greets every powerful
    • right, that I am unable to make a decision in matters of this kind
    • times. And yet, we cannot help but feel that anthroposophy is the
    • fulfillment of what the great minds in human history longed and
    • another about the spiritual world. What must he do? Well, people have
    • possess any concepts that could help him grasp what true spiritual
    • what he is told with his ideas, which, of course, originated on quite
    • ideas that we did not have before we encountered spiritual science
    • and that we cannot bring with us from the outside, but have to learn
    • that spiritual science is to enable us to understand the spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Three: Awakening Spiritual Thoughts
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • glad that we can meet here today and take a break, so to speak, for a
    • thoughts on the life of the spirit that might be useful in
    • considering what meaning spiritual science and living with
    • and death simply to do what is necessary for life in the physical
    • something that can be grasped immediately by anyone who begins to
    • have to admit that with our conscious mind we know as little about
    • can deny that we continue to live in sleep — unless such a
    • person were prepared to accept that we really die every evening and
    • are created anew each morning. That is unlikely, but the truly
    • logical person will be equally unable to accept that the whole human
    • The fact that we sleep
    • motivated to reflect on what spiritual science has to offer. In
    • particular, the natural sciences will more and more realize that our
    • own conclusions to realize that our soul-spiritual being is really
    • an idea of what people in our century will have to know about the
    • spiritual science that when we fall asleep, two members of our being,
    • describe this situation by saying that in sleep our ego and astral
    • that is, for the other organs.
    • just what the sun does, which shines here during the day and when it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Four: The Presence of the Dead in our Life
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • all, my dear friends, I want to say that I am very glad we are
    • at the beginning of this lecture is as sincere and heartfelt as that
    • research that may be called clairvoyant. While I have often
    • emphasized that our heart, mind, and feelings are primarily affected
    • by anthroposophical truths, we cannot ignore that these truths depend
    • different from that of everyday life. It appears to lead us away from
    • the things that seem so important to us in daily life, but in
    • condition and mood of soul that develops as a consequence of this
    • that if we follow the paths to clairvoyant research, we will feel
    • completely different from our usual self. What happens to our soul
    • images, which contains nothing of what we call “the sensation
    • However, in dreams we perceive only the part of ourselves that has
    • contradicting what I have just said can be traced to the fact that
    • remember that in the actual dream the subjective ego was
    • experiences must feel that the clairvoyant reality is permeable and,
    • inside the object, not separated from what we perceive. Consequently,
    • have. The same thing that causes our ego to fuse with the objects of
    • encounter what we call in the physical world another ego, another
    • Let us first look at what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Five: The Blessing of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • spirit with processes of the human mind that are still unknown today,
    • science, and I am speaking to you today on that basis.
    • investigation.” That is why I want to say right now that I am
    • clairvoyant, esoteric knowledge that can be supported even by people
    • of modern thinking that includes the natural sciences. The two differ
    • science studies an area that must necessarily remain hidden to the
    • with the same abilities and methods that have allowed the natural
    • that we must use faculties that slumber, that are latent, to use a
    • develop abilities that are quite different from those we normally
    • through spiritual chemistry. We cannot tell from the looks of it that
    • feelings to range freely over anything that catches our attention,
    • but pulling ourselves together so that our soul focuses our interest
    • certain amount of time. The content of what we are concentrating on
    • capacity in our soul to feel that through this inner activity the
    • forming of ideas, fully aware that we are outside the nervous system
    • let me add that our first experience in this self-development is the
    • realization that in thinking we live as though outside our head. We
    • we know for sure that these thoughts are outside our head. The
    • and nervous system such that the soul-spiritual that emerged from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Six: Faith and Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • and their task. Thinking that consumes and thinking that nourishes.
    • believe what I know” of today. Max Müller's statement
    • The notion that our senses perceive only oscillations and
    • ideas that continue in a more esoteric way what we spoke about more
    • an I. That is when the wisdom we have brought with us from the gods,
    • to make up for what we have depleted during the day. If we did not
    • sprout, but the astral body needs to consume what the etheric body
    • for what has been eaten away and killed off flows into us from the
    • course, that is no objection to sleeping a lot. Since intellectual
    • work takes a lot out of our physical organization, people doing that
    • what we depleted through our daily work and advance spiritually, we
    • have to consciously take what we need from the spiritual world.
    • life forces, which will then be compensated for. However, what has to
    • drawn from the spiritual world so that it will not die in our
    • That is why the founders of
    • religious beliefs were such spiritual thoughts human souls need. That
    • time when we on earth will gradually lose the ability to take in what
    • replaced with “I believe what I know.” People will begin
    • to feel that this new principle must be applied. Otherwise we deny
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Seven: Robert Hamerling: Poet and Thinker
    Matching lines:
    • knowing the world that are denied by materialism.
    • days earlier. He died after decades of unutterable suffering that
    • On that occasion a little
    • Hamerling had dedicated the lines that fundamentally reveal his mood
    • A fleeting thought is all that you would give;
    • that speak so powerfully of his suffering in virtually the entire
    • supposedly led. It was even rumored that he lived in a sumptuous
    • house in Graz, and that he had a large number of girls for his
    • in bed in his small room, knowing that outside the sun was shining on
    • their soul to what is great, beautiful, monumental, magnificent, and
    • call for a newspaper that contained a small occasional poem by
    • Say that I write bad verses,
    • Say that I steal the silverware,
    • Or that I betray our Austria
    • Say that I'm stricken with grief because
    • Do not say that I'm a pessimist,
    • That the last word in my singing
    • What? The poet is a pessimist
    • Except that I'm a pessimist!
    • I hate this word. To me it smells
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • common knowledge that ever since the onset of this modern life, men
    • The important thing now is that the impulses we feel
    • modern life. We must come to feel that Spiritual Science is a
    • necessary counter-balance for elements in modern life that have an
    • him more deeply about what this modern life signifies for the human
    • leading to initiation and one who has no connection whatever with it
    • is that in the former case the experiences become conscious; the
    • person realises what actually happens to him when he spends a night
    • Naturally, the influences that play on the human
    • If we are to understand what is really meant by these
    • our physical and etheric bodies, so that while we are asleep in a
    • and anyone who has ever woken up with the aftermath of what the
    • with what the Ego and astral body experience as the inner law and
    • warning, because what I am proposing to say might easily arouse a
    • What I mean by this arrogance is that someone may say to himself: “I
    • painted in colours suitable for spiritual sensitivity, so that none
    • The last thing I want is that what I say should have
    • is Anthroposophy alone that can make the human heart and will
    • procedure. Although it is understandable that weaker natures would
    • untouched by it, it must nevertheless be emphasised that such an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • common knowledge that ever since the onset of this modern life, men
    • The important thing now is that the impulses we feel
    • modern life. We must come to feel that Spiritual Science is a
    • necessary counter-balance for elements in modern life that have an
    • him more deeply about what this modern life signifies for the human
    • leading to initiation and one who has no connection whatever with it
    • is that in the former case the experiences become conscious; the
    • person realises what actually happens to him when he spends a night
    • Naturally, the influences that play on the human
    • If we are to understand what is really meant by these
    • our physical and etheric bodies, so that while we are asleep in a
    • and anyone who has ever woken up with the aftermath of what the
    • with what the Ego and astral body experience as the inner law and
    • warning, because what I am proposing to say might easily arouse a
    • What I mean by this arrogance is that someone may say to himself: “I
    • painted in colours suitable for spiritual sensitivity, so that none
    • The last thing I want is that what I say should have
    • is Anthroposophy alone that can make the human heart and will
    • procedure. Although it is understandable that weaker natures would
    • untouched by it, it must nevertheless be emphasised that such an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • that in face of the burning needs of the age, theoretical knowledge
    • of the present time. Men are utterly lacking in that understanding of
    • earthly lives nor of the fact that in spite of the full reality of
    • concrete realities of life, we slip into the kind of thought that has
    • that has remained farthest of all in the rear of the actual demands
    • life, swallow what is told them by men who appear by the force of
    • suppose he wants to inform himself about things that are actually
    • the fragmentary history that forms part of popular education. But
    • this is all written from the point of view of thought that is merely
    • is more or less obliged to fall back on what happened in the last
    • what happened to them, what happened to their fathers, forefathers
    • perhaps to the Middle Ages, and imagines that he is following the
    • explain what is happening to mankind at the present time by what
    • generations, and the only idea that is really clear to him is that of
    • from their forefathers or are benefiting by what was instituted by
    • Middle Europe in their earlier lives? Is it not possible that they
    • work no less effectively than the forces of the blood that has been
    • not fall into the error of thinking that it will ever be possible to
    • say to ourselves that in the men of the present age souls are
    • at all. In other words, we cannot understand what is happening on the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • that in face of the burning needs of the age, theoretical knowledge
    • of the present time. Men are utterly lacking in that understanding of
    • earthly lives nor of the fact that in spite of the full reality of
    • concrete realities of life, we slip into the kind of thought that has
    • that has remained farthest of all in the rear of the actual demands
    • life, swallow what is told them by men who appear by the force of
    • suppose he wants to inform himself about things that are actually
    • the fragmentary history that forms part of popular education. But
    • this is all written from the point of view of thought that is merely
    • is more or less obliged to fall back on what happened in the last
    • what happened to them, what happened to their fathers, forefathers
    • perhaps to the Middle Ages, and imagines that he is following the
    • explain what is happening to mankind at the present time by what
    • generations, and the only idea that is really clear to him is that of
    • from their forefathers or are benefiting by what was instituted by
    • Middle Europe in their earlier lives? Is it not possible that they
    • work no less effectively than the forces of the blood that has been
    • not fall into the error of thinking that it will ever be possible to
    • say to ourselves that in the men of the present age souls are
    • at all. In other words, we cannot understand what is happening on the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • be seen in the fact that in the case of no other human error is the
    • said that he felt himself capable of every kind of sin, but that he
    • a certain relief in being able to say that he had never harboured any
    • said, first of all, that envy and falsehood are visibly an offence
    • Herder it is said, for instance (he intended to study medicine) that
    • weakness and egoism, because he could not bear that sight. Compassion
    • they work in such a way that both envy and falsehood can arise in the
    • know that feelings, passions, etc. should be looked for in the astral
    • the astral body and which are so detestable that we wish to get rid
    • critical judgment. We say: This person has done this or that, and our
    • in a masked form. What has taken place? A very significant process
    • We know that the human soul passes through many incarnations and that
    • Lucifer and Ahriman, crept into the human soul. In what form do
    • that Mephistopheles does not exist; nevertheless, Lucifer and Ahriman
    • Lucifer is a power that tempts the human soul by drawing it down
    • power that draws us down into the depths of passion.
    • detestable quality and that is why people dislike it. They seek to
    • discovers that his soul is filled with envy, he begins to fight
    • against Lucifer, the source of envy. What does Lucifer do in that
    • against it. When we try to overcome falsehood, we can see that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • be seen in the fact that in the case of no other human error is the
    • said that he felt himself capable of every kind of sin, but that he
    • a certain relief in being able to say that he had never harboured any
    • said, first of all, that envy and falsehood are visibly an offence
    • Herder it is said, for instance (he intended to study medicine) that
    • weakness and egoism, because he could not bear that sight. Compassion
    • they work in such a way that both envy and falsehood can arise in the
    • know that feelings, passions, etc. should be looked for in the astral
    • the astral body and which are so detestable that we wish to get rid
    • critical judgment. We say: This person has done this or that, and our
    • in a masked form. What has taken place? A very significant process
    • We know that the human soul passes through many incarnations and that
    • Lucifer and Ahriman, crept into the human soul. In what form do
    • that Mephistopheles does not exist; nevertheless, Lucifer and Ahriman
    • Lucifer is a power that tempts the human soul by drawing it down
    • power that draws us down into the depths of passion.
    • detestable quality and that is why people dislike it. They seek to
    • discovers that his soul is filled with envy, he begins to fight
    • against Lucifer, the source of envy. What does Lucifer do in that
    • against it. When we try to overcome falsehood, we can see that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • Let me indicate some of these facts today. You should realize that
    • practically when the human being stands before you, he is that being
    • described in Anthroposophy. That is to say, we first have before us
    • and the physical body. The fact that whenever we face a human being
    • we always have before us these four members, implies that the
    • really do not know it. We think that the person we see before us
    • fills out space with his physical body and that we see his physical
    • if I tell you that our physical body is a corpse, even during the
    • conception of yourself if you think that you are carrying through
    • space what you imagine to be your physical body. You would have a far
    • have been for some time past. What I am telling you now cannot, of
    • that of today. The human bodies of olden times, the mummies which you
    • illness simply consists in the fact that the human body in part goes
    • are simply due to the fact that in the one or in the other person a
    • What I told you now, essentially depends on the development of
    • Now consider carefully the following question: What does the human
    • being recognize with the aid of that knowledge which he designates as
    • things! Science constantly emphasizes that the ordinary intelligence
    • cannot grasp life. To be sure, some investigators believe that if
    • understand the mineral, lifeless substance; that is to say, they will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • Let me indicate some of these facts today. You should realize that
    • practically when the human being stands before you, he is that being
    • described in Anthroposophy. That is to say, we first have before us
    • and the physical body. The fact that whenever we face a human being
    • we always have before us these four members, implies that the
    • really do not know it. We think that the person we see before us
    • fills out space with his physical body and that we see his physical
    • if I tell you that our physical body is a corpse, even during the
    • conception of yourself if you think that you are carrying through
    • space what you imagine to be your physical body. You would have a far
    • have been for some time past. What I am telling you now cannot, of
    • that of today. The human bodies of olden times, the mummies which you
    • illness simply consists in the fact that the human body in part goes
    • are simply due to the fact that in the one or in the other person a
    • What I told you now, essentially depends on the development of
    • Now consider carefully the following question: What does the human
    • being recognize with the aid of that knowledge which he designates as
    • things! Science constantly emphasizes that the ordinary intelligence
    • cannot grasp life. To be sure, some investigators believe that if
    • understand the mineral, lifeless substance; that is to say, they will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • different picture of the world. The essential thing is that our
    • which now rises up in our consciousness with everything that
    • consider what lies nearest to us, the earthly plane.
    • that we grow richer and richer; our content grows, our whole
    • or what we are accustomed to see physically — mountains,
    • is what we should be able to conceive. When we transcend our own
    • for example, feel that it belongs to our organism — if the
    • born out of the feeling that man stands within the life of
    • touch the essential. I have therefore told you many times that a
    • we should indeed consider that in the summer the Spirit of the
    • upon the sleeping human being, we see that when he falls asleep
    • and Ego. There is activity in man's inner being and we feel that
    • grow in the same way as that upon the earth. It is possible to
    • plants grow in such a way that their roots are outside and grow
    • life, but with a whole vegetation growing into it. What disturbs
    • the view is that at the same time we have the impression that the
    • of sleep. The animals consume, eat up what summer produces upon
    • the surface of the earth, and we perceive that our astral body
    • behaves like the animal world, except that it gnaws at the roots.
    • which we take with us through the portal of death. What the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • different picture of the world. The essential thing is that our
    • which now rises up in our consciousness with everything that
    • consider what lies nearest to us, the earthly plane.
    • that we grow richer and richer; our content grows, our whole
    • or what we are accustomed to see physically — mountains,
    • is what we should be able to conceive. When we transcend our own
    • for example, feel that it belongs to our organism — if the
    • born out of the feeling that man stands within the life of
    • touch the essential. I have therefore told you many times that a
    • we should indeed consider that in the summer the Spirit of the
    • upon the sleeping human being, we see that when he falls asleep
    • and Ego. There is activity in man's inner being and we feel that
    • grow in the same way as that upon the earth. It is possible to
    • plants grow in such a way that their roots are outside and grow
    • life, but with a whole vegetation growing into it. What disturbs
    • the view is that at the same time we have the impression that the
    • of sleep. The animals consume, eat up what summer produces upon
    • the surface of the earth, and we perceive that our astral body
    • behaves like the animal world, except that it gnaws at the roots.
    • which we take with us through the portal of death. What the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Back Cover Text
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • While that book described the super-sensible world in a systematic and
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • Anthroposophy as what men long for today.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: About the Transcripts of Lectures
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • courses on the other, belong within what I elaborated as Anthroposophy.
    • in a way that is suitable for present-day consciousness must do so through
    • contain what to my spiritual sight became ever more clearly
    • requirement arose, different from that of elaborating Anthroposophy
    • private circles I could formulate what I had to say in a way I should
    • was ever said that was not solely the result of my direct experience
    • among members. But it must be borne in mind that faulty passages occur
    • light of Anthroposophy, and also knowledge of what exists as
    • ‘anthroposophical history’ in what has been imparted from
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Editors Preface
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • and he may well have had in mind that the Movement itself had, in some
    • centre that any connection between these different approaches become
    • well be surprised to find that it is possible to read
    • (1904) without ever discovering that the incarnation of Christ and the
    • of the universe and man. The truth is that the mastery of Anthroposophy
    • afterwards to discover that the New Testament was written in that
    • diverse directions that one might almost suppose the books to be the
    • lectures — as Steiner himself makes it clear that he does —
    • as a supplement or complement to what is to be found in
    • is the most systematic of all the writings that Steiner has bequeathed
    • — as a grammar does of all that the language can do and say. Its
    • method is that of description from outside. And this approach, essential
    • are taken as reproductions of the reality that underlies them
    • instead of as similes — attempts, that is, at making clear a purely
    • — and inclined to judge the value of Anthroposophy from that single
    • adventure may well do so. That is why the present book seems to me to be
    • which flowed from Rudolf Steiner during the twenty years that elapsed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • ANTHROPOSOPHY AS WHAT MEN LONG FOR TODAY
    • on the assumption that the Anthroposophical Movement has just begun.
    • taken an attitude towards it. Therefore, in whatever way you come before
    • that the world has already taken up an attitude towards Anthroposophy
    • member, content to receive what is given. But whoever would share, in
    • any way, in putting Anthroposophy before the world, cannot ignore what
    • decides to speak about Anthroposophy must assume, to begin with, that
    • what he wants to say is really just what the heart of his listener is
    • to utter anything except that which was really being spoken by the hearts
    • find that ancient feelings, present in every human soul from age to age,
    • thoughts, much less find answers in what the civilised world can offer;
    • fullness of impressions that confront man and gradually fill his soul.
    • that Nature receives into herself all the human soul perceives of physical,
    • difference whether through burial or cremation). And what does Nature
    • practised, we deepen this impression made by a study of what Nature
    • remains are kept isolated, but not from the air. They dry up. And what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture II: Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • of man confronts us from both directions. If we look once more at what
    • the fact that man, on passing through the gate of death, must surrender
    • the physical world for what gives the human physical body its shape
    • of another world which builds up this human body that external, physical
    • that we observe. We always find the same substances as in the external,
    • are compelled to say: Whatever the inner processes going on in the human
    • science, however, draws from this fact a conclusion that cannot be drawn
    • we can only say that we have here to do with a beginning and an end.
    • conclusion that what enters the body and leaves it again was also within
    • nature, as the external world; it transforms what it takes in, and then
    • human organism that is, at first, similar to external nature and, on
    • excretion, becomes so again. It is what lies between these two stages
    • that we must first discover.
    • picture this that I have said: On the one hand, we have what the organism
    • takes in; on the other, what it gives of including even the physical
    • itself. From the study of what the human physical organism takes in
    • We only find such a relationship when we turn to what man excretes. In
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture III: The Transition from Ordinary Knowledge to the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • initiation. In this connection we must bear in mind what I have already
    • College of Spiritual Science, namely: that the content of the Science of
    • everyone who is sufficiently free from prejudice. One should not say that
    • a person must first be initiated himself in order to understand what the
    • and what surrounds him on the earth. just consider how abstractly the
    • Apart from the fact that the sun warms us in summer and leaves us cold
    • in winter, that the moon is a favourite companion of lovers under certain
    • that way of looking at things of which I spoke in the lecture before
    • last. One need only develop a little understanding of what men once
    • today that his destiny, his ‘Karma’, is here on the earth,
    • to grasp man's part in the super-sensible world. All that surrounds him,
    • the stars by their light. Now light, and all that we perceive in the
    • our gaze this way or that.
    • the sun and moon aright when we realise that they are gates to the
    • super-sensible world, and have very much to do with what man experiences
    • moon, except that it shows us reflected sunlight. He knows that moonlight
    • that the cosmic body visible to our physical eye as the moon, was once
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IV: Meditation and Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • in a quite elementary way. We shall then see that impulses from the
    • your body and go through life with this perception, you encounter that
    • of which I spoke. You find that what you see will one day be a corpse;
    • no longer any possibility that the human form, which has been impressed
    • study that is not guided by theory but controlled by life itself, leads
    • (We will not speak, for the present, of what external cognition cannot
    • that all these laws of Nature are, by their mode of operation, only
    • now look at our inner life. We experience what we call our psychical
    • order to move, at length, arms and legs. What it is that here works
    • — to what is deeply disturbing. We see that all this soul life
    • sure we may be that our soul, though dependent in its manifestations
    • disturbing element that, as long as there has been human evolution at
    • bodily being, but it belongs to Nature that can only destroy it; and,
    • light up and fade away, yet are bound up with what is most valuable in
    • only be ascribed to a fundamental insincerity of our civilisation that
    • continues through Descartes, and attains a somewhat coquettish expression
    • is connected with what is most valuable in our lives — the moral
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture V: Love, Intuition and the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • composition that we discern in man is also found in the external world.
    • Only, we must be clear that there is a consider-able difference between
    • what we find in the world outside and what we find in man.
    • course, that the anatomist, investigating what remains of the living man
    • and other compounds found outside of man, and he investigates what the
    • somewhat bigger scale, and notice what I have emphasised so strongly,
    • namely: that the human organism as a whole cannot be maintained by external
    • Nature, but is subject to destruction. Thus we can say that, in the
    • difference between what is outside and what is inside man. We must
    • recognise a greater difference however, in what is etheric.
    • world beyond the earth. I pointed out that, from out of the etheric,
    • and that this tendency to spherical formation, due to the complex of
    • of the surrounding etheric is to give spherical form to what is fluid.
    • In man what is fluid takes on human form, and this is due to his inner
    • such a way that it develops the plant form out of the earth; and the
    • everything else that is astral is discovered streaming in centripetally;
    • say, for example, that something astral is streaming in from this side.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VI: Respiration, Warmth and the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • this point of view that one must consider what was said in the last
    • consciousness, and in what might be called a purely external way, at
    • unconscious. There is also what we know as sense impressions —
    • that relation to our earthly and cosmic environments which is mediated
    • Now, when we study man with ordinary cognition we find that the inner
    • the active life of feeling that connects willing and thinking, standing
    • opinions, what we have just found by ordinary consciousness, we are
    • sleep. At most we can say that the dream life finds expression when
    • man sleeps. But we must certainly not assume that these psychical processes
    • consciousness. On unbiased consideration we must assume that the vehicle
    • however, that this vehicle does not act on man during sleep, i.e. that
    • Moreover, that which sets the body in motion from out of the will is
    • also absent; likewise, what evokes feeling from the organic processes,
    • waking life we are aware that our thoughts act upon our bodily
    • so that the will is involved. Nevertheless, we are aware of this action
    • of our psychic impulses upon our body, and have to recognise that it
    • even external considerations show us that sleep takes something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VII: Dream-life and External Reality
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • secrets of human life. It is a life that finds expression while
    • we sleep — soul life, dream life, a life that ordinary consciousness,
    • for he sees that it shows him all kinds of pictures and reminiscences
    • experiences; and if man asks himself what it really signifies for the
    • we experienced this or that in a definite way; now a dream conjures
    • at this type of dream-life that conjures outer experiences in transformed
    • pictures before the soul, we find that something in us takes hold of
    • In memory we have pictures of outer life that are more or less true.
    • in our dreams, transformed pictures of outer life. That is one kind
    • then sees that the row of pillars ‘symbolises’ the row of
    • So we see that there is a second kind of dream which gives pictorial,
    • we even notice that the cerebral convolutions are symbolised in the
    • further in this direction we find that all our organs can appear in
    • Here, indeed, is something that points very clearly, by means of the
    • have studied these things you will know what particular organ is depicted,
    • unusual beauty; and when the artist is told what organ he has really
    • same respect for his organs that he has for his paintings.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VIII: Dreams, Imaginative Cognition, and the Building of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • of Initiation. To a certain extent, the point of view was that of ordinary
    • cognition — i.e. to present what we were studying yesterday as it
    • the imaginative life that is inwardly co-ordinated, clear and luminous,
    • with waking life. I have often emphasised that one who attains really
    • lives, if he is so ‘superior’ that he sails through life
    • or to inner joy, to something that we find easy or that proves difficult
    • the course of the dream just that which does not interest ordinary
    • — that begins to interest us most. We see behind the scenes of
    • dream-life and, in doing so, become aware that we have before us something
    • related to man's spiritual being in quite a definite way. We see that, in
    • And in this ‘seed-like’ man we learn to grasp what is really
    • in the autumn of a given year is foreign to the plant's life of that year
    • is just this way of studying the dream that gives imaginative consciousness
    • more and more that we bear within us something that passes over to our
    • that we learn to feel in the dream.
    • so that we feel like we do when a fresh, green, blossoming plant we
    • we say to ourselves that these, in respect to the physical, are all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IX: Phases of Memory and the Real Self
    Matching lines:
    • teachers of the twentieth century, he felt that it was vital to describe
    • in an exoteric way, because he believed that today's spiritual crisis
    • reader to consider our human and spiritual potential that Anthroposophy
    • preceding lectures that a study of man's faculty of memory can give
    • with its manifestation in the ordinary consciousness that man has
    • What
    • they refer, you will say that they exist as mere thoughts or mental
    • Nevertheless, it is these pictures that we retain in our ego from our
    • — our ego itself suffers injury. We feel that our immernnost being,
    • our ego, has been damaged if it must forfeit this or that from its treasury
    • of memories, for it is this treasury that makes our life a complete
    • whole. One could also point to the very serious conditions that sometimes
    • earthly life. But its role is far greater still. What would the external
    • us, however vividly — what would it be to us if we could not link
    • we may say that, after all, all learning consists in linking new
    • we have to teach the children to what we can draw from their store of
    • to evoke the soul's own life that it may feel and experience inwardly
    • say that, on earth, memory constitutes the most important and most
    • see that the sums of memories we bear within us is really a fragment.
    • frequently abnormal, when what has been long forgotten comes before
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • has been a great reluctance to look out at what was happening in the
    • outside world. But, if we want to see what is happening in the world
    • for what is all around us in the world. And the way in which we
    • understand something of what is going on in the world. Therefore, I
    • should like to combine what I have to say in the next few days with
    • Today I want first of all to point out one thing. You know that about
    • that century. At the beginning of the last third of the Nineteenth
    • underlying tone was different from what it became in the later
    • prevailed among educated people that the human being ought to form
    • important affairs of life; and that even if, helped by the
    • that, among people who had reached a certain degree of culture, freedom
    • of conscience was possible. It is true that in the decades that
    • being nullified, though, of course, that fact is more or less
    • prevailed in the widest circles that the human being must have a
    • it is expressly said: “The view that freedom of conscience and of
    • religious worship, Rome made an official pronouncement that it was a
    • doing I want to call your attention to what took place at a time
    • really in such a way as to show that consciences were involved, was a
    • insight. Anyone with intimate knowledge of this period knows that the
    • science which arose at that time; insofar as we are Anthroposophists
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • by saying that since the time of its inauguration anyone who holds a
    • Catholic teaching to deviate from what is recognized as dogmatic
    • truth by the Roman Catholic Church; which means, in fact, what is
    • “What is there actually new about this Anti-Modernist Oath?”
    • clear about that. What is new is that the person concerned has to
    • take an oath as to what is the doctrine of the Church. I want you to
    • that there has been a prodigious piling up of historical deeds in the
    • declared all modern thinking to be heretical. Then on top of that
    • sphere of will and feeling. That which always had to be acknowledged
    • indication of what is regarded as the programme for the future in
    • One knows for a certainty that the number of Lenin’s opponents
    • because it brings out to what an extent modern humanity passes
    • sentence; the point is that in certain quarters they will see to it
    • that the content of what is there expressed will be made known
    • throughout the world, that among the widest circles of the European
    • humanity of today is still soundly asleep to the fact that such a
    • that we should understand that way, for I have had much to say about
    • the attacks from that quarter that are being forged against what we
    • that the bill posters had to notify us that the man who this morning
    • What was written by a man who frequently hides behind the bushes and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • You will have noticed that all my lectures for years past have
    • of humanity, of the spread of what we spiritual scientists call the
    • results of initiation research. You know also that by the word
    • of veil; a veil which may very easily lead to illusions. What is
    • what today is called science. He combines his perceptions in the
    • that does not lead him beyond the world of the senses; and we may say that
    • imitation of what may be called experience in the super-sensible
    • same degree of consciousness that one has in ordinary life, a degree
    • that of ordinary life, of ordinary consciousness, as that of ordinary
    • a poor imitation of what is experienced in that other condition.
    • same as what underlies one’s thoughts, only that in thinking
    • therefore what is arranged in the dream by mere analogy, is in
    • with what this world says to us. You can have a kind of proof of this
    • wandered, notice that as you recall them in your mind you can
    • ideas is in a certain sense subject to the same law as that of the
    • dream. It is only through our senses that we are torn out of our
    • organized that it becomes permeated by a higher consciousness than
    • that which our ordinary senses confer. Then imaginative consciousness
    • told you yesterday in my public lecture, that it is recognized by
    • evolution of humanity and in that of the near future is that humanity
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bilder Okkulter Siegel und Säulen: Zur Einführung
    Matching lines:
    • offenbart, hat seine Urbilder in der astralischen Welt und
    • Siegelbildern dar. Er. hat nichts zu erfinden, sondern lediglich die
    • Siegel für den Kongreßsaal hat nach den ihr gemachten
    • Gott ihm dargeboten hat, seinen Dienern zu veranschaulichen, wie in
    • Dieser hat zum Ausdruck gebracht das,Wort' Gottes und dessen
    • hat.» Die «Zeichen», die er geschaut hat, sind von dem
    • Kreisen ausgebildet hat, die seit jener Zeit die Aufgabe haben, diese
    • dazugehört. Der Erdenmensch hat in ferner Urzeit nämlich
    • welche die Herrschaft über den Leib hat (daher die grüne
    • Kräfte der Sonne angeeignet hat. Das «Wissen» wird
    • überwunden, sondern sie so umgewandelt hat, daß sie als
    • hielt und eine große Kette in der Hand hatte. Und er brachte den
  • Title: Bilder Okkulter Siegel und Säulen: Rudolf Steiner über das Hell-Dunkel
    Matching lines:
    • in Dornach gehalten hat, eröffnete Rudolf Steiner Wege zu
    • verwirklichen hatten, 1907 unbekannt gewesen. So waren sie
    • einer Hell-Dunkel-Kunst gestellt hat: das Licht nicht nur in
    • Schatten – besser gesagt Licht und Schwere –
    • das erste Goetheanum im Jahre 1912 geschrieben hat – noch
  • Title: Bilder Okkulter Siegel und Säulen: Siegel 01
    Matching lines:
    • Offenbarung Jesu Christi, die Gott ihm dargeboten hat, seinen
    • gesandt durch Gottes Engel seinem Diener Johannes. Dieser hat
    • durch Jesus Christus, in der Art, wie er es geschaut hat
    • Die «Zeichen», die er geschaut hat, sind von dem
    • vierzehnten Jahrhundert in jenen Kreisen ausgebildet hat, die
  • Title: Bilder Okkulter Siegel und Säulen: Siegel 02
    Matching lines:
    • Erdenmensch hat in ferner Urzeit nämlich noch nicht das
  • Title: Bilder Okkulter Siegel und Säulen: Siegel 03
    Matching lines:
    • die Herrschaft über den Leib hat (daher die grüne
  • Title: Bilder Okkulter Siegel und Säulen: Siegel 04
    Matching lines:
    • angeeignet hat. Das «Wissen» wird dann der Mensch
  • Title: Bilder Okkulter Siegel und Säulen: Siegel 06
    Matching lines:
    • sondern sie so umgewandelt hat, daß sie als verbesserte zu
    • in der Hand hatte. Und er brachte den Drachen, die Schlange der
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • conditions are bound to develop in the near future, and we saw that
    • disappearance of much that is still greatly to men's taste and
    • to speak yesterday it will be clear to you that a very disagreeable
    • comfortably through the coming times. I do not say that the
    • fulfilled to the letter. But what must be regarded as imminent is a
    • natural science, that will arouse the deepest need for what I have
    • time. The course of human evolution has brought it about that ever
    • all that can properly be called experience of the Christ has fallen
    • into complete decadence. We saw, too, that the impossibility of
    • clear that just as other incisive events in human evolution come
    • souls has become quite different from what it was before that time.
    • mind. That also has been too little noticed, because people usually
    • stick to the ideas that have once been instilled into them. But there
    • what has been inculcated, and this comes out very clearly if one
    • habitual ideas, so that nothing is able to penetrate their minds
    • what an immense gulf really exists between those who are old today
    • that there are many who still cling to a certain piety, a piety which
    • prefers to remain in ignorance of what is penetrating mankind through
    • dishonesty lurks in this piety, a reluctance to face what it is that
    • science are fulfilled — so that children are given a stimulus
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • conditions are bound to develop in the near future, and we saw that
    • disappearance of much that is still greatly to men's taste and
    • to speak yesterday it will be clear to you that a very disagreeable
    • comfortably through the coming times. I do not say that the
    • fulfilled to the letter. But what must be regarded as imminent is a
    • natural science, that will arouse the deepest need for what I have
    • time. The course of human evolution has brought it about that ever
    • all that can properly be called experience of the Christ has fallen
    • into complete decadence. We saw, too, that the impossibility of
    • clear that just as other incisive events in human evolution come
    • souls has become quite different from what it was before that time.
    • mind. That also has been too little noticed, because people usually
    • stick to the ideas that have once been instilled into them. But there
    • what has been inculcated, and this comes out very clearly if one
    • habitual ideas, so that nothing is able to penetrate their minds
    • what an immense gulf really exists between those who are old today
    • that there are many who still cling to a certain piety, a piety which
    • prefers to remain in ignorance of what is penetrating mankind through
    • dishonesty lurks in this piety, a reluctance to face what it is that
    • science are fulfilled — so that children are given a stimulus
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • road that leads to a knowledge and understanding of the spiritual
    • world differs in many respects from the method of knowledge that
    • again. He has no wish to remain, in life, in the mood that
    • frequently happen that one who is au fait in scientific
    • matters will immediately reply: But that does not tally with what is
    • already known and proved, with what has been established as
    • experience, so much so indeed that it is regarded as genuine only if
    • acquired and experienced quite apart from any relation to what
    • continuation or extension of the knowledge that prevails to-day;
    • feature of the knowledge that has made such advances in our day and
    • kind, although it must be admitted that these are, in the present age
    • of civilisation, somewhat heavily cancelled out! Present-day
    • assumption that things are either “true” or “untrue”,
    • to see that some scientific statement is true or untrue, then it
    • Now it will be found that the concepts “true”
    • path of knowledge, we stop saying: This is true, that is false. The
    • was said to be “what the Gods willed.” The world was
    • divided for man into what the Gods have willed and what the Gods have
    • associate something actual and vital with what we assent to or
    • that it is true or correct; we ascribe to it a quality, an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • road that leads to a knowledge and understanding of the spiritual
    • world differs in many respects from the method of knowledge that
    • again. He has no wish to remain, in life, in the mood that
    • frequently happen that one who is au fait in scientific
    • matters will immediately reply: But that does not tally with what is
    • already known and proved, with what has been established as
    • experience, so much so indeed that it is regarded as genuine only if
    • acquired and experienced quite apart from any relation to what
    • continuation or extension of the knowledge that prevails to-day;
    • feature of the knowledge that has made such advances in our day and
    • kind, although it must be admitted that these are, in the present age
    • of civilisation, somewhat heavily cancelled out! Present-day
    • assumption that things are either “true” or “untrue”,
    • to see that some scientific statement is true or untrue, then it
    • Now it will be found that the concepts “true”
    • path of knowledge, we stop saying: This is true, that is false. The
    • was said to be “what the Gods willed.” The world was
    • divided for man into what the Gods have willed and what the Gods have
    • associate something actual and vital with what we assent to or
    • that it is true or correct; we ascribe to it a quality, an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • vital kind that it finds entrance into life in all circumstances and
    • unproductive kind of knowledge, and it is natural that people who
    • know very little about it should be induced to ask: What, after all,
    • is the use of learning that man consists of such and such parts; that
    • epochs of culture, and so on? Those who feel that a realistic
    • this clear today by a particular example. Most of us know that our
    • Greeks and Romans; that the following centuries down to the
    • impulses preceding from that epoch; and that since the fifteenth
    • We know furthermore that in man in the fourth post-Atlantean period
    • culture and work and that cultivation of the consciousness soul is
    • our present task. What does the cultivation of the consciousness soul
    • order that the consciousness soul may be brought to expression,
    • all sides we find it confirmed that our age stands for the
    • true that two people meeting for the first time knew how to tune in
    • confidence can be established. But what is now only to be arrived at
    • post-Atlantean epoch. We must remember that this kind of
    • feeling-and-heart connection was well adapted to that age, but a very
    • terms of intercourse are such that, fundamentally speaking,
    • due weight to the spiritual-scientific truth that in the present age
    • we are not thrown together by chance with other people. That the path
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • vital kind that it finds entrance into life in all circumstances and
    • unproductive kind of knowledge, and it is natural that people who
    • know very little about it should be induced to ask: What, after all,
    • is the use of learning that man consists of such and such parts; that
    • epochs of culture, and so on? Those who feel that a realistic
    • this clear today by a particular example. Most of us know that our
    • Greeks and Romans; that the following centuries down to the
    • impulses preceding from that epoch; and that since the fifteenth
    • We know furthermore that in man in the fourth post-Atlantean period
    • culture and work and that cultivation of the consciousness soul is
    • our present task. What does the cultivation of the consciousness soul
    • order that the consciousness soul may be brought to expression,
    • all sides we find it confirmed that our age stands for the
    • true that two people meeting for the first time knew how to tune in
    • confidence can be established. But what is now only to be arrived at
    • post-Atlantean epoch. We must remember that this kind of
    • feeling-and-heart connection was well adapted to that age, but a very
    • terms of intercourse are such that, fundamentally speaking,
    • due weight to the spiritual-scientific truth that in the present age
    • we are not thrown together by chance with other people. That the path
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • attention to the fact that in ancient times man possessed a faculty of
    • phases to become what may be described as modern man's consciousness of the
    • returning to what was practised then because they cannot rouse themselves
    • to the realization that, in order to penetrate in to super-sensible worlds,
    • On previous occasions I have mentioned that, from the masses of human beings
    • suited to that age, inner forces which led them upwards into super-sensible
    • — that is to say, the one who sets out to attain higher knowledge by
    • in general was very different from what it is today. In the present age
    • physical world and we are conscious that if we attempt to experience a
    • that these men of old, through their fantasy, dreamed all kinds of
    • that of man in ancient times, if we believe that the spiritual beings
    • way of experiencing the world, namely, that man in those days had no clear
    • felt as my hand would feel were it conscious: that it is not independent,
    • being as separate from the surrounding world. Suppose a man of that time
    • downstream he, as modern, clever man, feels his legs stepping out in that
    • direction and this has nothing whatever to do with the river. In general,
    • the man of old did not feel like that. When he walked along a river
    • spiritual beings connected with the water of the river flowing in that
    • water — that is, by something material — so the man of old felt
    • himself guided downstream by something spiritual. That is only an example
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • attention to the fact that in ancient times man possessed a faculty of
    • phases to become what may be described as modern man's consciousness of the
    • returning to what was practised then because they cannot rouse themselves
    • to the realization that, in order to penetrate in to super-sensible worlds,
    • On previous occasions I have mentioned that, from the masses of human beings
    • suited to that age, inner forces which led them upwards into super-sensible
    • — that is to say, the one who sets out to attain higher knowledge by
    • in general was very different from what it is today. In the present age
    • physical world and we are conscious that if we attempt to experience a
    • that these men of old, through their fantasy, dreamed all kinds of
    • that of man in ancient times, if we believe that the spiritual beings
    • way of experiencing the world, namely, that man in those days had no clear
    • felt as my hand would feel were it conscious: that it is not independent,
    • being as separate from the surrounding world. Suppose a man of that time
    • downstream he, as modern, clever man, feels his legs stepping out in that
    • direction and this has nothing whatever to do with the river. In general,
    • the man of old did not feel like that. When he walked along a river
    • spiritual beings connected with the water of the river flowing in that
    • water — that is, by something material — so the man of old felt
    • himself guided downstream by something spiritual. That is only an example
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • that the Christmas festival has been made immovable, having been fixed at
    • celebrate a Sunday — a day, that is, which should remind them of
    • their connection with the sun-forces — when the Sunday comes that
    • current among mankind, traditions that originated from ancient atavistic
    • knowledge that present-day science can offer. And such traditions were a
    • time fixed for the Christmas festival indicates how closely that festival
    • earthly conditions; it is a time that can be ascertained only when man
    • forces of earth-evolution pure and simple. For through knowledge of that
    • beyond the earth; it contains a promise to man that in the course of
    • that is implied in this manner of dating the Easter festival, it will be
    • remind ourselves again and again what a great event in the evolution of
    • that were associated with the personality
    • of Jesus. All that came to his notice in this way in the physical world
    • experience that came to him cut deeply into his life — so deeply indeed,
    • that from that moment he became another man. Nay, more: he became an
    • the nature of the event that befell him at
    • weak reflection of all that he experienced inwardly. But even so, when he
    • we can discern that he speaks as one who through this event attained
    • sense. From the very manner in which he speaks it is plain that he is
    • back into the ancient past we find that man remained capable of organic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • that the Christmas festival has been made immovable, having been fixed at
    • celebrate a Sunday — a day, that is, which should remind them of
    • their connection with the sun-forces — when the Sunday comes that
    • current among mankind, traditions that originated from ancient atavistic
    • knowledge that present-day science can offer. And such traditions were a
    • time fixed for the Christmas festival indicates how closely that festival
    • earthly conditions; it is a time that can be ascertained only when man
    • forces of earth-evolution pure and simple. For through knowledge of that
    • beyond the earth; it contains a promise to man that in the course of
    • that is implied in this manner of dating the Easter festival, it will be
    • remind ourselves again and again what a great event in the evolution of
    • that were associated with the personality
    • of Jesus. All that came to his notice in this way in the physical world
    • experience that came to him cut deeply into his life — so deeply indeed,
    • that from that moment he became another man. Nay, more: he became an
    • the nature of the event that befell him at
    • weak reflection of all that he experienced inwardly. But even so, when he
    • we can discern that he speaks as one who through this event attained
    • sense. From the very manner in which he speaks it is plain that he is
    • back into the ancient past we find that man remained capable of organic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Address by Dr. Rudolf Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • me in the first place to express my deep satisfaction that this Experimental
    • of this we have come together here to-day. It is deeply satisfying that
    • lay more at the periphery. I mean when we began to introduce what Anthroposophical
    • not always, they have the idea that something important has been done
    • — that people must somehow be able to be won over “by the
    • with all their love and good-will, naturally imagine that we should
    • “lock, stock and barrel” with the land and all that is comprised
    • course in error. And although many of them say that they are faithful
    • followers of mine, often, alas! though it is true enough that they are
    • to what I have to say in decisive moments. They do not hear it when
    • I say, for instance, that it is utterly naive to imagine that you can
    • often imagine that life consists merely in thought. It does not consist
    • in mere thought. I am obliged to say these things, hoping that they
    • and again they set out with the mistaken opinion that we must do these
    • things as they have hitherto been done in Science; that we must proceed
    • regard to what I shall now say, Dr. Wegman is an absolute exception;
    • But a number of them always seemed to believe that the doctor must now
    • apply what proceeds from anthroposophical therapy in the same medical
    • What do
    • spreading the anthroposophical life into the world. What did we experience?
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • consider well what a great difference it makes, whether you really stir
    • Of course the people of to-day will not believe that it makes any difference;
    • been asked what I think of the Ritter remedies. You are perhaps aware
    • that there are some who sing hymns of praise on their behalf, while
    • others spread the tale that they have no particular effect.
    • they have an effect. But I am firmly convinced that if these remedies
    • difference whether you do the thing with all that proceeds from the
    • afterwards be strained so that it can be distributed with a mechanical
    • and subsequent dilution, it is only the radiant effect that works; it
    • be able to use the cow-horns three or four times running. After that
    • to be very economical in this respect. That is a question I cannot decide
    • as it may sound, it is a fact that Western life — life in the
    • the forces generally prevailing in that district. The forces of horns
    • from abroad might come into conflict with what is there in the earth
    • that the cows from which you get the horns in your own district are
    • imagine that cattle of medium age would be best.
    • What is the best time to plant cereals?
    • In these matters it is generally true to say that you do more harm by
    • example, we found that if we wished absolutely to prevent the possibility
    • We must familiarise ourselves with the fast that “dirt”
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • be thoroughly washed out with rain; that, of course, would harm it.
    • by roofing it in. That would undoubtedly deteriorate the manure.
    • speak of the combatting of weeds in the next few days. What I have given
    • plants far more secure against any parasitic pests that might occur.
    • that it would not be well to pick out any special aspect now.
    • Question: What
    • purposely refrained from speaking of what is already being done on rational
    • time before you recognise that it is not as you were first led to believe.
    • is the spontaneous generation of warmth. The activity that must come
    • the manure; of that there can be no doubt. This activity cannot but
    • as you suggest, that it becomes quite odourless. If you do
    • really get it odourless, it would indicate that the method is really
    • to the forces that are there beneath the earth. You cannot actually
    • the ground; that will give you the most favourable height.
    • speak of fruit- and vine-growing. Generally speaking, what I have given
    • what will improve manure in general. The specific modifications of these
    • that one can know of the whole structure of the earth and its relation
    • we have generally assumed that yarrow and dandelion too are dangerous
    • been tested. It is possible, no doubt, that in the hay ... —
    • would leave the hay untouched. An animal will not eat what is not good
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • As to its being permissible, let us assume for a moment that such a
    • not allowed, what I have repeatedly hinted at would inevitably follow:
    • of safety-valve against misuse. It goes without saying that when these
    • things are generally known and applied, abuses will be possible; that
    • is quite evident. Nevertheless, it may be pointed out that there have
    • that the misuse did not occur.
    • leading to grave catastrophes. Generally speaking, we can only say that
    • the moral improvement of all human life? That alone can be the panacea
    • facts. We should always try to have thoughts that are permeated with
    • impulses of will. We should consider what we can really do for the moral
    • them above. They simply “ be there; they “ be working. That which is
    • in another. That which is moral on one level is decidedly immoral on
    • another. That which is Ahrimanic in the earthly sphere is only harmful
    • that is but a little higher, its effect is definitely good.
    • applies to the insect world in general. It applies to all that portion
    • Can one also take the dog camomile that occurs in the fields?
    • That is a species more akin to the right one than the garden camomile
    • Yes, that is the right one.
    • Will what you said of the destruction of weeds apply also to water-weeds?
    • Yes, it applies also to plants that grow out of the swamp or out of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • combined. Use them in such a way that they work together, each contributing
    • What of the sprinkling of insect-pepper taken from insects that have
    • it flees from what ensues when the preparation is sprinkled in the earth.
    • That the insect does not come into direct contact with the earth makes
    • What of the harmfulness of frost in farming, especially for the tomato?
    • In what cosmic relationship is frost to be understood?
    • in general, you must realise what it is that comes to expression in
    • What is the best way of combating couch-grass? It is very difficult,
    • the other hand, it establishes itself so strongly that it plants itself
    • What would you attain by so doing? You must consider the whole part
    • played by electricity in Nature. It is at least comforting that voices
    • to the effect that human beings cannot go on developing in the same
    • will presently affect them in such a way that they will no longer be
    • that come to them with far greater difficulty than they did a few decades
    • ago. It is comforting that from America, at least, a certain perception
    • remarkable fact that whenever something new appears, as a rule in the
    • over with them. It is not the electricity — it is the shock that
    • must not forget that electricity always works on the higher organisation,
    • cause the animal that feeds on them to grow sclerotic. It is a slow
    • process; it will not be observed at once. The first thing will be, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Preface
    Matching lines:
    • they had noticed in seed-strains and in many cultivated plants. What
    • and nutrition? That was their question.
    • barley. Now they were finding that they had to resort to new strains
    • Steiner told the writer that plants themselves could never be diseased
    • — just “do this and then that.” Dr. Wachsmuth and
    • will understand that a good deal more sweating was done over the waste
    • What impressed
    • such germinal potency in his indications that a few sentences or a short
    • that there were two types of people engaged in anthroposophical work:
    • you what goes on at the course,” Dr. Steiner said by way of solace.
    • the largest possible areas over the entire earth, so that the earth
    • respect. That should be our first objective. The experiments can come
    • later.” He obviously thought that the proposed methods should
    • can it happen that the spiritual impulse, and especially the inner
    • understand why Dr. Steiner said that “the benefits of the bio-dynamic
    • ways and means of propagating the methods, Dr. Steiner said also that
    • needs to be the more emphasised in view of the fact that admission to
    • what Rudolf Steiner set forth, but the bio-dynamic method can be applied
    • people came to believe that only anthroposophists can practise the bio-dynamic
    • method. On the other hand, it is certainly true that a grasp of bio-dynamic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Supplement
    Matching lines:
    • Readers should remember that they are quoted from memory, are fragmentary
    • of artificial mineral manures. Dr. Steiner said that in view of the
    • manure, Dr. Steiner replied that mixed with ordinary stable manure,
    • is that they are more easily ground down after this process. On the
    • mainly of water). Dr. Steiner answered to the effect that unroasted
    • Streicher: Another matter we are concerned with here is one that
    • manures have not gone far beyond what was inaugurated by Liebig, who
    • be able to tell quite fully what this is.
    • Streicher: The farmers too have a feeling that the soil is extracted
    • It must be admitted that plant-manure is not favourable to plant-growth.
    • be clear that very much depends on the neighbouring plants, notably
    • a short time, or what not; but their state of health deteriorates through
    • that is undoubtedly harmful.
    • Look at the pastures for once, and you will find that of their own accord
    • it is feeding. And, after all, how easily it occurs that an animal gets
    • on sheep. The idea is that certain bacteria live in the paunch of the
    • animal, and that these bacteria will disintegrate the urea and transform
    • — there is always the law of inertia. That is to say, it may not
    • of work that gained publicity in England during the war — I mean
    • that there are certain plants which cannot absorb mineral manure directly.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • deeply what I may call the thanks of Anthroposophia itself —
    • words you have just spoken. Indeed, it is deeply gratifying that we
    • and Countess Keyserlingk. I know from my former visits what a
    • spiritual atmosphere. I know that the atmosphere of soul and spirit
    • which is living here is the best possible premiss for what must be
    • told us that there may be some discomforts for one or another among
    • Whatever comes to
    • Steiner will join me. We are thankful that we may spend these festive
    • intimate Union with Agriculture, was prevalent in all that we were
    • believe that every single one of us has come here gladly for this
    • as deeply and sincerely, that your House has been ready to receive us
    • receive them especially from me. I know what it means to give
    • receive them, understanding that I am well aware of the many
    • from the City. Whatever may be the inconveniences of which the Count
    • Office” but the “Foreign Office” — whatever
    • they may be, I am quite sure that every single one of us will go away
    • that is here said. You must not forget: though the desire for it has
    • for the very reason that what is here said will grow out of the soil
    • see at once what the connection is between this introduction and our
    • special subject. Nevertheless, we shall have to build upon what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • as possible. Whatever you need for agricultural production, you
    • farm. That is the ideal. A thoroughly healthy farm should be able to
    • produce within itself all that it needs.
    • hand, from which our farm springs forth, and on the other hand, that
    • doubt, that the Sun's light and warmth, and all the meteorological
    • development of the vegetation that covers the soil. But present-day
    • admitted nowadays. But we can go still further. We must observe that
    • a study of the earthly soil, we must indeed observe that the surface
    • of the Earth is a kind of organ in that organism which reveals itself
    • Whatever is above the Earth, belongs in truth to the
    • Why do I say that the
    • once more, all that element in the neighbourhood of the Earth in
    • water. All this actually corresponds to that which would represent,
    • in man, the abdominal organs. On the other hand, that which takes
    • that is above the Earth's surface. On the other hand, the
    • distant planets — those that revolve outside the circuit of the
    • Sun — work upon all that is beneath the Earth's surface,
    • Once more: all that
    • Earth then rays it upward again. Thus, the influences that rise
    • soil. To begin with, we have those influences that depend on the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • important questions in agriculture is that of the significance of
    • generally recognised; nevertheless the question, what is the essence
    • this indeed will presently emerge — that nitrogen as such does
    • so-called household. The four sisters of nitrogen are those that are
    • united with her in plant and animal protein, in a way that is not yet
    • and that is sulphur. Sulphur in protein is the very element which
    • acts as mediator between the Spiritual that is spread throughout the
    • activity appears less obvious than that of other substances,
    • sulphur that the Spiritual works into the physical domain of Nature.
    • “phosphorus.” The name is due to the fact that in
    • Seeing that sulphur's
    • learn to understand; we shall see what they signify in the whole
    • substances. He knows what they look like when he has them in his
    • know the deeper essence of these substances. What science does is
    • scarcely more than to take snapshots of them with a camera. All that
    • than that.
    • beings of the Universe have followed it along the same sad way! What
    • do we see in carbon nowadays? That which we use, as coal, to heat our
    • ovens! That which we use, as graphite, for our writing. True, we
    • namely diamond, but we have little opportunity to value even that,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • now seen what is essential in the discovery of spiritual-scientific
    • must first establish a genuine science — a science that looks
    • itself. You need only remember the absurdities that prevailed not long
    • was scientifically proven that a human being of average weight (eleven
    • instance, science has corrected itself, and it is well-known that if
    • the human being, and you recognise that the arterial sclerosis of old
    • One can understand that it cannot be otherwise. No less facile, on the
    • other hand, are the attacks that are made on Spiritual Science when
    • the manuring question, shows how little idea they really have of what
    • idea used to be that the essential thing in human nutrition is what
    • the greater part of what we daily eat is not there to be received as
    • inner mobility, activity. The greater part of what man thus receives
    • about. What the body needs, on the other hand, so as to deposit substances
    • the skin and the breathing. Whatever the body has to receive and deposit
    • is only in the body that it becomes condensed. The body receives
    • On the other hand, what we receive through our stomach is important
    • speaking of the experiments. What science says of the experiments is
    • all, a baby — so long as it does not know what a comb is for will
    • long as we do not know what their true essence is ...
    • rind and bark, etc. What is the essence of the tree, by contrast to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • still further, in view of our necessary standpoint that whatever is
    • seen, should never depart from anything that is in the sphere of living
    • growth. Hence it was of great value for us to recognise that the soil
    • to the rind or even the bark that surrounds the tree, enclosing the
    • and revolutionary spirit, interfering with all that our time has achieved
    • in the different domains of life. We must begin by recognising what
    • with that which can flow from our own, living conception of the Universe.
    • discussion. I will only say this to begin with: The idea that in farming
    • we cannot help doing so. With all that we send out into the world from
    • manure substance whose inner value is so deeply connected with all that
    • of substance in the manure. They reckon first and foremost on all that
    • to increase the number of flies (imagining that they will eat the dirt
    • up more quickly) or even to diminish them, or anything of that kind.
    • as occurring by virtue of the processes that arise of themselves, here
    • that such a statement ought never to be made unless we are able to show
    • positive ways and means at the same time. No doubt, what I have now
    • to know what is abstractly correct. If our correct knowledge is merely
    • to set over against it. That is the point in every case! If positive
    • such a condition that it is able to organise and vitalise the solid
    • that is available as manure, provided always we remain within the sphere
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • ideas that relate to harmful plants and animals and to what are commonly
    • weed.” Most of the authors, I found, if they tried to define what
    • a weed is, described it thus: “Everything that grows at a place
    • as such — for the simple reason that in Nature's judgment
    • These things must be looked at from a somewhat different point of view.
    • The simple question is, how can we rid a certain field or area of what
    • only answer this question by taking into account what we have dealt
    • between the forces that are there in the growth of plants — forces
    • are the forces we must consider when we are tracing what produces the
    • on the other hand, in all that the plant derives from the surrounding
    • sphere, from that which is over the earth, we must perceive the workings
    • wider sense we may say: All the forces that work into the earth from the
    • of the earth, while that which works from the surrounding sphere is
    • proceed from the earth itself, nevertheless they transmit what proceeds
    • — not what proceeds from Moon, Venus and Mercury. Nowadays, people
    • when it works through the air through all that lies above the level
    • all the resources that were once upon a time applied. They had exhausted
    • all that had been done since ancient times by an old instinctive science.
    • and they were at a loss. For by that time the plague had grown acute.
    • all that can be known along the lines which we have indicated here.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • and genera, and all the rest that we are then supposed to know. Yet
    • too—by warmth, by the chemical-ether principle that is for ever
    • things once more by that macrocosmic method which Spiritual Science
    • quite different. But we must learn to perceive in what way the tree
    • consider the tree. What is it in the household of Nature? If we look
    • earth. The tree is really “earth” for that which grows upon
    • is simply that the root is invisible to crude external observation.
    • what a root is. A true comparison will help us forward here. Suppose
    • near together, so that their roots intertwined, and merged with one
    • with it, as it were, in a more ethereal way. What I have hypothetically
    • layer — the cambium. That is how we must regard the roots
    • of these plants that grow out of the tree: they are replaced by the
    • growing layer, constantly forming new cells, so that the plant-life
    • function is to separate the plants that grow upon it — stem, blossom
    • that is, through the ethereal. We must learn to look with macrocosmic
    • For I now beg you observe: What happens through the fact that a free
    • That which
    • warmth than that which grows in air and warmth immediately on the soil,
    • unfolding the herbaceous plant that springs out of the earth directly
    • that the air and warmth may become mineral for the Bake of man and animal.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • short time, I want to add a few more explanations to complete what I
    • the development of true insight on the fundamental question: What is
    • that the foodstuffs are received from outside and then deposited in
    • the organism, is altogether wrong. That is what they imagine nowadays,
    • process, and yet, fundamentally speaking, that is how they think. In
    • The animal absorbs the food — deposits inside it whatever it can
    • use, and excretes what it has no use for. Accordingly, they argue, we
    • that the creature is not over-burdened with stuff. We must see to it
    • that the food it gets is as nutritive as possible, so that it can use
    • a relatively large proportion of what is contained therein.
    • upshot always is that some of it works and some of it decidedly does
    • modified by this or that ...
    • the body has quite another significance than that of a combustion-process.
    • the fact that a living organism is essentially different from a crystal
    • of quartz, what is commonly called combustion in the body is not the
    • what at first was only a slight slipshod way of talking into a brilliant
    • from what actually occurs when you have animals to look after. It is
    • utterly different — something that does not fit in at all with
    • what is actually taking place in Nature. In this domain especially,
    • we should take pains to observe what the point is.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • popular form in the stream of civilization that came from
    • which is in the world. Paracelsus once said that all the
    • lower animal forms are decadent products of man. What is
    • was what we now see realized in the mineral world. The
    • lower within himself. That was Katharsis, the purification
    • “This is what thou wast at the time when thou wast
    • that he is not the same as his body. He carries his body on
    • consciously all that he formerly did unconsciously. This
    • Earth. His appearance exemplified what formerly took place
    • through the Mysteries; now all that was experienced in the
    • of man one spoke of Atma, Buddhi, Manas; at that time
    • everyone believed that each life was only one of a long
    • series, that it was, as it were, “earned.” Man
    • and John up to the mountain (that is to say, into the Holy
    • Place); that is, He led them to devachanic vision. There
    • personality. That which passes from one incarnation to
    • individual view of what is impersonal in man.
    • appeared to sanctify personality. As a sign that Christ
    • then the Kyrie Eleison. That is the outer ceremony. The
    • right of the Altar. The actual altar is so constructed that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • popular form in the stream of civilization that came from
    • which is in the world. Paracelsus once said that all the
    • lower animal forms are decadent products of man. What is
    • was what we now see realized in the mineral world. The
    • lower within himself. That was Katharsis, the purification
    • “This is what thou wast at the time when thou wast
    • that he is not the same as his body. He carries his body on
    • consciously all that he formerly did unconsciously. This
    • Earth. His appearance exemplified what formerly took place
    • through the Mysteries; now all that was experienced in the
    • of man one spoke of Atma, Buddhi, Manas; at that time
    • everyone believed that each life was only one of a long
    • series, that it was, as it were, “earned.” Man
    • and John up to the mountain (that is to say, into the Holy
    • Place); that is, He led them to devachanic vision. There
    • personality. That which passes from one incarnation to
    • individual view of what is impersonal in man.
    • appeared to sanctify personality. As a sign that Christ
    • then the Kyrie Eleison. That is the outer ceremony. The
    • right of the Altar. The actual altar is so constructed that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • deepen what we have recently considered. If we envisage, to
    • begin with, the fact that the human form, of course,
    • mind that in regard to the formation of the head, the human
    • universe, you will find, as it were, that as regards the
    • Perhaps we obtain the best picture of what I mean by this,
    • out of our own being. But on the other hand, we know that
    • the world with his thinking that is connected with his
    • head, he takes back, as it were, into himself, what is
    • what he takes in from outside. Consider that when the child
    • He sees the world that surrounds him. We may therefore say:
    • of the right eye crosses that of the left eye, in the same
    • touch themselves much less. We may therefore say that the
    • that the fourth thing is to encompass ourselves. (See
    • weaving through us. We may therefore say: Five: That which
    • the fact that we do not only have a skin, but that it is
    • filled out, and through the fact that we were thus able to
    • like a fruit that has ripened. Let us follow the
    • our being, with that body which fills us out. Then, when we
    • have once described to you that
    • mineral. This led us to the point of being able to say that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • deepen what we have recently considered. If we envisage, to
    • begin with, the fact that the human form, of course,
    • mind that in regard to the formation of the head, the human
    • universe, you will find, as it were, that as regards the
    • Perhaps we obtain the best picture of what I mean by this,
    • out of our own being. But on the other hand, we know that
    • the world with his thinking that is connected with his
    • head, he takes back, as it were, into himself, what is
    • what he takes in from outside. Consider that when the child
    • He sees the world that surrounds him. We may therefore say:
    • of the right eye crosses that of the left eye, in the same
    • touch themselves much less. We may therefore say that the
    • that the fourth thing is to encompass ourselves. (See
    • weaving through us. We may therefore say: Five: That which
    • the fact that we do not only have a skin, but that it is
    • filled out, and through the fact that we were thus able to
    • like a fruit that has ripened. Let us follow the
    • our being, with that body which fills us out. Then, when we
    • have once described to you that
    • mineral. This led us to the point of being able to say that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Note
    Matching lines:
    • Nothing has ever been said that is not in utmost degree the
    • as containing what Anthroposophy has to say. Therefore it was
    • will be necessary to put up with the fact that erroneous matter
    • conceded only to one who knows what is taken for granted as the
    • that their nature is set forth in Anthroposophy, and of what
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • seem unnecessary, that today's lecture is intended for those students
    • lectures may perhaps feel somewhat surprised by what is said today,
    • that someone who has only lately met the truths of Spiritual Science
    • from the lectures given here recently that when we ascend with clairvoyance
    • that we can describe them as ‘persons’ for those worlds,
    • You have seen that groups of animals of the same species together belong
    • to a group-soul or group-ego and that on the astral plane we come upon
    • here on the physical plane. We saw in this way that in these higher
    • Here with the physical eye we see what is extended down below as members
    • the partition, behind that wall which separates the physical world from
    • one does not know that beings who live above in higher worlds are active
    • manifestation, of beings of higher worlds. It is of these things that
    • these things clairvoyantly knows that on their scene of action, the
    • moon, these are beings in a certain respect similar to man, but that
    • Beings that live on the moon can therefore carry out their operations
    • gentle. The speech of these beings has not that aridity of human language
    • and clothe his thoughts and ideas in words. One could say that the thoughts
    • to describe. We can only do so comparatively by saying that they are
    • for it would be false to say that they think it out. Their inventive
    • possess to an infinitely higher, more frightful degree all that lives
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • time, and it is only very gradually that man can find his way, so to
    • exercise an influence upon our own life, how they are related to what
    • of these things today, reminding ourselves, to begin with, that our
    • then to that of the “Sun”; and still further back to that
    • of “Saturn.” And looking forward we see prophetically that
    • stages of our Earth's evolution, you will realize that what in
    • that our Earth itself in an earlier state of evolution, was “Sun,”
    • we imply, in a certain respect, that the sun which is today the centre
    • away, as it were, what was the best and most capable of the highest
    • stages earlier, what is contained in the sun today had a planetary existence
    • the fixed stars. This will show you what mighty changes in evolution
    • ask me: What, then, happens when a fixed star evolves to a further stage?
    • It is true that for a
    • themselves have achieved. Earth-existence was necessary in order that
    • men might evolve as they have evolved, with a consciousness that alternates
    • something to the sun, enrich the sun. And out of what is thus acquired on
    • the earth, augmented by what is acquired on the sun, the Vulcan-existence
    • than that of our present sun-existence. The earth evolves, the sun evolves,
    • planet has evolved in this way to a sun-existence, what does this sun
    • beings of the present sun. What, then, is the further stage of such
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • for them to regard as sound and reasonable what is brought forward from
    • existence as well. That then is the purpose of these lectures.
    • Before that we had considered the planetary system itself in so far
    • our human body. What is to be brought forward today will link on to
    • though it is somewhat modified today, and those who have arrived at
    • continually emphasize that it is but little in keeping with the present
    • a student of theosophy would suffice for an understanding of what is
    • brought forward in this way. But he goes somewhat further. It is clear
    • to him that the physical forces of attraction and repulsion were not
    • enough. It is clear that all sorts of other things played a part. Theosophy
    • It could he said that the theories, opinions and knowledge that modern
    • the “belief” of modern science — only that is not
    • that a researcher has established the theory that the sleep activity
    • views that are drawn out of a spiritual conception of the world.
    • nor in other fields — directly contradict what is put forward
    • of what physical science strives to know — that is, what eyes
    • off, with physical eyes he would have seen nothing but what physical
    • science has affirmed. But that would be just the same as if two observers
    • reported that a man gave another a box on the ear and one of them should
    • say: The man was furiously angry with the other and that made him shoot
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • that is connected with the vast far-reaching view into cosmic space
    • that we entered upon in our last lecture. We shall go more closely into
    • the spiritual evolution that lies within spatial and material evolution
    • original substance, and have recognized that spiritual beings of various
    • destroy. Yet we must be clear that what seems to be hindrance and destruction
    • so wisely guided that even this evil, this destruction and hindrance
    • present formation. Everything on that Saturn cosmic body was, however,
    • there were no solid rocky masses, what we call the mineral world in
    • air; what was present at that time could only be compared with warmth
    • You would certainly not get a right idea if you thought that this Saturn
    • conception you must call to mind what pulses up and down in your own
    • must have. His organism must ensure that when it is cold outside, he
    • know that when disturbances such as fever etc. enter this warmth, the
    • health of the whole body is disturbed as well. The point is that man
    • that creates it. This force is not water, not the solid, not air, it
    • at that time in universal space — naturally that is a phantasy
    • you would have noticed in its neighborhood that there was warmth, you
    • would think that there was a space filled with warmth, you would enter
    • finer than gas, finer than air, and all that existed of man at that
    • the human being. That, however, could not be done, since one cannot
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • that when one has characterized phases of evolution with a few concepts
    • and ideas that one has fully grasped the matter or presented it completely.
    • about them, but must not let ourselves be misled by what appear here
    • arise from the fact that even to spiritual vision a matter can be seen
    • in what we call the Akashic Record when we look back in spiritual vision
    • that our Earth before it became “Earth” went through a series
    • back to the time of ancient Saturn we remember that of the elements
    • If you could have visited ancient Saturn, that is to say, supposing
    • you could have been a modern human being at that time — as you
    • would have gone into a sort of baking oven. You would have felt that
    • a densification that we can speak of a gaseous or airy condition. The
    • today is to be clearly conscious that at every later stage of evolution
    • us first hold fast to the fact that the Earth was purely a fiery ball
    • What then is the difference
    • you look back at what actually existed of man at that time you find
    • environment simply through the fact that one felt that certain spaces
    • were warmer. It may be clearer for you to realize to what extent man
    • formed in its first rudiments at that time.
    • you that the legend of the Cyclops — the human being with the
    • in such a way that air-matter arose while a part of the earlier warmth-matter
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • earlier lectures it has been stated that on Saturn the first physical
    • does that tally with what was said in the last lecture, that is, that
    • a kind of warmth-man? Then it was said that there was a condensation
    • was formed. It was further described how that was all still in a rarefied
    • objector might say — that the glandular system only began with
    • conditions are then recapitulated on the Earth, it is strange that the
    • reverse of what one might expect if a really literal repetition took
    • It must be admitted that
    • repetition of the fore-going, he would probably give a description that
    • was the very opposite of what had really existed. For the intellect
    • would conclude that in an automatic way first the Earth would recapitulate
    • what had taken place on Saturn, then what had happened on the Sun, then
    • on the Moon, and that only then the blood-system arose. I have often
    • emphasized that as a rule in occultism one always goes wrong and can
    • Record it is a fact that one must say a kind of senses-system was planned
    • facts further, then one finds that actually on the Earth first a kind
    • and only then arises what appears as the senses-system in the form suited
    • to the actual facts one must speak of a reversed recapitulation. What
    • has been shown in earlier lectures and what was shown in the last springs
    • content ourselves with the idea that we have to do with a mere reversal.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • to you today about something that to a certain extent falls out of the
    • it forms a supplement to them, recapitulating much that has been said
    • We know indeed that man
    • that he has developed to his present heights through different planetary
    • stages. We know too that he will lift himself to higher stages of evolution
    • in the future. Now we are also aware that when the human being was still
    • were beings too who at that time stood far higher than man stands today.
    • We also know that there are beings today who have already attained a
    • the Seraphim. Then only, beyond the Seraphim, should we speak of what
    • notion that man can look up direct to the highest Divinity; we have
    • that man perceives through the senses, no matter what it is, be-longs
    • to one of these four kingdoms. If we now ask: What is the consciousness
    • same role as the human kingdom does for us. We can say then that the
    • That is the peculiarity
    • So that wherever the physical kingdom is here, the Angels perceive a
    • But we know too that men
    • which will be similar to what the Angels possess today. The Angels today
    • and there exists an intimate connection between what gradually develops
    • in man and the task of these Angel beings. What then is forming in man
    • have often spoken. We have said that man has a physical body, an etheric
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • for study, that a few things should be said for more advanced theosophists
    • now that our Group had developed to this point. This expression
    • understand what is meant if we realize that taking part in the life
    • are different from those that one brought with one as a newcomer to
    • your theoretical knowledge. What the heart and feelings have absorbed
    • should not have the real will to unlock that world which must gradually
    • beings, to higher spiritual beings who formerly played that part in
    • our Earth evolution which is played today by man. We have seen that
    • before our Earth entered on its present stage, it was what we have become
    • accustomed to call the old Moon, and we know that certain spiritual
    • We have learnt that beings
    • their human stage on the old Sun, and we have further learnt that the
    • man. You know that we differentiate various members of man's nature.
    • just spoken we may say that they differ from man by not having developed
    • by man, so that we can say that they are spirit and soul, in contrast
    • for what we are accustomed to call spirit in man cannot be discovered
    • studies you know a whole group of such beings, that is, the animals.
    • They have body and soul. We know, however, that the animals are connected
    • with their so-called group ego, and that this is itself of a spiritual
    • that the fingers must come from someone who is invisible to you. It
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • is just this fact that gives them their significance. We were considering
    • severed parts of group souls. We need only remember what was said at the
    • that each animal form — or to put it differently — a totality
    • said that these group souls play the same rôle in the astral world
    • ego. The animal egos are still normally on the astral plane, and what
    • same as if — assuming that it were possible — a man lost
    • have died through the loss of my hand’; it would feel that it
    • a lion dies and is replaced by another. Thus we can understand that
    • that there are certain animal forms which go too far in the process
    • plane what they bring down to the physical plane. When an animal dies
    • what falls away must be entirely exhausted in the surrounding world,
    • so you can well imagine that we have a fairly large number of such elementals
    • around us in what we call the super-sensible world.
    • enlightened person says that people talk of elemental beings and call
    • them Sylphs, Lemures, but that such things do not exist — then
    • you must reply that he does not see these things because he has not
    • is a contact between the animal kingdom and the plant kingdom, but that
    • of evolution. The contact that occurs between the bee and the blossom
    • blossom spreads out a sort of tiny etheric aura. Every time that the
    • that we should not be concerned with the question: Whence come all the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • WHAT
    • or expansion of the subjects that have occupied us during the winter.
    • It may well be that a remark here or there seemed somewhat aphoristic,
    • and concepts that have been aroused in us.
    • kingdoms of nature that surround us. We saw especially how in the place
    • seen that the elemental beings called by spiritual science “Salamanders”
    • group soul, after the death and dissolution of the animal. We know that
    • only in the fact that the ego souls of other beings are in other worlds.
    • We know that man is that being in our cycle of evolution who has an
    • waking life. We know further that the beings which we call animals are
    • so conditioned that — speaking loosely — similarly-formed
    • Now we must be clear that
    • facts. In order to realize that man is not quite the simple being which
    • he may perhaps appear to a naive observation we need only remember that
    • cycle is quite a different being from what he is by day. His physical
    • the transitional state of dream, they have what we may call a sleep
    • know that the man of the present time has arisen slowly and gradually.
    • We know that he received the first rudiments of a physical body in the
    • evolution. We know that then in a second embodiment of our Earth, the
    • Sun evolution, he received the etheric or life body, that in the third
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • the time. We must not suppose, however, that a relation is established
    • somewhat cruder respect which we considered in our last studies. A relation
    • had to indicate spiritual beings of a somewhat subordinate character.
    • But from earlier lectures we know that we also have to do with spiritual
    • beings who stand above man and that connections and relationships likewise
    • exist between man and more sublime spiritual beings. We have said that
    • earth do this or that in their situation in life, so do they establish
    • that may seem to the man of the present enlightened age — as one
    • many feelings and ideas that we touched on in the last lectures if we
    • We picture then that these
    • and that is the art of music, the phonetic art. A space through which
    • astral body of higher beings to manifest in it. The Arts and what they
    • we must consider in somewhat more detail the different forms of man's
    • as you know, we have pointed out that in the waking man the physical
    • what we call roughly the astral body, the soul body, which belongs to
    • the astral body but is united with the etheric body. That is the member
    • — that united with these three members is what one generally comprises
    • know that the consciousness soul is again connected with what we call
    • What we call the sentient
    • the soul body remains in connection with the etheric body that lies
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • emphasize from the start that it is not due to a wish for
    • sensationalism or similar things that the theme is The
    • Fifth Gospel. For I hope to show that in fact, given our
    • sense that is meant, that no other name is more appropriate
    • that I may speak about this Fifth Gospel, however, an
    • important points for a complete understanding of what we
    • saying that the time is not too far distant in which in the
    • until now. I realize that in saying this I am describing an
    • enormous paradox. But let's just consider that we can
    • western countries. That was the case to a huge extent in
    • today's books and observe what interests contemporary
    • people, where their hearts are, we have the impression that
    • must come to the conclusion that when he absorbs what is
    • Christ Being; that one must depend on the profoundest
    • concepts and ideas for a full understanding of what Christ
    • is and what the impulse is which has traversed the
    • – that it is necessary to know all of Theosophy or
    • that aside though, and look at spiritual development during
    • seem that only the most significant intellectual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • event. In the first lecture I indicated that our
    • what we have already gained from our anthroposophical
    • tasks of life as reasonable people do, so that others do
    • not notice that one is in a different state of
    • apostles that they had lived through a long time as in a
    • that which as the source of the power of love pervades and
    • talked. Those others knew that they had previously led very
    • tolerance, a deeply heartfelt understanding of all that is
    • human on earth. They could also express themselves so that
    • everyone present could understand them. One felt also that
    • tell him exactly what he needed.
    • course astonishing that such a transformation could happen
    • understanding for what had acted in common in their souls,
    • but which they had until then not understood. Now, in that
    • instant, understanding of what actually happened on
    • knew now that he denied it because his consciousness had
    • going to sleep the night before; that's how Peter
    • remembered what is called the denial, the triple denial
    • everything that happened, that Peter had slept through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • said yesterday that the personalities who we usually
    • didn't mean to claim that it happened in full
    • And what
    • impulse for what we call Christian development, that which
    • flowed from what lived in their souls as the living force
    • contemporary concepts. But we can approach that greatest of
    • through our spiritual scientific analyses in a somewhat
    • consider, in order to gain some clarity, what is usually
    • birth — that is, the death of Jesus as the earthly
    • consciousness, as I indicated yesterday. That is what
    • followed the actual birth of the Christ-being, and what is
    • we must understand as corresponding to what we are
    • compare with what the human soul experiences when it is in
    • see, my dear friends, that in the Christ-Being we have a
    • earth-sphere — what for the human being is the
    • feeling about what happened through the Mystery of
    • This means that before the baptism in the Jordan this being
    • over-earthly sphere to the earthly sphere. And what was
    • been with human souls on the earth. What the Christ-Being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • What
    • remember at the end it states that in no way is everything
    • that Christ Jesus did told, for if one wanted to tell of
    • world to contain them. So it cannot be doubted that in
    • addition to what is described in books, much more can have
    • We know that the Gospel of Luke describes the moment when
    • the powerful answers he gave. We know, however, that these
    • meaningful, powerful answers came from the fact that the
    • also know that due to the mother's death in one of
    • Zarathustra's I grew up in that unified family.
    • became ever more silent – so much so that they became
    • listened without speaking to what the others said. At the
    • his soul. What he heard from the scribes at that time made
    • – that there was much uncertainty, things that could
    • lead to error in what the scribes spoke based on the old
    • that in ancient times the spirit came over the prophets,
    • that God himself had spoken to the old prophets and that
    • that it would happen to him.
    • that great spirit, that powerful spirit which came to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • After a shattering struggle to arrive at the truth, Steiner presents here
    • twenty-first year. From what I was able to relate, you will
    • certainly have the feeling that some very important things
    • for Jesus of Nazareth's soul occurred during that
    • studies that everything having to do with human evolution
    • is interconnected, and that an event of such importance
    • evolution. We recognize just what the event of Golgotha
    • time we considered yesterday. What must have lived in Jesus
    • that happened to him up until he was twenty-eight,
    • have a feeling for what lived in his soul from hearing
    • about a scene that took place during his late twenties. The
    • mother, with that person who had been his mother for many
    • family members who lived in the house; that is, he could
    • already described, to the extent that an infinite wisdom
    • his human surroundings. Adding to this was the fact that
    • know that he was the reincarnated Zarathustra; but he did
    • know that a great change had taken place in his soul during
    • different everything was before that change during my
    • nature, for what was wonderful in nature. But he had little
    • completely mistaken to assume that the boy Jesus was gifted
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Back Cover
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • humanity so that, through knowledge, we can be better equipped to
    • said that simply hearing and reading the results of anthroposophical
    • times,” so that we can meet the world situation responsibly and
    • conflagrations that await humanity in the near and distant future.
    • to it — futures that depend upon our actions now.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • attention to the fact that although the gesture of this hunger for
    • that at the present time only spiritually advanced human beings can
    • awakened consciousness not only what appears to the physical senses
    • but also the spiritual configuration that lives behind and in a thought,
    • behind artistic impulses that seek to express the deeper secrets in
    • although it seems clear that it contains mysteries concerning the past
    • that it became clear to all members that Rudolf Steiner's spiritual
    • of mysteries that must be grasped soon if humankind's earthly and
    • grateful that these lectures of 1907 and 1909 to the English-speaking
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • that he write them down for others. They are intended to encourage,
    • evil that will continue into the distant future. As in any protracted
    • that is, a kind of picture language, the deepest secrets of earthly
    • humanity so that, through knowledge, we can be better equipped to evolve
    • and the work of Rudolf Steiner, who said that simply hearing and reading
    • particular involve a dimension of our humanity that is underappreciated
    • In the ancient past it was known that knowledge of spiritual realities
    • sure what to do with the book. Its source is non-earthly. It is prophecy,
    • The notes by an unknown auditor that form the basis for the German edition
    • contains what is probably the earliest mention of Christ's reappearance
    • astral body, Steiner says that those who have made themselves capable
    • forces. At first this perception is a “delicate seed that can
    • the dates for this war, it is important to point out that he did not
    • only of conditions at the end of our century that would be similar to
    • He did say, however, that
    • Summer 1980. Many questions that might arise in reading these lectures
    • says that the second coming of Christ will occur in the realm of the
    • clouds. What Steiner's lectures make clear is that some of these clouds
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Appendix: Cosmogony
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • we have said repeatedly that Christianity constitutes the decisive
    • (Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they thatJohn 20:29)
    • for Christianity. What is found in the Gospels is the new good tidings,
    • the Apocalypse that can be made public only in our time. It was cultivated
    • in the Middle Ages in the occult schools of the Rosicrucians. At that
    • author; in short, all that which occupies the sole interest of theologians
    • all that is to take place physically in the future already exists in
    • for our evolution. Nothing appears on the physical plane that was not
    • Nothing happens in the depths that did not exist before in the heights.
    • That is the way things are realized. They depend upon the freedom and
    • ideal that originates in knowledge of higher worlds. This is the knowledge
    • that the writer of the Apocalypse had, the great seer of Patmos, who
    • Let us do the same and observe how humanity has become what it is, and
    • what future will open for it.
    • were: First, the pre-Vedantic culture in southern Asia, in India. That
    • epoch that experienced the birth of Christianity; and fifth, a new epoch
    • the course of this hard work, this astonishing achievement that has
    • with that of the Chaldeans, for example, it is easy to see what we have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Appendix: Cosmogony
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • we have said repeatedly that Christianity constitutes the decisive
    • (Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they thatJohn 20:29)
    • for Christianity. What is found in the Gospels is the new good tidings,
    • the Apocalypse that can be made public only in our time. It was cultivated
    • in the Middle Ages in the occult schools of the Rosicrucians. At that
    • author; in short, all that which occupies the sole interest of theologians
    • all that is to take place physically in the future already exists in
    • for our evolution. Nothing appears on the physical plane that was not
    • Nothing happens in the depths that did not exist before in the heights.
    • That is the way things are realized. They depend upon the freedom and
    • ideal that originates in knowledge of higher worlds. This is the knowledge
    • that the writer of the Apocalypse had, the great seer of Patmos, who
    • Let us do the same and observe how humanity has become what it is, and
    • what future will open for it.
    • were: First, the pre-Vedantic culture in southern Asia, in India. That
    • epoch that experienced the birth of Christianity; and fifth, a new epoch
    • the course of this hard work, this astonishing achievement that has
    • with that of the Chaldeans, for example, it is easy to see what we have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • to tell us what will
    • that express the appearance of the eternal spirit of the world. John,
    • first four seals, what is expressed symbolically in the four apocalyptic
    • with two horns like a lamb, a beast that will appear in the future.
    • or the forehead so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark,
    • that is, the name of the beast, or the number of its name. This calls
    • 13:13 And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, \
    • 13:14 And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live. \
    • 13:15 And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed. \
    • 13:17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. \
    • 13:18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six. \
    • Admittedly, the exegetes soon knew little more than that; but again
    • the opening of the sixth seal were also to be found at that time in
    • letters and then also know what the resulting word meant. Who then,
    • — in the place of the numbers. That resulted in “Nero.”
    • The seven corners of the sign are called “horns.” But what
    • only in the sixth century. Before that the Bull, Taurus, was worshiped
    • when the sun stood in its sign. Earlier, it was the Twin, Gemini, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • is to be read and what is hidden behind some of the mysterious expressions,
    • us that the Gospels express, in pictorial form, the deepest imaginable
    • do not correspond to each other. What needs to be said concerning this
    • record. Augustine said: What is now called the “Christian
    • religion” is the ancient true religion. What was the true religion,
    • We understand what is
    • (Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they thatJohn 20:29)
    • content in records from earlier times. What is important with Christ is
    • what this individual means for humankind. We can acquire an understanding
    • they were permitted to learn the teachings that can now be found in
    • as a second step, that, and so forth. The initiation concluded when the
    • ones into the mysteries themselves. That took place in a state of
    • possible. Then the pupil was put by the initiator into a state that
    • astral light, not the darkness, nothing of what today's human being
    • by spiritual light and beings that are incarnated within the spiritual
    • the music of the spheres. What had merely been seen earlier began to be
    • their inner life to us. That is how it is in the spiritual world. First
    • to us. That is the harmony of the spheres.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • that they belong to a spiritual movement. It means something entirely
    • for us is also a day of gathering together; for what would the teachings
    • from its physical body, that means only that a person's inner being has
    • to the founder of the theosophical movement that we would like to
    • that thoughts and feelings are invisible powers in our soul, that they
    • with what is included in the name “Helena Petrovna Blavatsky,”
    • light that shoot forth from a human being, and are then united in a
    • point that meets with the spiritual being. Such a festive moment is
    • form matter and forces in such a way that it can express itself through
    • then we must realize that all of her efforts are bound up with the proper
    • our soul works trough our bodies of flesh. We must become aware that
    • and receptive. It is true that all the love and devotion that today
    • that are called upon to connect with her.
    • what this personality signifies within our cultural life. The nineteenth
    • Only later when people have again become spiritual will that be possible.
    • who can look upon human evolution from higher planes knows that in the
    • telling that, within the widest circumference of spiritual life in
    • guide the stream of spiritual life into the world, the stream that should
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • point that leads us to the so-called third letter. This third letter
    • portrays to us — entirely in keeping with what we have seen in
    • We have seen that the
    • of the spiritual world. We have seen that acquiring knowledge of all
    • plane. It has become clear to us that human beings who raise themselves
    • These astral pictures are much more real than what exists here. These
    • the seer hears for the first time what the Pythagorean school characterized
    • only an abstract expression in what we call the higher numbers. But what
    • are ordinary numbers and measure? What are the numbers physicists speak
    • What are these numbers compared with what our ears hear when they hear
    • the sounds themselves? What we find in the philosophical books concerning
    • But what Pythagoras described is what the seer perceives after the
    • spiritual ear has been opened, when it hears the sounds that make the
    • wave movement or hears what is expressed in such wave movement. The
    • enlivened with colors and forms — and then you can experience that
    • world. If you raise yourself to that elevated condition as the servant
    • of the Lord did, then you first experience what is taking place on the
    • a world flooded with light, pictures, and forms. That is described to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • WE HAVE OFTEN SAID THAT
    • for our time, a manifestation of the striving that has existed
    • the various forms of a primal wisdom that has been flowing through
    • that a mistake had been made in calculation; the date for the fulfillment
    • in a more inner way. At that time people began to see the kingdom of the
    • said that, of course, the writer of the Apocalypse could not have known
    • anything about the future; he was describing events that lie in the
    • past. It was thought, for example, that he saw in the beast with two
    • it was not hard to prove that such events did occur in those regions
    • at that time. That is what is called “objective research”;
    • thereby penetrate its meaning. One could also think that the explanation
    • explain subjectively in the sense that we are aware, in all modesty, that
    • the advance of time. When we do what is right for our time it is a force
    • that works into all of the future. Theosophy must not become a dogmatism.
    • What we teach today as Theosophy will not change in its essence but
    • are told that the mystery of Jesus Christ is given to us in signs, that
    • these signs are to be interpreted and that the writer is attempting
    • when the writer tells us that he is describing the revelation of Jesus
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • NOW THAT WE HAVE SEEN WHAT
    • we will consider what the Apocalypse can tell us about it.
    • the ancient Atlantean continent. That is where the precursors of humanity
    • soul abilities or states of consciousness that are of interest now to
    • But they did not have any of what we today call counting and computation,
    • abilities that our present-day culture has created; for example, they did
    • What our present-day scholars and natural scientists represent, we can
    • centers at that time. Our present-day mystery and occult schools work
    • were cultivated at the same time. The leaders of that time can be called
    • limits itself to the three kingdoms that do not go beyond the earth.
    • achieved a vision and experience of higher spiritual beings that work
    • were mystery centers that were especially concerned with the various
    • of Atlantis. Therefore, he had the task of seeing to it that the culture
    • economy that what has once been achieved for humankind is not lost.
    • If we were to survey the various oracles we would find everywhere what
    • seven of the very best individuals so that they grew up endowed with
    • on the health and spiritual discipline of the people so that he developed,
    • as maya or illusion. That was the chorus of the seven holy Rishis. What
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • WE HAVE SEEN THAT THE WRITER
    • post-Atlantean age; that is, the age that followed the great water
    • catastrophe also known as the Flood. The age that will come after the
    • We must realize that the soul development of humankind
    • At that time the people in middle Europe felt themselves to be members
    • times that human beings over wide, wide geographical regions were very
    • can see very little of what constituted the physical body at that time.
    • fish in the ocean today that can barely be distinguished from the rest
    • system were also already present as forces at that time. The human being
    • had an astral body that strongly ruled over the other members; that
    • were characterized by whatever aspect had been most formed in them on
    • the earth below. The bull people at that time had developed their digestive
    • in the manuscript]. The clairvoyant can see four such group souls. That
    • is what appears with initiation in the astral world. What then presents
    • itself to the clairvoyant can be compared approximately with what those
    • all will be an expression of the egotism that is always growing stronger,
    • become, stronger and stronger. That will be the end of the last
    • use of these forces know full well that the use of such forces in our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • the event that is called the war of all against all.
    • for granted, much that, today, could appear to ordinary consciousness
    • Looking at the cultural epoch that saw the outer world as maya or illusion,
    • of the Atlantean cultural epoch he refers to what lives in their memories.
    • excluded from the community that preserved the “first love.”
    • becoming entangled in matter, that they will develop into the future.
    • teaching. Indications are given everywhere in these writings that people
    • should not develop a love for dreamy wandering, that they should get
    • that existed parallel to the ancient Persian culture also looked up
    • From this we see that
    • not to become slaves of matter. The power that wants to mislead people
    • the ahrimanic power. The danger arises through Ahriman that the human
    • and went to the “Mothers,” that is, entered the spiritual
    • (Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer: behold, the devil shall cast some of you into prison, thatRev. 2:10)
    • We know that human beings
    • To the extent that people came increasingly to like this physical world,
    • to that extent they lost their vision into the spiritual world; it became
    • human beings already stood so firmly in the physical world that they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • that counts as the fourth
    • as a sign that the human will had become so important that it survived
    • anchored on the earth. Only gradually did the feeling arise that the
    • spiritual world. But Greek culture could, in the fullest sense, feel what
    • it meant to know with human consciousness that the I lives. Nevertheless,
    • it did not recognize that the I is divine. In the Orient it was proclaimed
    • as something spiritual. And there was a deeply tragic feeling that
    • themselves that the human being has descended from the divine spiritual
    • world. But they did not know that human beings could work themselves
    • back up into that world again, that they could return in the future
    • Io represents the old clairvoyant consciousness that, in this
    • did the human being become a seeker in that science which can independently
    • was always inspired, born out of the mysteries. That was the case with
    • mystery wisdom. We are told that he placed his book on the altar of
    • To the extent that external
    • natural science increases in humanity, to that extent true wisdom will
    • people must find the connection to true wisdom. Let us assume that the
    • What is called skepticism
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • beings that belong to it. At the beginning of our evolution the earth
    • body called Saturn that reached far out beyond the present earth and
    • of warmth. These streams were the predecessors of human beings. At that
    • We can imagine what this
    • warmth substance was present at that time; there was no mineral kingdom,
    • world. That is what we today must clearly feel as the first epoch of
    • together as one body. At that time human beings were present in their
    • bodily nature as forms made of air. All the power that comes from the
    • sun came forth at that time from within the earth. Everything came from
    • that the human being would have been hardened in body and soul. Only
    • forces of the sun, would have entered into a rate of development that
    • reflected in the post-Atlantean evolution of humankind. What took place
    • all of that in their inner lives. Therefore, their feeling life did
    • sides and points of view. But what is characteristic of this teaching
    • had been when the sun had not yet separated from the earth. At that
    • from what was flowing all around as mist or fog — changeable like
    • solid forms only occurred in the Lemurian age. What we call the succession
    • to such an extent that one can say human beings begin to regard the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • processes that had taken place in the course of time. In our cultural
    • onward, we no longer incorporate such a reflection. For what takes place
    • know that the etheric bodies of
    • we also know that the etheric body and astral body of Zarathustra were
    • This is what happened
    • reproduced etheric bodies then form a fabric that is again and again woven
    • an understanding for Christianity can be developed, then what was the
    • understanding in the rest of the Greek and Latin age that lasted until
    • developed individuality that he could leave the physical world in the
    • by the individuality of Christ through the fact that he lived in the
    • the physical eye, were then replicated in a way similar to what happened
    • person. When we follow his life we will find much that is not
    • Christian devotion if we realize that such a mystery lived in him. Around
    • possession of something else, something that remained behind like an
    • so that a particular spiritual stream could arise in our time, a spiritual
    • stream with the task of insuring that spiritual knowledge will still
    • human I. We are told in a legend that the vessel used by Christ Jesus
    • Parzival neglected to do one thing. He had been told that he should
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • see the future evolution of humanity in the astral world. What will
    • when we cry or laugh — that is caused by an impulse in the astral
    • body having influence over the physical body. However, what has the most
    • them up. At that time the physical body was only a very small inclusion;
    • Only then could human beings become the creatures of air and earth that
    • (is the token of the covenant which I make between me and you and every living creature that is with you, for perpetual generations: \
    • 9:14 And it shall come to pass, when I bring a cloud over the earth, that the bow shall be seen in the cloud: \
    • 9:16 And the bow shall be in the cloud; and I will look upon it, that I may remember the everlasting covenant between God and every living creature of all flesh that is upon the earth. \
    • 9:17 And God said unto Noah, This is the token of the covenant, which I have established between me and all flesh that is upon the earth. \
    • physical form. However, there were beings that became solid, hardened
    • at that time. Animals are nothing more than beings that entered into
    • a hardened, dense condition too early. What the human being carries
    • are human passions that have congealed into a rigid form. What we carry
    • etheric body of the head extending beyond the physical head. That was
    • a nature that has egotistically closed itself off from the world.
    • growth was also permeated by astral forces. We are told of Esau that
    • will evolve in the future so that its karma is carried on the countenance.
    • No longer will the fact that a human being is born into a specific race
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • WE HAVE SEEN THAT IN OUR AGE
    • we can write into our souls what will later appear in the human
    • in our time, so too, the seven ages of human evolution that will follow
    • of what one day will be. Human beings who will have taken in something
    • then rule over the human instinctive nature. What human beings have
    • be victors over their lower nature through what they will have made
    • being as illusion, as maya. At that time the soul became mature enough
    • Indian that the external world, material culture, appears as yet untouched
    • of what they had prepared in ancient Atlantis. They told themselves
    • that they were in a certain caste because of the karma of humankind;
    • weighed. In this way, what will appear as the fruit of our seven cultures
    • physical-sensible existence that the spiritual world became dark for
    • what for them had become absolute shadows. The soul had been completely
    • That is quite properly what is characteristic for the souls of this
    • death and a new birth. Here souls become more alive. What happens in
    • this fifth age? Through what a soul can assimilate through the Christ
    • We can imagine how an astral body that is permeated by the light of the
    • I, that is totally illuminated by the I, appears when seen clairvoyantly.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • that in the fifth age, after the war of all against all, people will
    • appear in white garments, that the sixth age is characterized by the
    • materialism, and that spiritual human beings will be the sealed ones.
    • We must point out that
    • What confronts us today as nature is the achievement of the gods. In
    • The earth will pass over into what is called an astral state. Human
    • that has remained coarse will be united with the moon to form a new
    • at her feet. The beasts that rise up out of the sea or fall from heaven
    • also belong to this whole stream of evolution that is pictured, as if
    • 12:6 And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. \
    • 12:9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. \
    • 12:12 Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. \
    • 12:13 And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child. \
    • 12:14 And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent. \
    • 12:15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood. \
    • 13:6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. \
    • 13:8 And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. \
    • 13:10 He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints. \
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Eleven
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • seen that the earth will again be spiritualized, that human beings can
    • participate in this evolution and that they will again be able to return
    • that is, the spirit of hindrances. He is a power of the lower world.
    • earth. They were higher than the human being but, at that time, had
    • had not united with that evolution. But human beings can thank them
    • If we consider that the
    • into the miraculous structure of the physical heart, or the brain that
    • is structured and organized with so much wisdom that physical science
    • This happened during Lemurian times. At that time luciferic
    • just by doing this, by slipping into the astral body that they caught
    • up with what they themselves had neglected in the past. What they should
    • that they will have purified their instincts, desires, and passions
    • 12:6 And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. \
    • 12:9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. \
    • 12:12 Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. \
    • 12:13 And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child. \
    • 12:14 And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent. \
    • 12:15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood. \
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • so that we can meet the world situation in full wakefulness.
    • futures open to it - futures that depend upon our actions now.
    • that could be said in connection with the Apocalypse, for then we would
    • sketch, and some explanat